1 //===--- SemaDecl.cpp - Semantic Analysis for Declarations ----------------===//
2 //
3 //                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
4 //
5 // This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
6 // License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
7 //
8 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
9 //
10 //  This file implements semantic analysis for declarations.
11 //
12 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
13 
14 #include "clang/Sema/SemaInternal.h"
15 #include "TypeLocBuilder.h"
16 #include "clang/AST/ASTConsumer.h"
17 #include "clang/AST/ASTContext.h"
18 #include "clang/AST/CXXInheritance.h"
19 #include "clang/AST/CharUnits.h"
20 #include "clang/AST/CommentDiagnostic.h"
21 #include "clang/AST/DeclCXX.h"
22 #include "clang/AST/DeclObjC.h"
23 #include "clang/AST/DeclTemplate.h"
24 #include "clang/AST/EvaluatedExprVisitor.h"
25 #include "clang/AST/ExprCXX.h"
26 #include "clang/AST/StmtCXX.h"
27 #include "clang/Basic/PartialDiagnostic.h"
28 #include "clang/Basic/SourceManager.h"
29 #include "clang/Basic/TargetInfo.h"
30 #include "clang/Lex/HeaderSearch.h" // FIXME: Sema shouldn't depend on Lex
31 #include "clang/Lex/ModuleLoader.h" // FIXME: Sema shouldn't depend on Lex
32 #include "clang/Lex/Preprocessor.h" // FIXME: Sema shouldn't depend on Lex
33 #include "clang/Parse/ParseDiagnostic.h"
34 #include "clang/Sema/CXXFieldCollector.h"
35 #include "clang/Sema/DeclSpec.h"
36 #include "clang/Sema/DelayedDiagnostic.h"
37 #include "clang/Sema/Initialization.h"
38 #include "clang/Sema/Lookup.h"
39 #include "clang/Sema/ParsedTemplate.h"
40 #include "clang/Sema/Scope.h"
41 #include "clang/Sema/ScopeInfo.h"
42 #include "llvm/ADT/SmallString.h"
43 #include "llvm/ADT/Triple.h"
44 #include <algorithm>
45 #include <cstring>
46 #include <functional>
47 using namespace clang;
48 using namespace sema;
49 
50 Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy Sema::ConvertDeclToDeclGroup(Decl *Ptr, Decl *OwnedType) {
51   if (OwnedType) {
52     Decl *Group[2] = { OwnedType, Ptr };
53     return DeclGroupPtrTy::make(DeclGroupRef::Create(Context, Group, 2));
54   }
55 
56   return DeclGroupPtrTy::make(DeclGroupRef(Ptr));
57 }
58 
59 namespace {
60 
61 class TypeNameValidatorCCC : public CorrectionCandidateCallback {
62  public:
63   TypeNameValidatorCCC(bool AllowInvalid, bool WantClass=false)
64       : AllowInvalidDecl(AllowInvalid), WantClassName(WantClass) {
65     WantExpressionKeywords = false;
66     WantCXXNamedCasts = false;
67     WantRemainingKeywords = false;
68   }
69 
70   virtual bool ValidateCandidate(const TypoCorrection &candidate) {
71     if (NamedDecl *ND = candidate.getCorrectionDecl())
72       return (isa<TypeDecl>(ND) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(ND)) &&
73           (AllowInvalidDecl || !ND->isInvalidDecl());
74     else
75       return !WantClassName && candidate.isKeyword();
76   }
77 
78  private:
79   bool AllowInvalidDecl;
80   bool WantClassName;
81 };
82 
83 }
84 
85 /// \brief Determine whether the token kind starts a simple-type-specifier.
86 bool Sema::isSimpleTypeSpecifier(tok::TokenKind Kind) const {
87   switch (Kind) {
88   // FIXME: Take into account the current language when deciding whether a
89   // token kind is a valid type specifier
90   case tok::kw_short:
91   case tok::kw_long:
92   case tok::kw___int64:
93   case tok::kw___int128:
94   case tok::kw_signed:
95   case tok::kw_unsigned:
96   case tok::kw_void:
97   case tok::kw_char:
98   case tok::kw_int:
99   case tok::kw_half:
100   case tok::kw_float:
101   case tok::kw_double:
102   case tok::kw_wchar_t:
103   case tok::kw_bool:
104   case tok::kw___underlying_type:
105     return true;
106 
107   case tok::annot_typename:
108   case tok::kw_char16_t:
109   case tok::kw_char32_t:
110   case tok::kw_typeof:
111   case tok::kw_decltype:
112     return getLangOpts().CPlusPlus;
113 
114   default:
115     break;
116   }
117 
118   return false;
119 }
120 
121 /// \brief If the identifier refers to a type name within this scope,
122 /// return the declaration of that type.
123 ///
124 /// This routine performs ordinary name lookup of the identifier II
125 /// within the given scope, with optional C++ scope specifier SS, to
126 /// determine whether the name refers to a type. If so, returns an
127 /// opaque pointer (actually a QualType) corresponding to that
128 /// type. Otherwise, returns NULL.
129 ///
130 /// If name lookup results in an ambiguity, this routine will complain
131 /// and then return NULL.
132 ParsedType Sema::getTypeName(const IdentifierInfo &II, SourceLocation NameLoc,
133                              Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS,
134                              bool isClassName, bool HasTrailingDot,
135                              ParsedType ObjectTypePtr,
136                              bool IsCtorOrDtorName,
137                              bool WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo,
138                              IdentifierInfo **CorrectedII) {
139   // Determine where we will perform name lookup.
140   DeclContext *LookupCtx = 0;
141   if (ObjectTypePtr) {
142     QualType ObjectType = ObjectTypePtr.get();
143     if (ObjectType->isRecordType())
144       LookupCtx = computeDeclContext(ObjectType);
145   } else if (SS && SS->isNotEmpty()) {
146     LookupCtx = computeDeclContext(*SS, false);
147 
148     if (!LookupCtx) {
149       if (isDependentScopeSpecifier(*SS)) {
150         // C++ [temp.res]p3:
151         //   A qualified-id that refers to a type and in which the
152         //   nested-name-specifier depends on a template-parameter (14.6.2)
153         //   shall be prefixed by the keyword typename to indicate that the
154         //   qualified-id denotes a type, forming an
155         //   elaborated-type-specifier (7.1.5.3).
156         //
157         // We therefore do not perform any name lookup if the result would
158         // refer to a member of an unknown specialization.
159         if (!isClassName && !IsCtorOrDtorName)
160           return ParsedType();
161 
162         // We know from the grammar that this name refers to a type,
163         // so build a dependent node to describe the type.
164         if (WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo)
165           return ActOnTypenameType(S, SourceLocation(), *SS, II, NameLoc).get();
166 
167         NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc = SS->getWithLocInContext(Context);
168         QualType T =
169           CheckTypenameType(ETK_None, SourceLocation(), QualifierLoc,
170                             II, NameLoc);
171 
172           return ParsedType::make(T);
173       }
174 
175       return ParsedType();
176     }
177 
178     if (!LookupCtx->isDependentContext() &&
179         RequireCompleteDeclContext(*SS, LookupCtx))
180       return ParsedType();
181   }
182 
183   // FIXME: LookupNestedNameSpecifierName isn't the right kind of
184   // lookup for class-names.
185   LookupNameKind Kind = isClassName ? LookupNestedNameSpecifierName :
186                                       LookupOrdinaryName;
187   LookupResult Result(*this, &II, NameLoc, Kind);
188   if (LookupCtx) {
189     // Perform "qualified" name lookup into the declaration context we
190     // computed, which is either the type of the base of a member access
191     // expression or the declaration context associated with a prior
192     // nested-name-specifier.
193     LookupQualifiedName(Result, LookupCtx);
194 
195     if (ObjectTypePtr && Result.empty()) {
196       // C++ [basic.lookup.classref]p3:
197       //   If the unqualified-id is ~type-name, the type-name is looked up
198       //   in the context of the entire postfix-expression. If the type T of
199       //   the object expression is of a class type C, the type-name is also
200       //   looked up in the scope of class C. At least one of the lookups shall
201       //   find a name that refers to (possibly cv-qualified) T.
202       LookupName(Result, S);
203     }
204   } else {
205     // Perform unqualified name lookup.
206     LookupName(Result, S);
207   }
208 
209   NamedDecl *IIDecl = 0;
210   switch (Result.getResultKind()) {
211   case LookupResult::NotFound:
212   case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation:
213     if (CorrectedII) {
214       TypeNameValidatorCCC Validator(true, isClassName);
215       TypoCorrection Correction = CorrectTypo(Result.getLookupNameInfo(),
216                                               Kind, S, SS, Validator);
217       IdentifierInfo *NewII = Correction.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo();
218       TemplateTy Template;
219       bool MemberOfUnknownSpecialization;
220       UnqualifiedId TemplateName;
221       TemplateName.setIdentifier(NewII, NameLoc);
222       NestedNameSpecifier *NNS = Correction.getCorrectionSpecifier();
223       CXXScopeSpec NewSS, *NewSSPtr = SS;
224       if (SS && NNS) {
225         NewSS.MakeTrivial(Context, NNS, SourceRange(NameLoc));
226         NewSSPtr = &NewSS;
227       }
228       if (Correction && (NNS || NewII != &II) &&
229           // Ignore a correction to a template type as the to-be-corrected
230           // identifier is not a template (typo correction for template names
231           // is handled elsewhere).
232           !(getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NewSSPtr &&
233             isTemplateName(S, *NewSSPtr, false, TemplateName, ParsedType(),
234                            false, Template, MemberOfUnknownSpecialization))) {
235         ParsedType Ty = getTypeName(*NewII, NameLoc, S, NewSSPtr,
236                                     isClassName, HasTrailingDot, ObjectTypePtr,
237                                     IsCtorOrDtorName,
238                                     WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo);
239         if (Ty) {
240           std::string CorrectedStr(Correction.getAsString(getLangOpts()));
241           std::string CorrectedQuotedStr(
242               Correction.getQuoted(getLangOpts()));
243           Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_unknown_type_or_class_name_suggest)
244               << Result.getLookupName() << CorrectedQuotedStr << isClassName
245               << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(NameLoc),
246                                               CorrectedStr);
247           if (NamedDecl *FirstDecl = Correction.getCorrectionDecl())
248             Diag(FirstDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl)
249               << CorrectedQuotedStr;
250 
251           if (SS && NNS)
252             SS->MakeTrivial(Context, NNS, SourceRange(NameLoc));
253           *CorrectedII = NewII;
254           return Ty;
255         }
256       }
257     }
258     // If typo correction failed or was not performed, fall through
259   case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded:
260   case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue:
261     Result.suppressDiagnostics();
262     return ParsedType();
263 
264   case LookupResult::Ambiguous:
265     // Recover from type-hiding ambiguities by hiding the type.  We'll
266     // do the lookup again when looking for an object, and we can
267     // diagnose the error then.  If we don't do this, then the error
268     // about hiding the type will be immediately followed by an error
269     // that only makes sense if the identifier was treated like a type.
270     if (Result.getAmbiguityKind() == LookupResult::AmbiguousTagHiding) {
271       Result.suppressDiagnostics();
272       return ParsedType();
273     }
274 
275     // Look to see if we have a type anywhere in the list of results.
276     for (LookupResult::iterator Res = Result.begin(), ResEnd = Result.end();
277          Res != ResEnd; ++Res) {
278       if (isa<TypeDecl>(*Res) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(*Res)) {
279         if (!IIDecl ||
280             (*Res)->getLocation().getRawEncoding() <
281               IIDecl->getLocation().getRawEncoding())
282           IIDecl = *Res;
283       }
284     }
285 
286     if (!IIDecl) {
287       // None of the entities we found is a type, so there is no way
288       // to even assume that the result is a type. In this case, don't
289       // complain about the ambiguity. The parser will either try to
290       // perform this lookup again (e.g., as an object name), which
291       // will produce the ambiguity, or will complain that it expected
292       // a type name.
293       Result.suppressDiagnostics();
294       return ParsedType();
295     }
296 
297     // We found a type within the ambiguous lookup; diagnose the
298     // ambiguity and then return that type. This might be the right
299     // answer, or it might not be, but it suppresses any attempt to
300     // perform the name lookup again.
301     break;
302 
303   case LookupResult::Found:
304     IIDecl = Result.getFoundDecl();
305     break;
306   }
307 
308   assert(IIDecl && "Didn't find decl");
309 
310   QualType T;
311   if (TypeDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TypeDecl>(IIDecl)) {
312     DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IIDecl, NameLoc);
313 
314     if (T.isNull())
315       T = Context.getTypeDeclType(TD);
316 
317     // NOTE: avoid constructing an ElaboratedType(Loc) if this is a
318     // constructor or destructor name (in such a case, the scope specifier
319     // will be attached to the enclosing Expr or Decl node).
320     if (SS && SS->isNotEmpty() && !IsCtorOrDtorName) {
321       if (WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo) {
322         // Construct a type with type-source information.
323         TypeLocBuilder Builder;
324         Builder.pushTypeSpec(T).setNameLoc(NameLoc);
325 
326         T = getElaboratedType(ETK_None, *SS, T);
327         ElaboratedTypeLoc ElabTL = Builder.push<ElaboratedTypeLoc>(T);
328         ElabTL.setElaboratedKeywordLoc(SourceLocation());
329         ElabTL.setQualifierLoc(SS->getWithLocInContext(Context));
330         return CreateParsedType(T, Builder.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T));
331       } else {
332         T = getElaboratedType(ETK_None, *SS, T);
333       }
334     }
335   } else if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(IIDecl)) {
336     (void)DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IDecl, NameLoc);
337     if (!HasTrailingDot)
338       T = Context.getObjCInterfaceType(IDecl);
339   }
340 
341   if (T.isNull()) {
342     // If it's not plausibly a type, suppress diagnostics.
343     Result.suppressDiagnostics();
344     return ParsedType();
345   }
346   return ParsedType::make(T);
347 }
348 
349 /// isTagName() - This method is called *for error recovery purposes only*
350 /// to determine if the specified name is a valid tag name ("struct foo").  If
351 /// so, this returns the TST for the tag corresponding to it (TST_enum,
352 /// TST_union, TST_struct, TST_interface, TST_class).  This is used to diagnose
353 /// cases in C where the user forgot to specify the tag.
354 DeclSpec::TST Sema::isTagName(IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S) {
355   // Do a tag name lookup in this scope.
356   LookupResult R(*this, &II, SourceLocation(), LookupTagName);
357   LookupName(R, S, false);
358   R.suppressDiagnostics();
359   if (R.getResultKind() == LookupResult::Found)
360     if (const TagDecl *TD = R.getAsSingle<TagDecl>()) {
361       switch (TD->getTagKind()) {
362       case TTK_Struct: return DeclSpec::TST_struct;
363       case TTK_Interface: return DeclSpec::TST_interface;
364       case TTK_Union:  return DeclSpec::TST_union;
365       case TTK_Class:  return DeclSpec::TST_class;
366       case TTK_Enum:   return DeclSpec::TST_enum;
367       }
368     }
369 
370   return DeclSpec::TST_unspecified;
371 }
372 
373 /// isMicrosoftMissingTypename - In Microsoft mode, within class scope,
374 /// if a CXXScopeSpec's type is equal to the type of one of the base classes
375 /// then downgrade the missing typename error to a warning.
376 /// This is needed for MSVC compatibility; Example:
377 /// @code
378 /// template<class T> class A {
379 /// public:
380 ///   typedef int TYPE;
381 /// };
382 /// template<class T> class B : public A<T> {
383 /// public:
384 ///   A<T>::TYPE a; // no typename required because A<T> is a base class.
385 /// };
386 /// @endcode
387 bool Sema::isMicrosoftMissingTypename(const CXXScopeSpec *SS, Scope *S) {
388   if (CurContext->isRecord()) {
389     const Type *Ty = SS->getScopeRep()->getAsType();
390 
391     CXXRecordDecl *RD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext);
392     for (CXXRecordDecl::base_class_const_iterator Base = RD->bases_begin(),
393           BaseEnd = RD->bases_end(); Base != BaseEnd; ++Base)
394       if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(QualType(Ty, 1), Base->getType()))
395         return true;
396     return S->isFunctionPrototypeScope();
397   }
398   return CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod() || S->isFunctionPrototypeScope();
399 }
400 
401 bool Sema::DiagnoseUnknownTypeName(IdentifierInfo *&II,
402                                    SourceLocation IILoc,
403                                    Scope *S,
404                                    CXXScopeSpec *SS,
405                                    ParsedType &SuggestedType) {
406   // We don't have anything to suggest (yet).
407   SuggestedType = ParsedType();
408 
409   // There may have been a typo in the name of the type. Look up typo
410   // results, in case we have something that we can suggest.
411   TypeNameValidatorCCC Validator(false);
412   if (TypoCorrection Corrected = CorrectTypo(DeclarationNameInfo(II, IILoc),
413                                              LookupOrdinaryName, S, SS,
414                                              Validator)) {
415     std::string CorrectedStr(Corrected.getAsString(getLangOpts()));
416     std::string CorrectedQuotedStr(Corrected.getQuoted(getLangOpts()));
417 
418     if (Corrected.isKeyword()) {
419       // We corrected to a keyword.
420       IdentifierInfo *NewII = Corrected.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo();
421       if (!isSimpleTypeSpecifier(NewII->getTokenID()))
422         CorrectedQuotedStr = "the keyword " + CorrectedQuotedStr;
423       Diag(IILoc, diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest)
424         << II << CorrectedQuotedStr
425         << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(IILoc), CorrectedStr);
426       II = NewII;
427     } else {
428       NamedDecl *Result = Corrected.getCorrectionDecl();
429       // We found a similarly-named type or interface; suggest that.
430       if (!SS || !SS->isSet())
431         Diag(IILoc, diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest)
432           << II << CorrectedQuotedStr
433           << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(IILoc), CorrectedStr);
434       else if (DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(*SS, false))
435         Diag(IILoc, diag::err_unknown_nested_typename_suggest)
436           << II << DC << CorrectedQuotedStr << SS->getRange()
437           << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(Corrected.getCorrectionRange(),
438                                           CorrectedStr);
439       else
440         llvm_unreachable("could not have corrected a typo here");
441 
442       Diag(Result->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl)
443         << CorrectedQuotedStr;
444 
445       SuggestedType = getTypeName(*Result->getIdentifier(), IILoc, S, SS,
446                                   false, false, ParsedType(),
447                                   /*IsCtorOrDtorName=*/false,
448                                   /*NonTrivialTypeSourceInfo=*/true);
449     }
450     return true;
451   }
452 
453   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
454     // See if II is a class template that the user forgot to pass arguments to.
455     UnqualifiedId Name;
456     Name.setIdentifier(II, IILoc);
457     CXXScopeSpec EmptySS;
458     TemplateTy TemplateResult;
459     bool MemberOfUnknownSpecialization;
460     if (isTemplateName(S, SS ? *SS : EmptySS, /*hasTemplateKeyword=*/false,
461                        Name, ParsedType(), true, TemplateResult,
462                        MemberOfUnknownSpecialization) == TNK_Type_template) {
463       TemplateName TplName = TemplateResult.getAsVal<TemplateName>();
464       Diag(IILoc, diag::err_template_missing_args) << TplName;
465       if (TemplateDecl *TplDecl = TplName.getAsTemplateDecl()) {
466         Diag(TplDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_template_decl_here)
467           << TplDecl->getTemplateParameters()->getSourceRange();
468       }
469       return true;
470     }
471   }
472 
473   // FIXME: Should we move the logic that tries to recover from a missing tag
474   // (struct, union, enum) from Parser::ParseImplicitInt here, instead?
475 
476   if (!SS || (!SS->isSet() && !SS->isInvalid()))
477     Diag(IILoc, diag::err_unknown_typename) << II;
478   else if (DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(*SS, false))
479     Diag(IILoc, diag::err_typename_nested_not_found)
480       << II << DC << SS->getRange();
481   else if (isDependentScopeSpecifier(*SS)) {
482     unsigned DiagID = diag::err_typename_missing;
483     if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftMode && isMicrosoftMissingTypename(SS, S))
484       DiagID = diag::warn_typename_missing;
485 
486     Diag(SS->getRange().getBegin(), DiagID)
487       << (NestedNameSpecifier *)SS->getScopeRep() << II->getName()
488       << SourceRange(SS->getRange().getBegin(), IILoc)
489       << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(SS->getRange().getBegin(), "typename ");
490     SuggestedType = ActOnTypenameType(S, SourceLocation(),
491                                       *SS, *II, IILoc).get();
492   } else {
493     assert(SS && SS->isInvalid() &&
494            "Invalid scope specifier has already been diagnosed");
495   }
496 
497   return true;
498 }
499 
500 /// \brief Determine whether the given result set contains either a type name
501 /// or
502 static bool isResultTypeOrTemplate(LookupResult &R, const Token &NextToken) {
503   bool CheckTemplate = R.getSema().getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
504                        NextToken.is(tok::less);
505 
506   for (LookupResult::iterator I = R.begin(), IEnd = R.end(); I != IEnd; ++I) {
507     if (isa<TypeDecl>(*I) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(*I))
508       return true;
509 
510     if (CheckTemplate && isa<TemplateDecl>(*I))
511       return true;
512   }
513 
514   return false;
515 }
516 
517 static bool isTagTypeWithMissingTag(Sema &SemaRef, LookupResult &Result,
518                                     Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
519                                     IdentifierInfo *&Name,
520                                     SourceLocation NameLoc) {
521   LookupResult R(SemaRef, Name, NameLoc, Sema::LookupTagName);
522   SemaRef.LookupParsedName(R, S, &SS);
523   if (TagDecl *Tag = R.getAsSingle<TagDecl>()) {
524     const char *TagName = 0;
525     const char *FixItTagName = 0;
526     switch (Tag->getTagKind()) {
527       case TTK_Class:
528         TagName = "class";
529         FixItTagName = "class ";
530         break;
531 
532       case TTK_Enum:
533         TagName = "enum";
534         FixItTagName = "enum ";
535         break;
536 
537       case TTK_Struct:
538         TagName = "struct";
539         FixItTagName = "struct ";
540         break;
541 
542       case TTK_Interface:
543         TagName = "__interface";
544         FixItTagName = "__interface ";
545         break;
546 
547       case TTK_Union:
548         TagName = "union";
549         FixItTagName = "union ";
550         break;
551     }
552 
553     SemaRef.Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_use_of_tag_name_without_tag)
554       << Name << TagName << SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus
555       << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(NameLoc, FixItTagName);
556 
557     for (LookupResult::iterator I = Result.begin(), IEnd = Result.end();
558          I != IEnd; ++I)
559       SemaRef.Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::note_decl_hiding_tag_type)
560         << Name << TagName;
561 
562     // Replace lookup results with just the tag decl.
563     Result.clear(Sema::LookupTagName);
564     SemaRef.LookupParsedName(Result, S, &SS);
565     return true;
566   }
567 
568   return false;
569 }
570 
571 /// Build a ParsedType for a simple-type-specifier with a nested-name-specifier.
572 static ParsedType buildNestedType(Sema &S, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
573                                   QualType T, SourceLocation NameLoc) {
574   ASTContext &Context = S.Context;
575 
576   TypeLocBuilder Builder;
577   Builder.pushTypeSpec(T).setNameLoc(NameLoc);
578 
579   T = S.getElaboratedType(ETK_None, SS, T);
580   ElaboratedTypeLoc ElabTL = Builder.push<ElaboratedTypeLoc>(T);
581   ElabTL.setElaboratedKeywordLoc(SourceLocation());
582   ElabTL.setQualifierLoc(SS.getWithLocInContext(Context));
583   return S.CreateParsedType(T, Builder.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T));
584 }
585 
586 Sema::NameClassification Sema::ClassifyName(Scope *S,
587                                             CXXScopeSpec &SS,
588                                             IdentifierInfo *&Name,
589                                             SourceLocation NameLoc,
590                                             const Token &NextToken,
591                                             bool IsAddressOfOperand,
592                                             CorrectionCandidateCallback *CCC) {
593   DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo(Name, NameLoc);
594   ObjCMethodDecl *CurMethod = getCurMethodDecl();
595 
596   if (NextToken.is(tok::coloncolon)) {
597     BuildCXXNestedNameSpecifier(S, *Name, NameLoc, NextToken.getLocation(),
598                                 QualType(), false, SS, 0, false);
599 
600   }
601 
602   LookupResult Result(*this, Name, NameLoc, LookupOrdinaryName);
603   LookupParsedName(Result, S, &SS, !CurMethod);
604 
605   // Perform lookup for Objective-C instance variables (including automatically
606   // synthesized instance variables), if we're in an Objective-C method.
607   // FIXME: This lookup really, really needs to be folded in to the normal
608   // unqualified lookup mechanism.
609   if (!SS.isSet() && CurMethod && !isResultTypeOrTemplate(Result, NextToken)) {
610     ExprResult E = LookupInObjCMethod(Result, S, Name, true);
611     if (E.get() || E.isInvalid())
612       return E;
613   }
614 
615   bool SecondTry = false;
616   bool IsFilteredTemplateName = false;
617 
618 Corrected:
619   switch (Result.getResultKind()) {
620   case LookupResult::NotFound:
621     // If an unqualified-id is followed by a '(', then we have a function
622     // call.
623     if (!SS.isSet() && NextToken.is(tok::l_paren)) {
624       // In C++, this is an ADL-only call.
625       // FIXME: Reference?
626       if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
627         return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, Result, /*ADL=*/true);
628 
629       // C90 6.3.2.2:
630       //   If the expression that precedes the parenthesized argument list in a
631       //   function call consists solely of an identifier, and if no
632       //   declaration is visible for this identifier, the identifier is
633       //   implicitly declared exactly as if, in the innermost block containing
634       //   the function call, the declaration
635       //
636       //     extern int identifier ();
637       //
638       //   appeared.
639       //
640       // We also allow this in C99 as an extension.
641       if (NamedDecl *D = ImplicitlyDefineFunction(NameLoc, *Name, S)) {
642         Result.addDecl(D);
643         Result.resolveKind();
644         return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, Result, /*ADL=*/false);
645       }
646     }
647 
648     // In C, we first see whether there is a tag type by the same name, in
649     // which case it's likely that the user just forget to write "enum",
650     // "struct", or "union".
651     if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !SecondTry &&
652         isTagTypeWithMissingTag(*this, Result, S, SS, Name, NameLoc)) {
653       break;
654     }
655 
656     // Perform typo correction to determine if there is another name that is
657     // close to this name.
658     if (!SecondTry && CCC) {
659       SecondTry = true;
660       if (TypoCorrection Corrected = CorrectTypo(Result.getLookupNameInfo(),
661                                                  Result.getLookupKind(), S,
662                                                  &SS, *CCC)) {
663         unsigned UnqualifiedDiag = diag::err_undeclared_var_use_suggest;
664         unsigned QualifiedDiag = diag::err_no_member_suggest;
665         std::string CorrectedStr(Corrected.getAsString(getLangOpts()));
666         std::string CorrectedQuotedStr(Corrected.getQuoted(getLangOpts()));
667 
668         NamedDecl *FirstDecl = Corrected.getCorrectionDecl();
669         NamedDecl *UnderlyingFirstDecl
670           = FirstDecl? FirstDecl->getUnderlyingDecl() : 0;
671         if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NextToken.is(tok::less) &&
672             UnderlyingFirstDecl && isa<TemplateDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl)) {
673           UnqualifiedDiag = diag::err_no_template_suggest;
674           QualifiedDiag = diag::err_no_member_template_suggest;
675         } else if (UnderlyingFirstDecl &&
676                    (isa<TypeDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl) ||
677                     isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl) ||
678                     isa<ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl))) {
679           UnqualifiedDiag = diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest;
680           QualifiedDiag = diag::err_unknown_nested_typename_suggest;
681         }
682 
683         if (SS.isEmpty())
684           Diag(NameLoc, UnqualifiedDiag)
685             << Name << CorrectedQuotedStr
686             << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(NameLoc, CorrectedStr);
687         else // FIXME: is this even reachable? Test it.
688           Diag(NameLoc, QualifiedDiag)
689             << Name << computeDeclContext(SS, false) << CorrectedQuotedStr
690             << SS.getRange()
691             << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(Corrected.getCorrectionRange(),
692                                             CorrectedStr);
693 
694         // Update the name, so that the caller has the new name.
695         Name = Corrected.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo();
696 
697         // Typo correction corrected to a keyword.
698         if (Corrected.isKeyword())
699           return Corrected.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo();
700 
701         // Also update the LookupResult...
702         // FIXME: This should probably go away at some point
703         Result.clear();
704         Result.setLookupName(Corrected.getCorrection());
705         if (FirstDecl) {
706           Result.addDecl(FirstDecl);
707           Diag(FirstDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl)
708             << CorrectedQuotedStr;
709         }
710 
711         // If we found an Objective-C instance variable, let
712         // LookupInObjCMethod build the appropriate expression to
713         // reference the ivar.
714         // FIXME: This is a gross hack.
715         if (ObjCIvarDecl *Ivar = Result.getAsSingle<ObjCIvarDecl>()) {
716           Result.clear();
717           ExprResult E(LookupInObjCMethod(Result, S, Ivar->getIdentifier()));
718           return E;
719         }
720 
721         goto Corrected;
722       }
723     }
724 
725     // We failed to correct; just fall through and let the parser deal with it.
726     Result.suppressDiagnostics();
727     return NameClassification::Unknown();
728 
729   case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation: {
730     // We performed name lookup into the current instantiation, and there were
731     // dependent bases, so we treat this result the same way as any other
732     // dependent nested-name-specifier.
733 
734     // C++ [temp.res]p2:
735     //   A name used in a template declaration or definition and that is
736     //   dependent on a template-parameter is assumed not to name a type
737     //   unless the applicable name lookup finds a type name or the name is
738     //   qualified by the keyword typename.
739     //
740     // FIXME: If the next token is '<', we might want to ask the parser to
741     // perform some heroics to see if we actually have a
742     // template-argument-list, which would indicate a missing 'template'
743     // keyword here.
744     return ActOnDependentIdExpression(SS, /*TemplateKWLoc=*/SourceLocation(),
745                                       NameInfo, IsAddressOfOperand,
746                                       /*TemplateArgs=*/0);
747   }
748 
749   case LookupResult::Found:
750   case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded:
751   case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue:
752     break;
753 
754   case LookupResult::Ambiguous:
755     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NextToken.is(tok::less) &&
756         hasAnyAcceptableTemplateNames(Result)) {
757       // C++ [temp.local]p3:
758       //   A lookup that finds an injected-class-name (10.2) can result in an
759       //   ambiguity in certain cases (for example, if it is found in more than
760       //   one base class). If all of the injected-class-names that are found
761       //   refer to specializations of the same class template, and if the name
762       //   is followed by a template-argument-list, the reference refers to the
763       //   class template itself and not a specialization thereof, and is not
764       //   ambiguous.
765       //
766       // This filtering can make an ambiguous result into an unambiguous one,
767       // so try again after filtering out template names.
768       FilterAcceptableTemplateNames(Result);
769       if (!Result.isAmbiguous()) {
770         IsFilteredTemplateName = true;
771         break;
772       }
773     }
774 
775     // Diagnose the ambiguity and return an error.
776     return NameClassification::Error();
777   }
778 
779   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NextToken.is(tok::less) &&
780       (IsFilteredTemplateName || hasAnyAcceptableTemplateNames(Result))) {
781     // C++ [temp.names]p3:
782     //   After name lookup (3.4) finds that a name is a template-name or that
783     //   an operator-function-id or a literal- operator-id refers to a set of
784     //   overloaded functions any member of which is a function template if
785     //   this is followed by a <, the < is always taken as the delimiter of a
786     //   template-argument-list and never as the less-than operator.
787     if (!IsFilteredTemplateName)
788       FilterAcceptableTemplateNames(Result);
789 
790     if (!Result.empty()) {
791       bool IsFunctionTemplate;
792       TemplateName Template;
793       if (Result.end() - Result.begin() > 1) {
794         IsFunctionTemplate = true;
795         Template = Context.getOverloadedTemplateName(Result.begin(),
796                                                      Result.end());
797       } else {
798         TemplateDecl *TD
799           = cast<TemplateDecl>((*Result.begin())->getUnderlyingDecl());
800         IsFunctionTemplate = isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(TD);
801 
802         if (SS.isSet() && !SS.isInvalid())
803           Template = Context.getQualifiedTemplateName(SS.getScopeRep(),
804                                                     /*TemplateKeyword=*/false,
805                                                       TD);
806         else
807           Template = TemplateName(TD);
808       }
809 
810       if (IsFunctionTemplate) {
811         // Function templates always go through overload resolution, at which
812         // point we'll perform the various checks (e.g., accessibility) we need
813         // to based on which function we selected.
814         Result.suppressDiagnostics();
815 
816         return NameClassification::FunctionTemplate(Template);
817       }
818 
819       return NameClassification::TypeTemplate(Template);
820     }
821   }
822 
823   NamedDecl *FirstDecl = (*Result.begin())->getUnderlyingDecl();
824   if (TypeDecl *Type = dyn_cast<TypeDecl>(FirstDecl)) {
825     DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Type, NameLoc);
826     QualType T = Context.getTypeDeclType(Type);
827     if (SS.isNotEmpty())
828       return buildNestedType(*this, SS, T, NameLoc);
829     return ParsedType::make(T);
830   }
831 
832   ObjCInterfaceDecl *Class = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(FirstDecl);
833   if (!Class) {
834     // FIXME: It's unfortunate that we don't have a Type node for handling this.
835     if (ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl *Alias
836                                 = dyn_cast<ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl>(FirstDecl))
837       Class = Alias->getClassInterface();
838   }
839 
840   if (Class) {
841     DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Class, NameLoc);
842 
843     if (NextToken.is(tok::period)) {
844       // Interface. <something> is parsed as a property reference expression.
845       // Just return "unknown" as a fall-through for now.
846       Result.suppressDiagnostics();
847       return NameClassification::Unknown();
848     }
849 
850     QualType T = Context.getObjCInterfaceType(Class);
851     return ParsedType::make(T);
852   }
853 
854   // We can have a type template here if we're classifying a template argument.
855   if (isa<TemplateDecl>(FirstDecl) && !isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(FirstDecl))
856     return NameClassification::TypeTemplate(
857         TemplateName(cast<TemplateDecl>(FirstDecl)));
858 
859   // Check for a tag type hidden by a non-type decl in a few cases where it
860   // seems likely a type is wanted instead of the non-type that was found.
861   bool NextIsOp = NextToken.is(tok::amp) || NextToken.is(tok::star);
862   if ((NextToken.is(tok::identifier) ||
863        (NextIsOp && FirstDecl->isFunctionOrFunctionTemplate())) &&
864       isTagTypeWithMissingTag(*this, Result, S, SS, Name, NameLoc)) {
865     TypeDecl *Type = Result.getAsSingle<TypeDecl>();
866     DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Type, NameLoc);
867     QualType T = Context.getTypeDeclType(Type);
868     if (SS.isNotEmpty())
869       return buildNestedType(*this, SS, T, NameLoc);
870     return ParsedType::make(T);
871   }
872 
873   if (FirstDecl->isCXXClassMember())
874     return BuildPossibleImplicitMemberExpr(SS, SourceLocation(), Result, 0);
875 
876   bool ADL = UseArgumentDependentLookup(SS, Result, NextToken.is(tok::l_paren));
877   return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, Result, ADL);
878 }
879 
880 // Determines the context to return to after temporarily entering a
881 // context.  This depends in an unnecessarily complicated way on the
882 // exact ordering of callbacks from the parser.
883 DeclContext *Sema::getContainingDC(DeclContext *DC) {
884 
885   // Functions defined inline within classes aren't parsed until we've
886   // finished parsing the top-level class, so the top-level class is
887   // the context we'll need to return to.
888   if (isa<FunctionDecl>(DC)) {
889     DC = DC->getLexicalParent();
890 
891     // A function not defined within a class will always return to its
892     // lexical context.
893     if (!isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC))
894       return DC;
895 
896     // A C++ inline method/friend is parsed *after* the topmost class
897     // it was declared in is fully parsed ("complete");  the topmost
898     // class is the context we need to return to.
899     while (CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC->getLexicalParent()))
900       DC = RD;
901 
902     // Return the declaration context of the topmost class the inline method is
903     // declared in.
904     return DC;
905   }
906 
907   return DC->getLexicalParent();
908 }
909 
910 void Sema::PushDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) {
911   assert(getContainingDC(DC) == CurContext &&
912       "The next DeclContext should be lexically contained in the current one.");
913   CurContext = DC;
914   S->setEntity(DC);
915 }
916 
917 void Sema::PopDeclContext() {
918   assert(CurContext && "DeclContext imbalance!");
919 
920   CurContext = getContainingDC(CurContext);
921   assert(CurContext && "Popped translation unit!");
922 }
923 
924 /// EnterDeclaratorContext - Used when we must lookup names in the context
925 /// of a declarator's nested name specifier.
926 ///
927 void Sema::EnterDeclaratorContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) {
928   // C++0x [basic.lookup.unqual]p13:
929   //   A name used in the definition of a static data member of class
930   //   X (after the qualified-id of the static member) is looked up as
931   //   if the name was used in a member function of X.
932   // C++0x [basic.lookup.unqual]p14:
933   //   If a variable member of a namespace is defined outside of the
934   //   scope of its namespace then any name used in the definition of
935   //   the variable member (after the declarator-id) is looked up as
936   //   if the definition of the variable member occurred in its
937   //   namespace.
938   // Both of these imply that we should push a scope whose context
939   // is the semantic context of the declaration.  We can't use
940   // PushDeclContext here because that context is not necessarily
941   // lexically contained in the current context.  Fortunately,
942   // the containing scope should have the appropriate information.
943 
944   assert(!S->getEntity() && "scope already has entity");
945 
946 #ifndef NDEBUG
947   Scope *Ancestor = S->getParent();
948   while (!Ancestor->getEntity()) Ancestor = Ancestor->getParent();
949   assert(Ancestor->getEntity() == CurContext && "ancestor context mismatch");
950 #endif
951 
952   CurContext = DC;
953   S->setEntity(DC);
954 }
955 
956 void Sema::ExitDeclaratorContext(Scope *S) {
957   assert(S->getEntity() == CurContext && "Context imbalance!");
958 
959   // Switch back to the lexical context.  The safety of this is
960   // enforced by an assert in EnterDeclaratorContext.
961   Scope *Ancestor = S->getParent();
962   while (!Ancestor->getEntity()) Ancestor = Ancestor->getParent();
963   CurContext = (DeclContext*) Ancestor->getEntity();
964 
965   // We don't need to do anything with the scope, which is going to
966   // disappear.
967 }
968 
969 
970 void Sema::ActOnReenterFunctionContext(Scope* S, Decl *D) {
971   FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D);
972   if (FunctionTemplateDecl *TFD = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D)) {
973     // We assume that the caller has already called
974     // ActOnReenterTemplateScope
975     FD = TFD->getTemplatedDecl();
976   }
977   if (!FD)
978     return;
979 
980   // Same implementation as PushDeclContext, but enters the context
981   // from the lexical parent, rather than the top-level class.
982   assert(CurContext == FD->getLexicalParent() &&
983     "The next DeclContext should be lexically contained in the current one.");
984   CurContext = FD;
985   S->setEntity(CurContext);
986 
987   for (unsigned P = 0, NumParams = FD->getNumParams(); P < NumParams; ++P) {
988     ParmVarDecl *Param = FD->getParamDecl(P);
989     // If the parameter has an identifier, then add it to the scope
990     if (Param->getIdentifier()) {
991       S->AddDecl(Param);
992       IdResolver.AddDecl(Param);
993     }
994   }
995 }
996 
997 
998 void Sema::ActOnExitFunctionContext() {
999   // Same implementation as PopDeclContext, but returns to the lexical parent,
1000   // rather than the top-level class.
1001   assert(CurContext && "DeclContext imbalance!");
1002   CurContext = CurContext->getLexicalParent();
1003   assert(CurContext && "Popped translation unit!");
1004 }
1005 
1006 
1007 /// \brief Determine whether we allow overloading of the function
1008 /// PrevDecl with another declaration.
1009 ///
1010 /// This routine determines whether overloading is possible, not
1011 /// whether some new function is actually an overload. It will return
1012 /// true in C++ (where we can always provide overloads) or, as an
1013 /// extension, in C when the previous function is already an
1014 /// overloaded function declaration or has the "overloadable"
1015 /// attribute.
1016 static bool AllowOverloadingOfFunction(LookupResult &Previous,
1017                                        ASTContext &Context) {
1018   if (Context.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
1019     return true;
1020 
1021   if (Previous.getResultKind() == LookupResult::FoundOverloaded)
1022     return true;
1023 
1024   return (Previous.getResultKind() == LookupResult::Found
1025           && Previous.getFoundDecl()->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>());
1026 }
1027 
1028 /// Add this decl to the scope shadowed decl chains.
1029 void Sema::PushOnScopeChains(NamedDecl *D, Scope *S, bool AddToContext) {
1030   // Move up the scope chain until we find the nearest enclosing
1031   // non-transparent context. The declaration will be introduced into this
1032   // scope.
1033   while (S->getEntity() &&
1034          ((DeclContext *)S->getEntity())->isTransparentContext())
1035     S = S->getParent();
1036 
1037   // Add scoped declarations into their context, so that they can be
1038   // found later. Declarations without a context won't be inserted
1039   // into any context.
1040   if (AddToContext)
1041     CurContext->addDecl(D);
1042 
1043   // Out-of-line definitions shouldn't be pushed into scope in C++.
1044   // Out-of-line variable and function definitions shouldn't even in C.
1045   if ((getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || isa<VarDecl>(D) || isa<FunctionDecl>(D)) &&
1046       D->isOutOfLine() &&
1047       !D->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->Equals(
1048         D->getLexicalDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()))
1049     return;
1050 
1051   // Template instantiations should also not be pushed into scope.
1052   if (isa<FunctionDecl>(D) &&
1053       cast<FunctionDecl>(D)->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization())
1054     return;
1055 
1056   // If this replaces anything in the current scope,
1057   IdentifierResolver::iterator I = IdResolver.begin(D->getDeclName()),
1058                                IEnd = IdResolver.end();
1059   for (; I != IEnd; ++I) {
1060     if (S->isDeclScope(*I) && D->declarationReplaces(*I)) {
1061       S->RemoveDecl(*I);
1062       IdResolver.RemoveDecl(*I);
1063 
1064       // Should only need to replace one decl.
1065       break;
1066     }
1067   }
1068 
1069   S->AddDecl(D);
1070 
1071   if (isa<LabelDecl>(D) && !cast<LabelDecl>(D)->isGnuLocal()) {
1072     // Implicitly-generated labels may end up getting generated in an order that
1073     // isn't strictly lexical, which breaks name lookup. Be careful to insert
1074     // the label at the appropriate place in the identifier chain.
1075     for (I = IdResolver.begin(D->getDeclName()); I != IEnd; ++I) {
1076       DeclContext *IDC = (*I)->getLexicalDeclContext()->getRedeclContext();
1077       if (IDC == CurContext) {
1078         if (!S->isDeclScope(*I))
1079           continue;
1080       } else if (IDC->Encloses(CurContext))
1081         break;
1082     }
1083 
1084     IdResolver.InsertDeclAfter(I, D);
1085   } else {
1086     IdResolver.AddDecl(D);
1087   }
1088 }
1089 
1090 void Sema::pushExternalDeclIntoScope(NamedDecl *D, DeclarationName Name) {
1091   if (IdResolver.tryAddTopLevelDecl(D, Name) && TUScope)
1092     TUScope->AddDecl(D);
1093 }
1094 
1095 bool Sema::isDeclInScope(NamedDecl *&D, DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S,
1096                          bool ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization) {
1097   return IdResolver.isDeclInScope(D, Ctx, S,
1098                                   ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization);
1099 }
1100 
1101 Scope *Sema::getScopeForDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) {
1102   DeclContext *TargetDC = DC->getPrimaryContext();
1103   do {
1104     if (DeclContext *ScopeDC = (DeclContext*) S->getEntity())
1105       if (ScopeDC->getPrimaryContext() == TargetDC)
1106         return S;
1107   } while ((S = S->getParent()));
1108 
1109   return 0;
1110 }
1111 
1112 static bool isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(NamedDecl *,
1113                                             DeclContext*,
1114                                             ASTContext&);
1115 
1116 /// Filters out lookup results that don't fall within the given scope
1117 /// as determined by isDeclInScope.
1118 void Sema::FilterLookupForScope(LookupResult &R,
1119                                 DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S,
1120                                 bool ConsiderLinkage,
1121                                 bool ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization) {
1122   LookupResult::Filter F = R.makeFilter();
1123   while (F.hasNext()) {
1124     NamedDecl *D = F.next();
1125 
1126     if (isDeclInScope(D, Ctx, S, ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization))
1127       continue;
1128 
1129     if (ConsiderLinkage &&
1130         isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(D, Ctx, Context))
1131       continue;
1132 
1133     F.erase();
1134   }
1135 
1136   F.done();
1137 }
1138 
1139 static bool isUsingDecl(NamedDecl *D) {
1140   return isa<UsingShadowDecl>(D) ||
1141          isa<UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl>(D) ||
1142          isa<UnresolvedUsingValueDecl>(D);
1143 }
1144 
1145 /// Removes using shadow declarations from the lookup results.
1146 static void RemoveUsingDecls(LookupResult &R) {
1147   LookupResult::Filter F = R.makeFilter();
1148   while (F.hasNext())
1149     if (isUsingDecl(F.next()))
1150       F.erase();
1151 
1152   F.done();
1153 }
1154 
1155 /// \brief Check for this common pattern:
1156 /// @code
1157 /// class S {
1158 ///   S(const S&); // DO NOT IMPLEMENT
1159 ///   void operator=(const S&); // DO NOT IMPLEMENT
1160 /// };
1161 /// @endcode
1162 static bool IsDisallowedCopyOrAssign(const CXXMethodDecl *D) {
1163   // FIXME: Should check for private access too but access is set after we get
1164   // the decl here.
1165   if (D->doesThisDeclarationHaveABody())
1166     return false;
1167 
1168   if (const CXXConstructorDecl *CD = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(D))
1169     return CD->isCopyConstructor();
1170   if (const CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D))
1171     return Method->isCopyAssignmentOperator();
1172   return false;
1173 }
1174 
1175 // We need this to handle
1176 //
1177 // typedef struct {
1178 //   void *foo() { return 0; }
1179 // } A;
1180 //
1181 // When we see foo we don't know if after the typedef we will get 'A' or '*A'
1182 // for example. If 'A', foo will have external linkage. If we have '*A',
1183 // foo will have no linkage. Since we can't know untill we get to the end
1184 // of the typedef, this function finds out if D might have non external linkage.
1185 // Callers should verify at the end of the TU if it D has external linkage or
1186 // not.
1187 bool Sema::mightHaveNonExternalLinkage(const DeclaratorDecl *D) {
1188   const DeclContext *DC = D->getDeclContext();
1189   while (!DC->isTranslationUnit()) {
1190     if (const RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(DC)){
1191       if (!RD->hasNameForLinkage())
1192         return true;
1193     }
1194     DC = DC->getParent();
1195   }
1196 
1197   return !D->isExternallyVisible();
1198 }
1199 
1200 bool Sema::ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D) const {
1201   assert(D);
1202 
1203   if (D->isInvalidDecl() || D->isUsed() || D->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>())
1204     return false;
1205 
1206   // Ignore class templates.
1207   if (D->getDeclContext()->isDependentContext() ||
1208       D->getLexicalDeclContext()->isDependentContext())
1209     return false;
1210 
1211   if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
1212     if (FD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation)
1213       return false;
1214 
1215     if (const CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) {
1216       if (MD->isVirtual() || IsDisallowedCopyOrAssign(MD))
1217         return false;
1218     } else {
1219       // 'static inline' functions are used in headers; don't warn.
1220       // Make sure we get the storage class from the canonical declaration,
1221       // since otherwise we will get spurious warnings on specialized
1222       // static template functions.
1223       if (FD->getCanonicalDecl()->getStorageClass() == SC_Static &&
1224           FD->isInlineSpecified())
1225         return false;
1226     }
1227 
1228     if (FD->doesThisDeclarationHaveABody() &&
1229         Context.DeclMustBeEmitted(FD))
1230       return false;
1231   } else if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
1232     // Don't warn on variables of const-qualified or reference type, since their
1233     // values can be used even if though they're not odr-used, and because const
1234     // qualified variables can appear in headers in contexts where they're not
1235     // intended to be used.
1236     // FIXME: Use more principled rules for these exemptions.
1237     if (!VD->isFileVarDecl() ||
1238         VD->getType().isConstQualified() ||
1239         VD->getType()->isReferenceType() ||
1240         Context.DeclMustBeEmitted(VD))
1241       return false;
1242 
1243     if (VD->isStaticDataMember() &&
1244         VD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation)
1245       return false;
1246 
1247   } else {
1248     return false;
1249   }
1250 
1251   // Only warn for unused decls internal to the translation unit.
1252   return mightHaveNonExternalLinkage(D);
1253 }
1254 
1255 void Sema::MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D) {
1256   if (!D)
1257     return;
1258 
1259   if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
1260     const FunctionDecl *First = FD->getFirstDeclaration();
1261     if (FD != First && ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(First))
1262       return; // First should already be in the vector.
1263   }
1264 
1265   if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
1266     const VarDecl *First = VD->getFirstDeclaration();
1267     if (VD != First && ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(First))
1268       return; // First should already be in the vector.
1269   }
1270 
1271   if (ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(D))
1272     UnusedFileScopedDecls.push_back(D);
1273 }
1274 
1275 static bool ShouldDiagnoseUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *D) {
1276   if (D->isInvalidDecl())
1277     return false;
1278 
1279   if (D->isReferenced() || D->isUsed() || D->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>())
1280     return false;
1281 
1282   if (isa<LabelDecl>(D))
1283     return true;
1284 
1285   // White-list anything that isn't a local variable.
1286   if (!isa<VarDecl>(D) || isa<ParmVarDecl>(D) || isa<ImplicitParamDecl>(D) ||
1287       !D->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod())
1288     return false;
1289 
1290   // Types of valid local variables should be complete, so this should succeed.
1291   if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
1292 
1293     // White-list anything with an __attribute__((unused)) type.
1294     QualType Ty = VD->getType();
1295 
1296     // Only look at the outermost level of typedef.
1297     if (const TypedefType *TT = Ty->getAs<TypedefType>()) {
1298       if (TT->getDecl()->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>())
1299         return false;
1300     }
1301 
1302     // If we failed to complete the type for some reason, or if the type is
1303     // dependent, don't diagnose the variable.
1304     if (Ty->isIncompleteType() || Ty->isDependentType())
1305       return false;
1306 
1307     if (const TagType *TT = Ty->getAs<TagType>()) {
1308       const TagDecl *Tag = TT->getDecl();
1309       if (Tag->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>())
1310         return false;
1311 
1312       if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Tag)) {
1313         if (!RD->hasTrivialDestructor())
1314           return false;
1315 
1316         if (const Expr *Init = VD->getInit()) {
1317           if (const ExprWithCleanups *Cleanups = dyn_cast<ExprWithCleanups>(Init))
1318             Init = Cleanups->getSubExpr();
1319           const CXXConstructExpr *Construct =
1320             dyn_cast<CXXConstructExpr>(Init);
1321           if (Construct && !Construct->isElidable()) {
1322             CXXConstructorDecl *CD = Construct->getConstructor();
1323             if (!CD->isTrivial())
1324               return false;
1325           }
1326         }
1327       }
1328     }
1329 
1330     // TODO: __attribute__((unused)) templates?
1331   }
1332 
1333   return true;
1334 }
1335 
1336 static void GenerateFixForUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *D, ASTContext &Ctx,
1337                                      FixItHint &Hint) {
1338   if (isa<LabelDecl>(D)) {
1339     SourceLocation AfterColon = Lexer::findLocationAfterToken(D->getLocEnd(),
1340                 tok::colon, Ctx.getSourceManager(), Ctx.getLangOpts(), true);
1341     if (AfterColon.isInvalid())
1342       return;
1343     Hint = FixItHint::CreateRemoval(CharSourceRange::
1344                                     getCharRange(D->getLocStart(), AfterColon));
1345   }
1346   return;
1347 }
1348 
1349 /// DiagnoseUnusedDecl - Emit warnings about declarations that are not used
1350 /// unless they are marked attr(unused).
1351 void Sema::DiagnoseUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *D) {
1352   FixItHint Hint;
1353   if (!ShouldDiagnoseUnusedDecl(D))
1354     return;
1355 
1356   GenerateFixForUnusedDecl(D, Context, Hint);
1357 
1358   unsigned DiagID;
1359   if (isa<VarDecl>(D) && cast<VarDecl>(D)->isExceptionVariable())
1360     DiagID = diag::warn_unused_exception_param;
1361   else if (isa<LabelDecl>(D))
1362     DiagID = diag::warn_unused_label;
1363   else
1364     DiagID = diag::warn_unused_variable;
1365 
1366   Diag(D->getLocation(), DiagID) << D->getDeclName() << Hint;
1367 }
1368 
1369 static void CheckPoppedLabel(LabelDecl *L, Sema &S) {
1370   // Verify that we have no forward references left.  If so, there was a goto
1371   // or address of a label taken, but no definition of it.  Label fwd
1372   // definitions are indicated with a null substmt.
1373   if (L->getStmt() == 0)
1374     S.Diag(L->getLocation(), diag::err_undeclared_label_use) <<L->getDeclName();
1375 }
1376 
1377 void Sema::ActOnPopScope(SourceLocation Loc, Scope *S) {
1378   if (S->decl_empty()) return;
1379   assert((S->getFlags() & (Scope::DeclScope | Scope::TemplateParamScope)) &&
1380          "Scope shouldn't contain decls!");
1381 
1382   for (Scope::decl_iterator I = S->decl_begin(), E = S->decl_end();
1383        I != E; ++I) {
1384     Decl *TmpD = (*I);
1385     assert(TmpD && "This decl didn't get pushed??");
1386 
1387     assert(isa<NamedDecl>(TmpD) && "Decl isn't NamedDecl?");
1388     NamedDecl *D = cast<NamedDecl>(TmpD);
1389 
1390     if (!D->getDeclName()) continue;
1391 
1392     // Diagnose unused variables in this scope.
1393     if (!S->hasUnrecoverableErrorOccurred())
1394       DiagnoseUnusedDecl(D);
1395 
1396     // If this was a forward reference to a label, verify it was defined.
1397     if (LabelDecl *LD = dyn_cast<LabelDecl>(D))
1398       CheckPoppedLabel(LD, *this);
1399 
1400     // Remove this name from our lexical scope.
1401     IdResolver.RemoveDecl(D);
1402   }
1403 }
1404 
1405 void Sema::ActOnStartFunctionDeclarator() {
1406   ++InFunctionDeclarator;
1407 }
1408 
1409 void Sema::ActOnEndFunctionDeclarator() {
1410   assert(InFunctionDeclarator);
1411   --InFunctionDeclarator;
1412 }
1413 
1414 /// \brief Look for an Objective-C class in the translation unit.
1415 ///
1416 /// \param Id The name of the Objective-C class we're looking for. If
1417 /// typo-correction fixes this name, the Id will be updated
1418 /// to the fixed name.
1419 ///
1420 /// \param IdLoc The location of the name in the translation unit.
1421 ///
1422 /// \param DoTypoCorrection If true, this routine will attempt typo correction
1423 /// if there is no class with the given name.
1424 ///
1425 /// \returns The declaration of the named Objective-C class, or NULL if the
1426 /// class could not be found.
1427 ObjCInterfaceDecl *Sema::getObjCInterfaceDecl(IdentifierInfo *&Id,
1428                                               SourceLocation IdLoc,
1429                                               bool DoTypoCorrection) {
1430   // The third "scope" argument is 0 since we aren't enabling lazy built-in
1431   // creation from this context.
1432   NamedDecl *IDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, Id, IdLoc, LookupOrdinaryName);
1433 
1434   if (!IDecl && DoTypoCorrection) {
1435     // Perform typo correction at the given location, but only if we
1436     // find an Objective-C class name.
1437     DeclFilterCCC<ObjCInterfaceDecl> Validator;
1438     if (TypoCorrection C = CorrectTypo(DeclarationNameInfo(Id, IdLoc),
1439                                        LookupOrdinaryName, TUScope, NULL,
1440                                        Validator)) {
1441       IDecl = C.getCorrectionDeclAs<ObjCInterfaceDecl>();
1442       Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_undef_interface_suggest)
1443         << Id << IDecl->getDeclName()
1444         << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(IdLoc, IDecl->getNameAsString());
1445       Diag(IDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl)
1446         << IDecl->getDeclName();
1447 
1448       Id = IDecl->getIdentifier();
1449     }
1450   }
1451   ObjCInterfaceDecl *Def = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(IDecl);
1452   // This routine must always return a class definition, if any.
1453   if (Def && Def->getDefinition())
1454       Def = Def->getDefinition();
1455   return Def;
1456 }
1457 
1458 /// getNonFieldDeclScope - Retrieves the innermost scope, starting
1459 /// from S, where a non-field would be declared. This routine copes
1460 /// with the difference between C and C++ scoping rules in structs and
1461 /// unions. For example, the following code is well-formed in C but
1462 /// ill-formed in C++:
1463 /// @code
1464 /// struct S6 {
1465 ///   enum { BAR } e;
1466 /// };
1467 ///
1468 /// void test_S6() {
1469 ///   struct S6 a;
1470 ///   a.e = BAR;
1471 /// }
1472 /// @endcode
1473 /// For the declaration of BAR, this routine will return a different
1474 /// scope. The scope S will be the scope of the unnamed enumeration
1475 /// within S6. In C++, this routine will return the scope associated
1476 /// with S6, because the enumeration's scope is a transparent
1477 /// context but structures can contain non-field names. In C, this
1478 /// routine will return the translation unit scope, since the
1479 /// enumeration's scope is a transparent context and structures cannot
1480 /// contain non-field names.
1481 Scope *Sema::getNonFieldDeclScope(Scope *S) {
1482   while (((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0) ||
1483          (S->getEntity() &&
1484           ((DeclContext *)S->getEntity())->isTransparentContext()) ||
1485          (S->isClassScope() && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus))
1486     S = S->getParent();
1487   return S;
1488 }
1489 
1490 /// \brief Looks up the declaration of "struct objc_super" and
1491 /// saves it for later use in building builtin declaration of
1492 /// objc_msgSendSuper and objc_msgSendSuper_stret. If no such
1493 /// pre-existing declaration exists no action takes place.
1494 static void LookupPredefedObjCSuperType(Sema &ThisSema, Scope *S,
1495                                         IdentifierInfo *II) {
1496   if (!II->isStr("objc_msgSendSuper"))
1497     return;
1498   ASTContext &Context = ThisSema.Context;
1499 
1500   LookupResult Result(ThisSema, &Context.Idents.get("objc_super"),
1501                       SourceLocation(), Sema::LookupTagName);
1502   ThisSema.LookupName(Result, S);
1503   if (Result.getResultKind() == LookupResult::Found)
1504     if (const TagDecl *TD = Result.getAsSingle<TagDecl>())
1505       Context.setObjCSuperType(Context.getTagDeclType(TD));
1506 }
1507 
1508 /// LazilyCreateBuiltin - The specified Builtin-ID was first used at
1509 /// file scope.  lazily create a decl for it. ForRedeclaration is true
1510 /// if we're creating this built-in in anticipation of redeclaring the
1511 /// built-in.
1512 NamedDecl *Sema::LazilyCreateBuiltin(IdentifierInfo *II, unsigned bid,
1513                                      Scope *S, bool ForRedeclaration,
1514                                      SourceLocation Loc) {
1515   LookupPredefedObjCSuperType(*this, S, II);
1516 
1517   Builtin::ID BID = (Builtin::ID)bid;
1518 
1519   ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError Error;
1520   QualType R = Context.GetBuiltinType(BID, Error);
1521   switch (Error) {
1522   case ASTContext::GE_None:
1523     // Okay
1524     break;
1525 
1526   case ASTContext::GE_Missing_stdio:
1527     if (ForRedeclaration)
1528       Diag(Loc, diag::warn_implicit_decl_requires_stdio)
1529         << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(BID);
1530     return 0;
1531 
1532   case ASTContext::GE_Missing_setjmp:
1533     if (ForRedeclaration)
1534       Diag(Loc, diag::warn_implicit_decl_requires_setjmp)
1535         << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(BID);
1536     return 0;
1537 
1538   case ASTContext::GE_Missing_ucontext:
1539     if (ForRedeclaration)
1540       Diag(Loc, diag::warn_implicit_decl_requires_ucontext)
1541         << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(BID);
1542     return 0;
1543   }
1544 
1545   if (!ForRedeclaration && Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BID)) {
1546     Diag(Loc, diag::ext_implicit_lib_function_decl)
1547       << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(BID)
1548       << R;
1549     if (Context.BuiltinInfo.getHeaderName(BID) &&
1550         Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::ext_implicit_lib_function_decl, Loc)
1551           != DiagnosticsEngine::Ignored)
1552       Diag(Loc, diag::note_please_include_header)
1553         << Context.BuiltinInfo.getHeaderName(BID)
1554         << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(BID);
1555   }
1556 
1557   FunctionDecl *New = FunctionDecl::Create(Context,
1558                                            Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(),
1559                                            Loc, Loc, II, R, /*TInfo=*/0,
1560                                            SC_Extern,
1561                                            false,
1562                                            /*hasPrototype=*/true);
1563   New->setImplicit();
1564 
1565   // Create Decl objects for each parameter, adding them to the
1566   // FunctionDecl.
1567   if (const FunctionProtoType *FT = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(R)) {
1568     SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params;
1569     for (unsigned i = 0, e = FT->getNumArgs(); i != e; ++i) {
1570       ParmVarDecl *parm =
1571         ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, New, SourceLocation(),
1572                             SourceLocation(), 0,
1573                             FT->getArgType(i), /*TInfo=*/0,
1574                             SC_None, 0);
1575       parm->setScopeInfo(0, i);
1576       Params.push_back(parm);
1577     }
1578     New->setParams(Params);
1579   }
1580 
1581   AddKnownFunctionAttributes(New);
1582 
1583   // TUScope is the translation-unit scope to insert this function into.
1584   // FIXME: This is hideous. We need to teach PushOnScopeChains to
1585   // relate Scopes to DeclContexts, and probably eliminate CurContext
1586   // entirely, but we're not there yet.
1587   DeclContext *SavedContext = CurContext;
1588   CurContext = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl();
1589   PushOnScopeChains(New, TUScope);
1590   CurContext = SavedContext;
1591   return New;
1592 }
1593 
1594 /// \brief Filter out any previous declarations that the given declaration
1595 /// should not consider because they are not permitted to conflict, e.g.,
1596 /// because they come from hidden sub-modules and do not refer to the same
1597 /// entity.
1598 static void filterNonConflictingPreviousDecls(ASTContext &context,
1599                                               NamedDecl *decl,
1600                                               LookupResult &previous){
1601   // This is only interesting when modules are enabled.
1602   if (!context.getLangOpts().Modules)
1603     return;
1604 
1605   // Empty sets are uninteresting.
1606   if (previous.empty())
1607     return;
1608 
1609   LookupResult::Filter filter = previous.makeFilter();
1610   while (filter.hasNext()) {
1611     NamedDecl *old = filter.next();
1612 
1613     // Non-hidden declarations are never ignored.
1614     if (!old->isHidden())
1615       continue;
1616 
1617     if (!old->isExternallyVisible())
1618       filter.erase();
1619   }
1620 
1621   filter.done();
1622 }
1623 
1624 bool Sema::isIncompatibleTypedef(TypeDecl *Old, TypedefNameDecl *New) {
1625   QualType OldType;
1626   if (TypedefNameDecl *OldTypedef = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Old))
1627     OldType = OldTypedef->getUnderlyingType();
1628   else
1629     OldType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Old);
1630   QualType NewType = New->getUnderlyingType();
1631 
1632   if (NewType->isVariablyModifiedType()) {
1633     // Must not redefine a typedef with a variably-modified type.
1634     int Kind = isa<TypeAliasDecl>(Old) ? 1 : 0;
1635     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_variably_modified_typedef)
1636       << Kind << NewType;
1637     if (Old->getLocation().isValid())
1638       Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
1639     New->setInvalidDecl();
1640     return true;
1641   }
1642 
1643   if (OldType != NewType &&
1644       !OldType->isDependentType() &&
1645       !NewType->isDependentType() &&
1646       !Context.hasSameType(OldType, NewType)) {
1647     int Kind = isa<TypeAliasDecl>(Old) ? 1 : 0;
1648     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_typedef)
1649       << Kind << NewType << OldType;
1650     if (Old->getLocation().isValid())
1651       Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
1652     New->setInvalidDecl();
1653     return true;
1654   }
1655   return false;
1656 }
1657 
1658 /// MergeTypedefNameDecl - We just parsed a typedef 'New' which has the
1659 /// same name and scope as a previous declaration 'Old'.  Figure out
1660 /// how to resolve this situation, merging decls or emitting
1661 /// diagnostics as appropriate. If there was an error, set New to be invalid.
1662 ///
1663 void Sema::MergeTypedefNameDecl(TypedefNameDecl *New, LookupResult &OldDecls) {
1664   // If the new decl is known invalid already, don't bother doing any
1665   // merging checks.
1666   if (New->isInvalidDecl()) return;
1667 
1668   // Allow multiple definitions for ObjC built-in typedefs.
1669   // FIXME: Verify the underlying types are equivalent!
1670   if (getLangOpts().ObjC1) {
1671     const IdentifierInfo *TypeID = New->getIdentifier();
1672     switch (TypeID->getLength()) {
1673     default: break;
1674     case 2:
1675       {
1676         if (!TypeID->isStr("id"))
1677           break;
1678         QualType T = New->getUnderlyingType();
1679         if (!T->isPointerType())
1680           break;
1681         if (!T->isVoidPointerType()) {
1682           QualType PT = T->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
1683           if (!PT->isStructureType())
1684             break;
1685         }
1686         Context.setObjCIdRedefinitionType(T);
1687         // Install the built-in type for 'id', ignoring the current definition.
1688         New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCIdType().getTypePtr());
1689         return;
1690       }
1691     case 5:
1692       if (!TypeID->isStr("Class"))
1693         break;
1694       Context.setObjCClassRedefinitionType(New->getUnderlyingType());
1695       // Install the built-in type for 'Class', ignoring the current definition.
1696       New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCClassType().getTypePtr());
1697       return;
1698     case 3:
1699       if (!TypeID->isStr("SEL"))
1700         break;
1701       Context.setObjCSelRedefinitionType(New->getUnderlyingType());
1702       // Install the built-in type for 'SEL', ignoring the current definition.
1703       New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCSelType().getTypePtr());
1704       return;
1705     }
1706     // Fall through - the typedef name was not a builtin type.
1707   }
1708 
1709   // Verify the old decl was also a type.
1710   TypeDecl *Old = OldDecls.getAsSingle<TypeDecl>();
1711   if (!Old) {
1712     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind)
1713       << New->getDeclName();
1714 
1715     NamedDecl *OldD = OldDecls.getRepresentativeDecl();
1716     if (OldD->getLocation().isValid())
1717       Diag(OldD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
1718 
1719     return New->setInvalidDecl();
1720   }
1721 
1722   // If the old declaration is invalid, just give up here.
1723   if (Old->isInvalidDecl())
1724     return New->setInvalidDecl();
1725 
1726   // If the typedef types are not identical, reject them in all languages and
1727   // with any extensions enabled.
1728   if (isIncompatibleTypedef(Old, New))
1729     return;
1730 
1731   // The types match.  Link up the redeclaration chain if the old
1732   // declaration was a typedef.
1733   if (TypedefNameDecl *Typedef = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Old))
1734     New->setPreviousDeclaration(Typedef);
1735 
1736   if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt)
1737     return;
1738 
1739   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
1740     // C++ [dcl.typedef]p2:
1741     //   In a given non-class scope, a typedef specifier can be used to
1742     //   redefine the name of any type declared in that scope to refer
1743     //   to the type to which it already refers.
1744     if (!isa<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext))
1745       return;
1746 
1747     // C++0x [dcl.typedef]p4:
1748     //   In a given class scope, a typedef specifier can be used to redefine
1749     //   any class-name declared in that scope that is not also a typedef-name
1750     //   to refer to the type to which it already refers.
1751     //
1752     // This wording came in via DR424, which was a correction to the
1753     // wording in DR56, which accidentally banned code like:
1754     //
1755     //   struct S {
1756     //     typedef struct A { } A;
1757     //   };
1758     //
1759     // in the C++03 standard. We implement the C++0x semantics, which
1760     // allow the above but disallow
1761     //
1762     //   struct S {
1763     //     typedef int I;
1764     //     typedef int I;
1765     //   };
1766     //
1767     // since that was the intent of DR56.
1768     if (!isa<TypedefNameDecl>(Old))
1769       return;
1770 
1771     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition)
1772       << New->getDeclName();
1773     Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
1774     return New->setInvalidDecl();
1775   }
1776 
1777   // Modules always permit redefinition of typedefs, as does C11.
1778   if (getLangOpts().Modules || getLangOpts().C11)
1779     return;
1780 
1781   // If we have a redefinition of a typedef in C, emit a warning.  This warning
1782   // is normally mapped to an error, but can be controlled with
1783   // -Wtypedef-redefinition.  If either the original or the redefinition is
1784   // in a system header, don't emit this for compatibility with GCC.
1785   if (getDiagnostics().getSuppressSystemWarnings() &&
1786       (Context.getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(Old->getLocation()) ||
1787        Context.getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(New->getLocation())))
1788     return;
1789 
1790   Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_redefinition_of_typedef)
1791     << New->getDeclName();
1792   Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
1793   return;
1794 }
1795 
1796 /// DeclhasAttr - returns true if decl Declaration already has the target
1797 /// attribute.
1798 static bool
1799 DeclHasAttr(const Decl *D, const Attr *A) {
1800   // There can be multiple AvailabilityAttr in a Decl. Make sure we copy
1801   // all of them. It is mergeAvailabilityAttr in SemaDeclAttr.cpp that is
1802   // responsible for making sure they are consistent.
1803   const AvailabilityAttr *AA = dyn_cast<AvailabilityAttr>(A);
1804   if (AA)
1805     return false;
1806 
1807   // The following thread safety attributes can also be duplicated.
1808   switch (A->getKind()) {
1809     case attr::ExclusiveLocksRequired:
1810     case attr::SharedLocksRequired:
1811     case attr::LocksExcluded:
1812     case attr::ExclusiveLockFunction:
1813     case attr::SharedLockFunction:
1814     case attr::UnlockFunction:
1815     case attr::ExclusiveTrylockFunction:
1816     case attr::SharedTrylockFunction:
1817     case attr::GuardedBy:
1818     case attr::PtGuardedBy:
1819     case attr::AcquiredBefore:
1820     case attr::AcquiredAfter:
1821       return false;
1822     default:
1823       ;
1824   }
1825 
1826   const OwnershipAttr *OA = dyn_cast<OwnershipAttr>(A);
1827   const AnnotateAttr *Ann = dyn_cast<AnnotateAttr>(A);
1828   for (Decl::attr_iterator i = D->attr_begin(), e = D->attr_end(); i != e; ++i)
1829     if ((*i)->getKind() == A->getKind()) {
1830       if (Ann) {
1831         if (Ann->getAnnotation() == cast<AnnotateAttr>(*i)->getAnnotation())
1832           return true;
1833         continue;
1834       }
1835       // FIXME: Don't hardcode this check
1836       if (OA && isa<OwnershipAttr>(*i))
1837         return OA->getOwnKind() == cast<OwnershipAttr>(*i)->getOwnKind();
1838       return true;
1839     }
1840 
1841   return false;
1842 }
1843 
1844 static bool isAttributeTargetADefinition(Decl *D) {
1845   if (VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D))
1846     return VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition();
1847   if (TagDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(D))
1848     return TD->isCompleteDefinition() || TD->isBeingDefined();
1849   return true;
1850 }
1851 
1852 /// Merge alignment attributes from \p Old to \p New, taking into account the
1853 /// special semantics of C11's _Alignas specifier and C++11's alignas attribute.
1854 ///
1855 /// \return \c true if any attributes were added to \p New.
1856 static bool mergeAlignedAttrs(Sema &S, NamedDecl *New, Decl *Old) {
1857   // Look for alignas attributes on Old, and pick out whichever attribute
1858   // specifies the strictest alignment requirement.
1859   AlignedAttr *OldAlignasAttr = 0;
1860   AlignedAttr *OldStrictestAlignAttr = 0;
1861   unsigned OldAlign = 0;
1862   for (specific_attr_iterator<AlignedAttr>
1863          I = Old->specific_attr_begin<AlignedAttr>(),
1864          E = Old->specific_attr_end<AlignedAttr>(); I != E; ++I) {
1865     // FIXME: We have no way of representing inherited dependent alignments
1866     // in a case like:
1867     //   template<int A, int B> struct alignas(A) X;
1868     //   template<int A, int B> struct alignas(B) X {};
1869     // For now, we just ignore any alignas attributes which are not on the
1870     // definition in such a case.
1871     if (I->isAlignmentDependent())
1872       return false;
1873 
1874     if (I->isAlignas())
1875       OldAlignasAttr = *I;
1876 
1877     unsigned Align = I->getAlignment(S.Context);
1878     if (Align > OldAlign) {
1879       OldAlign = Align;
1880       OldStrictestAlignAttr = *I;
1881     }
1882   }
1883 
1884   // Look for alignas attributes on New.
1885   AlignedAttr *NewAlignasAttr = 0;
1886   unsigned NewAlign = 0;
1887   for (specific_attr_iterator<AlignedAttr>
1888          I = New->specific_attr_begin<AlignedAttr>(),
1889          E = New->specific_attr_end<AlignedAttr>(); I != E; ++I) {
1890     if (I->isAlignmentDependent())
1891       return false;
1892 
1893     if (I->isAlignas())
1894       NewAlignasAttr = *I;
1895 
1896     unsigned Align = I->getAlignment(S.Context);
1897     if (Align > NewAlign)
1898       NewAlign = Align;
1899   }
1900 
1901   if (OldAlignasAttr && NewAlignasAttr && OldAlign != NewAlign) {
1902     // Both declarations have 'alignas' attributes. We require them to match.
1903     // C++11 [dcl.align]p6 and C11 6.7.5/7 both come close to saying this, but
1904     // fall short. (If two declarations both have alignas, they must both match
1905     // every definition, and so must match each other if there is a definition.)
1906 
1907     // If either declaration only contains 'alignas(0)' specifiers, then it
1908     // specifies the natural alignment for the type.
1909     if (OldAlign == 0 || NewAlign == 0) {
1910       QualType Ty;
1911       if (ValueDecl *VD = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(New))
1912         Ty = VD->getType();
1913       else
1914         Ty = S.Context.getTagDeclType(cast<TagDecl>(New));
1915 
1916       if (OldAlign == 0)
1917         OldAlign = S.Context.getTypeAlign(Ty);
1918       if (NewAlign == 0)
1919         NewAlign = S.Context.getTypeAlign(Ty);
1920     }
1921 
1922     if (OldAlign != NewAlign) {
1923       S.Diag(NewAlignasAttr->getLocation(), diag::err_alignas_mismatch)
1924         << (unsigned)S.Context.toCharUnitsFromBits(OldAlign).getQuantity()
1925         << (unsigned)S.Context.toCharUnitsFromBits(NewAlign).getQuantity();
1926       S.Diag(OldAlignasAttr->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
1927     }
1928   }
1929 
1930   if (OldAlignasAttr && !NewAlignasAttr && isAttributeTargetADefinition(New)) {
1931     // C++11 [dcl.align]p6:
1932     //   if any declaration of an entity has an alignment-specifier,
1933     //   every defining declaration of that entity shall specify an
1934     //   equivalent alignment.
1935     // C11 6.7.5/7:
1936     //   If the definition of an object does not have an alignment
1937     //   specifier, any other declaration of that object shall also
1938     //   have no alignment specifier.
1939     S.Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_alignas_missing_on_definition)
1940       << OldAlignasAttr->isC11();
1941     S.Diag(OldAlignasAttr->getLocation(), diag::note_alignas_on_declaration)
1942       << OldAlignasAttr->isC11();
1943   }
1944 
1945   bool AnyAdded = false;
1946 
1947   // Ensure we have an attribute representing the strictest alignment.
1948   if (OldAlign > NewAlign) {
1949     AlignedAttr *Clone = OldStrictestAlignAttr->clone(S.Context);
1950     Clone->setInherited(true);
1951     New->addAttr(Clone);
1952     AnyAdded = true;
1953   }
1954 
1955   // Ensure we have an alignas attribute if the old declaration had one.
1956   if (OldAlignasAttr && !NewAlignasAttr &&
1957       !(AnyAdded && OldStrictestAlignAttr->isAlignas())) {
1958     AlignedAttr *Clone = OldAlignasAttr->clone(S.Context);
1959     Clone->setInherited(true);
1960     New->addAttr(Clone);
1961     AnyAdded = true;
1962   }
1963 
1964   return AnyAdded;
1965 }
1966 
1967 static bool mergeDeclAttribute(Sema &S, NamedDecl *D, InheritableAttr *Attr,
1968                                bool Override) {
1969   InheritableAttr *NewAttr = NULL;
1970   unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex = Attr->getSpellingListIndex();
1971   if (AvailabilityAttr *AA = dyn_cast<AvailabilityAttr>(Attr))
1972     NewAttr = S.mergeAvailabilityAttr(D, AA->getRange(), AA->getPlatform(),
1973                                       AA->getIntroduced(), AA->getDeprecated(),
1974                                       AA->getObsoleted(), AA->getUnavailable(),
1975                                       AA->getMessage(), Override,
1976                                       AttrSpellingListIndex);
1977   else if (VisibilityAttr *VA = dyn_cast<VisibilityAttr>(Attr))
1978     NewAttr = S.mergeVisibilityAttr(D, VA->getRange(), VA->getVisibility(),
1979                                     AttrSpellingListIndex);
1980   else if (TypeVisibilityAttr *VA = dyn_cast<TypeVisibilityAttr>(Attr))
1981     NewAttr = S.mergeTypeVisibilityAttr(D, VA->getRange(), VA->getVisibility(),
1982                                         AttrSpellingListIndex);
1983   else if (DLLImportAttr *ImportA = dyn_cast<DLLImportAttr>(Attr))
1984     NewAttr = S.mergeDLLImportAttr(D, ImportA->getRange(),
1985                                    AttrSpellingListIndex);
1986   else if (DLLExportAttr *ExportA = dyn_cast<DLLExportAttr>(Attr))
1987     NewAttr = S.mergeDLLExportAttr(D, ExportA->getRange(),
1988                                    AttrSpellingListIndex);
1989   else if (FormatAttr *FA = dyn_cast<FormatAttr>(Attr))
1990     NewAttr = S.mergeFormatAttr(D, FA->getRange(), FA->getType(),
1991                                 FA->getFormatIdx(), FA->getFirstArg(),
1992                                 AttrSpellingListIndex);
1993   else if (SectionAttr *SA = dyn_cast<SectionAttr>(Attr))
1994     NewAttr = S.mergeSectionAttr(D, SA->getRange(), SA->getName(),
1995                                  AttrSpellingListIndex);
1996   else if (isa<AlignedAttr>(Attr))
1997     // AlignedAttrs are handled separately, because we need to handle all
1998     // such attributes on a declaration at the same time.
1999     NewAttr = 0;
2000   else if (!DeclHasAttr(D, Attr))
2001     NewAttr = cast<InheritableAttr>(Attr->clone(S.Context));
2002 
2003   if (NewAttr) {
2004     NewAttr->setInherited(true);
2005     D->addAttr(NewAttr);
2006     return true;
2007   }
2008 
2009   return false;
2010 }
2011 
2012 static const Decl *getDefinition(const Decl *D) {
2013   if (const TagDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(D))
2014     return TD->getDefinition();
2015   if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D))
2016     return VD->getDefinition();
2017   if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
2018     const FunctionDecl* Def;
2019     if (FD->hasBody(Def))
2020       return Def;
2021   }
2022   return NULL;
2023 }
2024 
2025 static bool hasAttribute(const Decl *D, attr::Kind Kind) {
2026   for (Decl::attr_iterator I = D->attr_begin(), E = D->attr_end();
2027        I != E; ++I) {
2028     Attr *Attribute = *I;
2029     if (Attribute->getKind() == Kind)
2030       return true;
2031   }
2032   return false;
2033 }
2034 
2035 /// checkNewAttributesAfterDef - If we already have a definition, check that
2036 /// there are no new attributes in this declaration.
2037 static void checkNewAttributesAfterDef(Sema &S, Decl *New, const Decl *Old) {
2038   if (!New->hasAttrs())
2039     return;
2040 
2041   const Decl *Def = getDefinition(Old);
2042   if (!Def || Def == New)
2043     return;
2044 
2045   AttrVec &NewAttributes = New->getAttrs();
2046   for (unsigned I = 0, E = NewAttributes.size(); I != E;) {
2047     const Attr *NewAttribute = NewAttributes[I];
2048     if (hasAttribute(Def, NewAttribute->getKind())) {
2049       ++I;
2050       continue; // regular attr merging will take care of validating this.
2051     }
2052 
2053     if (isa<C11NoReturnAttr>(NewAttribute)) {
2054       // C's _Noreturn is allowed to be added to a function after it is defined.
2055       ++I;
2056       continue;
2057     } else if (const AlignedAttr *AA = dyn_cast<AlignedAttr>(NewAttribute)) {
2058       if (AA->isAlignas()) {
2059         // C++11 [dcl.align]p6:
2060         //   if any declaration of an entity has an alignment-specifier,
2061         //   every defining declaration of that entity shall specify an
2062         //   equivalent alignment.
2063         // C11 6.7.5/7:
2064         //   If the definition of an object does not have an alignment
2065         //   specifier, any other declaration of that object shall also
2066         //   have no alignment specifier.
2067         S.Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::err_alignas_missing_on_definition)
2068           << AA->isC11();
2069         S.Diag(NewAttribute->getLocation(), diag::note_alignas_on_declaration)
2070           << AA->isC11();
2071         NewAttributes.erase(NewAttributes.begin() + I);
2072         --E;
2073         continue;
2074       }
2075     }
2076 
2077     S.Diag(NewAttribute->getLocation(),
2078            diag::warn_attribute_precede_definition);
2079     S.Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
2080     NewAttributes.erase(NewAttributes.begin() + I);
2081     --E;
2082   }
2083 }
2084 
2085 /// mergeDeclAttributes - Copy attributes from the Old decl to the New one.
2086 void Sema::mergeDeclAttributes(NamedDecl *New, Decl *Old,
2087                                AvailabilityMergeKind AMK) {
2088   if (!Old->hasAttrs() && !New->hasAttrs())
2089     return;
2090 
2091   // attributes declared post-definition are currently ignored
2092   checkNewAttributesAfterDef(*this, New, Old);
2093 
2094   if (!Old->hasAttrs())
2095     return;
2096 
2097   bool foundAny = New->hasAttrs();
2098 
2099   // Ensure that any moving of objects within the allocated map is done before
2100   // we process them.
2101   if (!foundAny) New->setAttrs(AttrVec());
2102 
2103   for (specific_attr_iterator<InheritableAttr>
2104          i = Old->specific_attr_begin<InheritableAttr>(),
2105          e = Old->specific_attr_end<InheritableAttr>();
2106        i != e; ++i) {
2107     bool Override = false;
2108     // Ignore deprecated/unavailable/availability attributes if requested.
2109     if (isa<DeprecatedAttr>(*i) ||
2110         isa<UnavailableAttr>(*i) ||
2111         isa<AvailabilityAttr>(*i)) {
2112       switch (AMK) {
2113       case AMK_None:
2114         continue;
2115 
2116       case AMK_Redeclaration:
2117         break;
2118 
2119       case AMK_Override:
2120         Override = true;
2121         break;
2122       }
2123     }
2124 
2125     if (mergeDeclAttribute(*this, New, *i, Override))
2126       foundAny = true;
2127   }
2128 
2129   if (mergeAlignedAttrs(*this, New, Old))
2130     foundAny = true;
2131 
2132   if (!foundAny) New->dropAttrs();
2133 }
2134 
2135 /// mergeParamDeclAttributes - Copy attributes from the old parameter
2136 /// to the new one.
2137 static void mergeParamDeclAttributes(ParmVarDecl *newDecl,
2138                                      const ParmVarDecl *oldDecl,
2139                                      Sema &S) {
2140   // C++11 [dcl.attr.depend]p2:
2141   //   The first declaration of a function shall specify the
2142   //   carries_dependency attribute for its declarator-id if any declaration
2143   //   of the function specifies the carries_dependency attribute.
2144   if (newDecl->hasAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>() &&
2145       !oldDecl->hasAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>()) {
2146     S.Diag(newDecl->getAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>()->getLocation(),
2147            diag::err_carries_dependency_missing_on_first_decl) << 1/*Param*/;
2148     // Find the first declaration of the parameter.
2149     // FIXME: Should we build redeclaration chains for function parameters?
2150     const FunctionDecl *FirstFD =
2151       cast<FunctionDecl>(oldDecl->getDeclContext())->getFirstDeclaration();
2152     const ParmVarDecl *FirstVD =
2153       FirstFD->getParamDecl(oldDecl->getFunctionScopeIndex());
2154     S.Diag(FirstVD->getLocation(),
2155            diag::note_carries_dependency_missing_first_decl) << 1/*Param*/;
2156   }
2157 
2158   if (!oldDecl->hasAttrs())
2159     return;
2160 
2161   bool foundAny = newDecl->hasAttrs();
2162 
2163   // Ensure that any moving of objects within the allocated map is
2164   // done before we process them.
2165   if (!foundAny) newDecl->setAttrs(AttrVec());
2166 
2167   for (specific_attr_iterator<InheritableParamAttr>
2168        i = oldDecl->specific_attr_begin<InheritableParamAttr>(),
2169        e = oldDecl->specific_attr_end<InheritableParamAttr>(); i != e; ++i) {
2170     if (!DeclHasAttr(newDecl, *i)) {
2171       InheritableAttr *newAttr =
2172         cast<InheritableParamAttr>((*i)->clone(S.Context));
2173       newAttr->setInherited(true);
2174       newDecl->addAttr(newAttr);
2175       foundAny = true;
2176     }
2177   }
2178 
2179   if (!foundAny) newDecl->dropAttrs();
2180 }
2181 
2182 namespace {
2183 
2184 /// Used in MergeFunctionDecl to keep track of function parameters in
2185 /// C.
2186 struct GNUCompatibleParamWarning {
2187   ParmVarDecl *OldParm;
2188   ParmVarDecl *NewParm;
2189   QualType PromotedType;
2190 };
2191 
2192 }
2193 
2194 /// getSpecialMember - get the special member enum for a method.
2195 Sema::CXXSpecialMember Sema::getSpecialMember(const CXXMethodDecl *MD) {
2196   if (const CXXConstructorDecl *Ctor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(MD)) {
2197     if (Ctor->isDefaultConstructor())
2198       return Sema::CXXDefaultConstructor;
2199 
2200     if (Ctor->isCopyConstructor())
2201       return Sema::CXXCopyConstructor;
2202 
2203     if (Ctor->isMoveConstructor())
2204       return Sema::CXXMoveConstructor;
2205   } else if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(MD)) {
2206     return Sema::CXXDestructor;
2207   } else if (MD->isCopyAssignmentOperator()) {
2208     return Sema::CXXCopyAssignment;
2209   } else if (MD->isMoveAssignmentOperator()) {
2210     return Sema::CXXMoveAssignment;
2211   }
2212 
2213   return Sema::CXXInvalid;
2214 }
2215 
2216 /// canRedefineFunction - checks if a function can be redefined. Currently,
2217 /// only extern inline functions can be redefined, and even then only in
2218 /// GNU89 mode.
2219 static bool canRedefineFunction(const FunctionDecl *FD,
2220                                 const LangOptions& LangOpts) {
2221   return ((FD->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>() || LangOpts.GNUInline) &&
2222           !LangOpts.CPlusPlus &&
2223           FD->isInlineSpecified() &&
2224           FD->getStorageClass() == SC_Extern);
2225 }
2226 
2227 /// Is the given calling convention the ABI default for the given
2228 /// declaration?
2229 static bool isABIDefaultCC(Sema &S, CallingConv CC, FunctionDecl *D) {
2230   CallingConv ABIDefaultCC;
2231   if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(D) && cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)->isInstance()) {
2232     ABIDefaultCC = S.Context.getDefaultCXXMethodCallConv(D->isVariadic());
2233   } else {
2234     // Free C function or a static method.
2235     ABIDefaultCC = (S.Context.getLangOpts().MRTD ? CC_X86StdCall : CC_C);
2236   }
2237   return ABIDefaultCC == CC;
2238 }
2239 
2240 template <typename T>
2241 static bool haveIncompatibleLanguageLinkages(const T *Old, const T *New) {
2242   const DeclContext *DC = Old->getDeclContext();
2243   if (DC->isRecord())
2244     return false;
2245 
2246   LanguageLinkage OldLinkage = Old->getLanguageLinkage();
2247   if (OldLinkage == CXXLanguageLinkage && New->isInExternCContext())
2248     return true;
2249   if (OldLinkage == CLanguageLinkage && New->isInExternCXXContext())
2250     return true;
2251   return false;
2252 }
2253 
2254 /// MergeFunctionDecl - We just parsed a function 'New' from
2255 /// declarator D which has the same name and scope as a previous
2256 /// declaration 'Old'.  Figure out how to resolve this situation,
2257 /// merging decls or emitting diagnostics as appropriate.
2258 ///
2259 /// In C++, New and Old must be declarations that are not
2260 /// overloaded. Use IsOverload to determine whether New and Old are
2261 /// overloaded, and to select the Old declaration that New should be
2262 /// merged with.
2263 ///
2264 /// Returns true if there was an error, false otherwise.
2265 bool Sema::MergeFunctionDecl(FunctionDecl *New, Decl *OldD, Scope *S) {
2266   // Verify the old decl was also a function.
2267   FunctionDecl *Old = 0;
2268   if (FunctionTemplateDecl *OldFunctionTemplate
2269         = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(OldD))
2270     Old = OldFunctionTemplate->getTemplatedDecl();
2271   else
2272     Old = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(OldD);
2273   if (!Old) {
2274     if (UsingShadowDecl *Shadow = dyn_cast<UsingShadowDecl>(OldD)) {
2275       if (New->getFriendObjectKind()) {
2276         Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_using_decl_friend);
2277         Diag(Shadow->getTargetDecl()->getLocation(),
2278              diag::note_using_decl_target);
2279         Diag(Shadow->getUsingDecl()->getLocation(),
2280              diag::note_using_decl) << 0;
2281         return true;
2282       }
2283 
2284       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_using_decl_conflict_reverse);
2285       Diag(Shadow->getTargetDecl()->getLocation(),
2286            diag::note_using_decl_target);
2287       Diag(Shadow->getUsingDecl()->getLocation(),
2288            diag::note_using_decl) << 0;
2289       return true;
2290     }
2291 
2292     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind)
2293       << New->getDeclName();
2294     Diag(OldD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
2295     return true;
2296   }
2297 
2298   // Determine whether the previous declaration was a definition,
2299   // implicit declaration, or a declaration.
2300   diag::kind PrevDiag;
2301   if (Old->isThisDeclarationADefinition())
2302     PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_definition;
2303   else if (Old->isImplicit())
2304     PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_implicit_declaration;
2305   else
2306     PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_declaration;
2307 
2308   QualType OldQType = Context.getCanonicalType(Old->getType());
2309   QualType NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType(New->getType());
2310 
2311   // Don't complain about this if we're in GNU89 mode and the old function
2312   // is an extern inline function.
2313   // Don't complain about specializations. They are not supposed to have
2314   // storage classes.
2315   if (!isa<CXXMethodDecl>(New) && !isa<CXXMethodDecl>(Old) &&
2316       New->getStorageClass() == SC_Static &&
2317       Old->hasExternalFormalLinkage() &&
2318       !New->getTemplateSpecializationInfo() &&
2319       !canRedefineFunction(Old, getLangOpts())) {
2320     if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) {
2321       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_static_non_static) << New;
2322       Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag);
2323     } else {
2324       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_static_non_static) << New;
2325       Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag);
2326       return true;
2327     }
2328   }
2329 
2330   // If a function is first declared with a calling convention, but is
2331   // later declared or defined without one, the second decl assumes the
2332   // calling convention of the first.
2333   //
2334   // It's OK if a function is first declared without a calling convention,
2335   // but is later declared or defined with the default calling convention.
2336   //
2337   // For the new decl, we have to look at the NON-canonical type to tell the
2338   // difference between a function that really doesn't have a calling
2339   // convention and one that is declared cdecl. That's because in
2340   // canonicalization (see ASTContext.cpp), cdecl is canonicalized away
2341   // because it is the default calling convention.
2342   //
2343   // Note also that we DO NOT return at this point, because we still have
2344   // other tests to run.
2345   const FunctionType *OldType = cast<FunctionType>(OldQType);
2346   const FunctionType *NewType = New->getType()->getAs<FunctionType>();
2347   FunctionType::ExtInfo OldTypeInfo = OldType->getExtInfo();
2348   FunctionType::ExtInfo NewTypeInfo = NewType->getExtInfo();
2349   bool RequiresAdjustment = false;
2350   if (OldTypeInfo.getCC() == NewTypeInfo.getCC()) {
2351     // Fast path: nothing to do.
2352 
2353   // Inherit the CC from the previous declaration if it was specified
2354   // there but not here.
2355   } else if (NewTypeInfo.getCC() == CC_Default) {
2356     NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withCallingConv(OldTypeInfo.getCC());
2357     RequiresAdjustment = true;
2358 
2359   // Don't complain about mismatches when the default CC is
2360   // effectively the same as the explict one. Only Old decl contains correct
2361   // information about storage class of CXXMethod.
2362   } else if (OldTypeInfo.getCC() == CC_Default &&
2363              isABIDefaultCC(*this, NewTypeInfo.getCC(), Old)) {
2364     NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withCallingConv(OldTypeInfo.getCC());
2365     RequiresAdjustment = true;
2366 
2367   } else if (!Context.isSameCallConv(OldTypeInfo.getCC(),
2368                                      NewTypeInfo.getCC())) {
2369     // Calling conventions really aren't compatible, so complain.
2370     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_cconv_change)
2371       << FunctionType::getNameForCallConv(NewTypeInfo.getCC())
2372       << (OldTypeInfo.getCC() == CC_Default)
2373       << (OldTypeInfo.getCC() == CC_Default ? "" :
2374           FunctionType::getNameForCallConv(OldTypeInfo.getCC()));
2375     Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
2376     return true;
2377   }
2378 
2379   // FIXME: diagnose the other way around?
2380   if (OldTypeInfo.getNoReturn() && !NewTypeInfo.getNoReturn()) {
2381     NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withNoReturn(true);
2382     RequiresAdjustment = true;
2383   }
2384 
2385   // Merge regparm attribute.
2386   if (OldTypeInfo.getHasRegParm() != NewTypeInfo.getHasRegParm() ||
2387       OldTypeInfo.getRegParm() != NewTypeInfo.getRegParm()) {
2388     if (NewTypeInfo.getHasRegParm()) {
2389       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_regparm_mismatch)
2390         << NewType->getRegParmType()
2391         << OldType->getRegParmType();
2392       Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
2393       return true;
2394     }
2395 
2396     NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withRegParm(OldTypeInfo.getRegParm());
2397     RequiresAdjustment = true;
2398   }
2399 
2400   // Merge ns_returns_retained attribute.
2401   if (OldTypeInfo.getProducesResult() != NewTypeInfo.getProducesResult()) {
2402     if (NewTypeInfo.getProducesResult()) {
2403       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_returns_retained_mismatch);
2404       Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
2405       return true;
2406     }
2407 
2408     NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withProducesResult(true);
2409     RequiresAdjustment = true;
2410   }
2411 
2412   if (RequiresAdjustment) {
2413     NewType = Context.adjustFunctionType(NewType, NewTypeInfo);
2414     New->setType(QualType(NewType, 0));
2415     NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType(New->getType());
2416   }
2417 
2418   // If this redeclaration makes the function inline, we may need to add it to
2419   // UndefinedButUsed.
2420   if (!Old->isInlined() && New->isInlined() &&
2421       !New->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>() &&
2422       (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || !getLangOpts().GNUInline) &&
2423       Old->isUsed(false) &&
2424       !Old->isDefined() && !New->isThisDeclarationADefinition())
2425     UndefinedButUsed.insert(std::make_pair(Old->getCanonicalDecl(),
2426                                            SourceLocation()));
2427 
2428   // If this redeclaration makes it newly gnu_inline, we don't want to warn
2429   // about it.
2430   if (New->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>() &&
2431       Old->isInlined() && !Old->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>()) {
2432     UndefinedButUsed.erase(Old->getCanonicalDecl());
2433   }
2434 
2435   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
2436     // (C++98 13.1p2):
2437     //   Certain function declarations cannot be overloaded:
2438     //     -- Function declarations that differ only in the return type
2439     //        cannot be overloaded.
2440 
2441     // Go back to the type source info to compare the declared return types,
2442     // per C++1y [dcl.type.auto]p??:
2443     //   Redeclarations or specializations of a function or function template
2444     //   with a declared return type that uses a placeholder type shall also
2445     //   use that placeholder, not a deduced type.
2446     QualType OldDeclaredReturnType = (Old->getTypeSourceInfo()
2447       ? Old->getTypeSourceInfo()->getType()->castAs<FunctionType>()
2448       : OldType)->getResultType();
2449     QualType NewDeclaredReturnType = (New->getTypeSourceInfo()
2450       ? New->getTypeSourceInfo()->getType()->castAs<FunctionType>()
2451       : NewType)->getResultType();
2452     QualType ResQT;
2453     if (!Context.hasSameType(OldDeclaredReturnType, NewDeclaredReturnType)) {
2454       if (NewDeclaredReturnType->isObjCObjectPointerType() &&
2455           OldDeclaredReturnType->isObjCObjectPointerType())
2456         ResQT = Context.mergeObjCGCQualifiers(NewQType, OldQType);
2457       if (ResQT.isNull()) {
2458         if (New->isCXXClassMember() && New->isOutOfLine())
2459           Diag(New->getLocation(),
2460                diag::err_member_def_does_not_match_ret_type) << New;
2461         else
2462           Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_ovl_diff_return_type);
2463         Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType();
2464         return true;
2465       }
2466       else
2467         NewQType = ResQT;
2468     }
2469 
2470     QualType OldReturnType = OldType->getResultType();
2471     QualType NewReturnType = cast<FunctionType>(NewQType)->getResultType();
2472     if (OldReturnType != NewReturnType) {
2473       // If this function has a deduced return type and has already been
2474       // defined, copy the deduced value from the old declaration.
2475       AutoType *OldAT = Old->getResultType()->getContainedAutoType();
2476       if (OldAT && OldAT->isDeduced()) {
2477         New->setType(SubstAutoType(New->getType(), OldAT->getDeducedType()));
2478         NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType(
2479             SubstAutoType(NewQType, OldAT->getDeducedType()));
2480       }
2481     }
2482 
2483     const CXXMethodDecl *OldMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Old);
2484     CXXMethodDecl *NewMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(New);
2485     if (OldMethod && NewMethod) {
2486       // Preserve triviality.
2487       NewMethod->setTrivial(OldMethod->isTrivial());
2488 
2489       // MSVC allows explicit template specialization at class scope:
2490       // 2 CXMethodDecls referring to the same function will be injected.
2491       // We don't want a redeclartion error.
2492       bool IsClassScopeExplicitSpecialization =
2493                               OldMethod->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization() &&
2494                               NewMethod->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization();
2495       bool isFriend = NewMethod->getFriendObjectKind();
2496 
2497       if (!isFriend && NewMethod->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord() &&
2498           !IsClassScopeExplicitSpecialization) {
2499         //    -- Member function declarations with the same name and the
2500         //       same parameter types cannot be overloaded if any of them
2501         //       is a static member function declaration.
2502         if (OldMethod->isStatic() != NewMethod->isStatic()) {
2503           Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_ovl_static_nonstatic_member);
2504           Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType();
2505           return true;
2506         }
2507 
2508         // C++ [class.mem]p1:
2509         //   [...] A member shall not be declared twice in the
2510         //   member-specification, except that a nested class or member
2511         //   class template can be declared and then later defined.
2512         if (ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) {
2513           unsigned NewDiag;
2514           if (isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(OldMethod))
2515             NewDiag = diag::err_constructor_redeclared;
2516           else if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewMethod))
2517             NewDiag = diag::err_destructor_redeclared;
2518           else if (isa<CXXConversionDecl>(NewMethod))
2519             NewDiag = diag::err_conv_function_redeclared;
2520           else
2521             NewDiag = diag::err_member_redeclared;
2522 
2523           Diag(New->getLocation(), NewDiag);
2524         } else {
2525           Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_member_redeclared_in_instantiation)
2526             << New << New->getType();
2527         }
2528         Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType();
2529 
2530       // Complain if this is an explicit declaration of a special
2531       // member that was initially declared implicitly.
2532       //
2533       // As an exception, it's okay to befriend such methods in order
2534       // to permit the implicit constructor/destructor/operator calls.
2535       } else if (OldMethod->isImplicit()) {
2536         if (isFriend) {
2537           NewMethod->setImplicit();
2538         } else {
2539           Diag(NewMethod->getLocation(),
2540                diag::err_definition_of_implicitly_declared_member)
2541             << New << getSpecialMember(OldMethod);
2542           return true;
2543         }
2544       } else if (OldMethod->isExplicitlyDefaulted() && !isFriend) {
2545         Diag(NewMethod->getLocation(),
2546              diag::err_definition_of_explicitly_defaulted_member)
2547           << getSpecialMember(OldMethod);
2548         return true;
2549       }
2550     }
2551 
2552     // C++11 [dcl.attr.noreturn]p1:
2553     //   The first declaration of a function shall specify the noreturn
2554     //   attribute if any declaration of that function specifies the noreturn
2555     //   attribute.
2556     if (New->hasAttr<CXX11NoReturnAttr>() &&
2557         !Old->hasAttr<CXX11NoReturnAttr>()) {
2558       Diag(New->getAttr<CXX11NoReturnAttr>()->getLocation(),
2559            diag::err_noreturn_missing_on_first_decl);
2560       Diag(Old->getFirstDeclaration()->getLocation(),
2561            diag::note_noreturn_missing_first_decl);
2562     }
2563 
2564     // C++11 [dcl.attr.depend]p2:
2565     //   The first declaration of a function shall specify the
2566     //   carries_dependency attribute for its declarator-id if any declaration
2567     //   of the function specifies the carries_dependency attribute.
2568     if (New->hasAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>() &&
2569         !Old->hasAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>()) {
2570       Diag(New->getAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>()->getLocation(),
2571            diag::err_carries_dependency_missing_on_first_decl) << 0/*Function*/;
2572       Diag(Old->getFirstDeclaration()->getLocation(),
2573            diag::note_carries_dependency_missing_first_decl) << 0/*Function*/;
2574     }
2575 
2576     // (C++98 8.3.5p3):
2577     //   All declarations for a function shall agree exactly in both the
2578     //   return type and the parameter-type-list.
2579     // We also want to respect all the extended bits except noreturn.
2580 
2581     // noreturn should now match unless the old type info didn't have it.
2582     QualType OldQTypeForComparison = OldQType;
2583     if (!OldTypeInfo.getNoReturn() && NewTypeInfo.getNoReturn()) {
2584       assert(OldQType == QualType(OldType, 0));
2585       const FunctionType *OldTypeForComparison
2586         = Context.adjustFunctionType(OldType, OldTypeInfo.withNoReturn(true));
2587       OldQTypeForComparison = QualType(OldTypeForComparison, 0);
2588       assert(OldQTypeForComparison.isCanonical());
2589     }
2590 
2591     if (haveIncompatibleLanguageLinkages(Old, New)) {
2592       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_different_language_linkage) << New;
2593       Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag);
2594       return true;
2595     }
2596 
2597     if (OldQTypeForComparison == NewQType)
2598       return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old, S);
2599 
2600     // Fall through for conflicting redeclarations and redefinitions.
2601   }
2602 
2603   // C: Function types need to be compatible, not identical. This handles
2604   // duplicate function decls like "void f(int); void f(enum X);" properly.
2605   if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
2606       Context.typesAreCompatible(OldQType, NewQType)) {
2607     const FunctionType *OldFuncType = OldQType->getAs<FunctionType>();
2608     const FunctionType *NewFuncType = NewQType->getAs<FunctionType>();
2609     const FunctionProtoType *OldProto = 0;
2610     if (isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(NewFuncType) &&
2611         (OldProto = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(OldFuncType))) {
2612       // The old declaration provided a function prototype, but the
2613       // new declaration does not. Merge in the prototype.
2614       assert(!OldProto->hasExceptionSpec() && "Exception spec in C");
2615       SmallVector<QualType, 16> ParamTypes(OldProto->arg_type_begin(),
2616                                                  OldProto->arg_type_end());
2617       NewQType = Context.getFunctionType(NewFuncType->getResultType(),
2618                                          ParamTypes,
2619                                          OldProto->getExtProtoInfo());
2620       New->setType(NewQType);
2621       New->setHasInheritedPrototype();
2622 
2623       // Synthesize a parameter for each argument type.
2624       SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params;
2625       for (FunctionProtoType::arg_type_iterator
2626              ParamType = OldProto->arg_type_begin(),
2627              ParamEnd = OldProto->arg_type_end();
2628            ParamType != ParamEnd; ++ParamType) {
2629         ParmVarDecl *Param = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, New,
2630                                                  SourceLocation(),
2631                                                  SourceLocation(), 0,
2632                                                  *ParamType, /*TInfo=*/0,
2633                                                  SC_None,
2634                                                  0);
2635         Param->setScopeInfo(0, Params.size());
2636         Param->setImplicit();
2637         Params.push_back(Param);
2638       }
2639 
2640       New->setParams(Params);
2641     }
2642 
2643     return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old, S);
2644   }
2645 
2646   // GNU C permits a K&R definition to follow a prototype declaration
2647   // if the declared types of the parameters in the K&R definition
2648   // match the types in the prototype declaration, even when the
2649   // promoted types of the parameters from the K&R definition differ
2650   // from the types in the prototype. GCC then keeps the types from
2651   // the prototype.
2652   //
2653   // If a variadic prototype is followed by a non-variadic K&R definition,
2654   // the K&R definition becomes variadic.  This is sort of an edge case, but
2655   // it's legal per the standard depending on how you read C99 6.7.5.3p15 and
2656   // C99 6.9.1p8.
2657   if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
2658       Old->hasPrototype() && !New->hasPrototype() &&
2659       New->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>() &&
2660       Old->getNumParams() == New->getNumParams()) {
2661     SmallVector<QualType, 16> ArgTypes;
2662     SmallVector<GNUCompatibleParamWarning, 16> Warnings;
2663     const FunctionProtoType *OldProto
2664       = Old->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
2665     const FunctionProtoType *NewProto
2666       = New->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
2667 
2668     // Determine whether this is the GNU C extension.
2669     QualType MergedReturn = Context.mergeTypes(OldProto->getResultType(),
2670                                                NewProto->getResultType());
2671     bool LooseCompatible = !MergedReturn.isNull();
2672     for (unsigned Idx = 0, End = Old->getNumParams();
2673          LooseCompatible && Idx != End; ++Idx) {
2674       ParmVarDecl *OldParm = Old->getParamDecl(Idx);
2675       ParmVarDecl *NewParm = New->getParamDecl(Idx);
2676       if (Context.typesAreCompatible(OldParm->getType(),
2677                                      NewProto->getArgType(Idx))) {
2678         ArgTypes.push_back(NewParm->getType());
2679       } else if (Context.typesAreCompatible(OldParm->getType(),
2680                                             NewParm->getType(),
2681                                             /*CompareUnqualified=*/true)) {
2682         GNUCompatibleParamWarning Warn
2683           = { OldParm, NewParm, NewProto->getArgType(Idx) };
2684         Warnings.push_back(Warn);
2685         ArgTypes.push_back(NewParm->getType());
2686       } else
2687         LooseCompatible = false;
2688     }
2689 
2690     if (LooseCompatible) {
2691       for (unsigned Warn = 0; Warn < Warnings.size(); ++Warn) {
2692         Diag(Warnings[Warn].NewParm->getLocation(),
2693              diag::ext_param_promoted_not_compatible_with_prototype)
2694           << Warnings[Warn].PromotedType
2695           << Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getType();
2696         if (Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getLocation().isValid())
2697           Diag(Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getLocation(),
2698                diag::note_previous_declaration);
2699       }
2700 
2701       New->setType(Context.getFunctionType(MergedReturn, ArgTypes,
2702                                            OldProto->getExtProtoInfo()));
2703       return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old, S);
2704     }
2705 
2706     // Fall through to diagnose conflicting types.
2707   }
2708 
2709   // A function that has already been declared has been redeclared or
2710   // defined with a different type; show an appropriate diagnostic.
2711 
2712   // If the previous declaration was an implicitly-generated builtin
2713   // declaration, then at the very least we should use a specialized note.
2714   unsigned BuiltinID;
2715   if (Old->isImplicit() && (BuiltinID = Old->getBuiltinID())) {
2716     // If it's actually a library-defined builtin function like 'malloc'
2717     // or 'printf', just warn about the incompatible redeclaration.
2718     if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BuiltinID)) {
2719       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_redecl_library_builtin) << New;
2720       Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_builtin_declaration)
2721         << Old << Old->getType();
2722 
2723       // If this is a global redeclaration, just forget hereafter
2724       // about the "builtin-ness" of the function.
2725       //
2726       // Doing this for local extern declarations is problematic.  If
2727       // the builtin declaration remains visible, a second invalid
2728       // local declaration will produce a hard error; if it doesn't
2729       // remain visible, a single bogus local redeclaration (which is
2730       // actually only a warning) could break all the downstream code.
2731       if (!New->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod())
2732         New->getIdentifier()->setBuiltinID(Builtin::NotBuiltin);
2733 
2734       return false;
2735     }
2736 
2737     PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_builtin_declaration;
2738   }
2739 
2740   Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_conflicting_types) << New->getDeclName();
2741   Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType();
2742   return true;
2743 }
2744 
2745 /// \brief Completes the merge of two function declarations that are
2746 /// known to be compatible.
2747 ///
2748 /// This routine handles the merging of attributes and other
2749 /// properties of function declarations form the old declaration to
2750 /// the new declaration, once we know that New is in fact a
2751 /// redeclaration of Old.
2752 ///
2753 /// \returns false
2754 bool Sema::MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(FunctionDecl *New, FunctionDecl *Old,
2755                                         Scope *S) {
2756   // Merge the attributes
2757   mergeDeclAttributes(New, Old);
2758 
2759   // Merge "pure" flag.
2760   if (Old->isPure())
2761     New->setPure();
2762 
2763   // Merge "used" flag.
2764   if (Old->isUsed(false))
2765     New->setUsed();
2766 
2767   // Merge attributes from the parameters.  These can mismatch with K&R
2768   // declarations.
2769   if (New->getNumParams() == Old->getNumParams())
2770     for (unsigned i = 0, e = New->getNumParams(); i != e; ++i)
2771       mergeParamDeclAttributes(New->getParamDecl(i), Old->getParamDecl(i),
2772                                *this);
2773 
2774   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
2775     return MergeCXXFunctionDecl(New, Old, S);
2776 
2777   // Merge the function types so the we get the composite types for the return
2778   // and argument types.
2779   QualType Merged = Context.mergeTypes(Old->getType(), New->getType());
2780   if (!Merged.isNull())
2781     New->setType(Merged);
2782 
2783   return false;
2784 }
2785 
2786 
2787 void Sema::mergeObjCMethodDecls(ObjCMethodDecl *newMethod,
2788                                 ObjCMethodDecl *oldMethod) {
2789 
2790   // Merge the attributes, including deprecated/unavailable
2791   AvailabilityMergeKind MergeKind =
2792     isa<ObjCImplDecl>(newMethod->getDeclContext()) ? AMK_Redeclaration
2793                                                    : AMK_Override;
2794   mergeDeclAttributes(newMethod, oldMethod, MergeKind);
2795 
2796   // Merge attributes from the parameters.
2797   ObjCMethodDecl::param_const_iterator oi = oldMethod->param_begin(),
2798                                        oe = oldMethod->param_end();
2799   for (ObjCMethodDecl::param_iterator
2800          ni = newMethod->param_begin(), ne = newMethod->param_end();
2801        ni != ne && oi != oe; ++ni, ++oi)
2802     mergeParamDeclAttributes(*ni, *oi, *this);
2803 
2804   CheckObjCMethodOverride(newMethod, oldMethod);
2805 }
2806 
2807 /// MergeVarDeclTypes - We parsed a variable 'New' which has the same name and
2808 /// scope as a previous declaration 'Old'.  Figure out how to merge their types,
2809 /// emitting diagnostics as appropriate.
2810 ///
2811 /// Declarations using the auto type specifier (C++ [decl.spec.auto]) call back
2812 /// to here in AddInitializerToDecl. We can't check them before the initializer
2813 /// is attached.
2814 void Sema::MergeVarDeclTypes(VarDecl *New, VarDecl *Old, bool OldWasHidden) {
2815   if (New->isInvalidDecl() || Old->isInvalidDecl())
2816     return;
2817 
2818   QualType MergedT;
2819   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
2820     if (New->getType()->isUndeducedType()) {
2821       // We don't know what the new type is until the initializer is attached.
2822       return;
2823     } else if (Context.hasSameType(New->getType(), Old->getType())) {
2824       // These could still be something that needs exception specs checked.
2825       return MergeVarDeclExceptionSpecs(New, Old);
2826     }
2827     // C++ [basic.link]p10:
2828     //   [...] the types specified by all declarations referring to a given
2829     //   object or function shall be identical, except that declarations for an
2830     //   array object can specify array types that differ by the presence or
2831     //   absence of a major array bound (8.3.4).
2832     else if (Old->getType()->isIncompleteArrayType() &&
2833              New->getType()->isArrayType()) {
2834       const ArrayType *OldArray = Context.getAsArrayType(Old->getType());
2835       const ArrayType *NewArray = Context.getAsArrayType(New->getType());
2836       if (Context.hasSameType(OldArray->getElementType(),
2837                               NewArray->getElementType()))
2838         MergedT = New->getType();
2839     } else if (Old->getType()->isArrayType() &&
2840              New->getType()->isIncompleteArrayType()) {
2841       const ArrayType *OldArray = Context.getAsArrayType(Old->getType());
2842       const ArrayType *NewArray = Context.getAsArrayType(New->getType());
2843       if (Context.hasSameType(OldArray->getElementType(),
2844                               NewArray->getElementType()))
2845         MergedT = Old->getType();
2846     } else if (New->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType()
2847                && Old->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType()) {
2848         MergedT = Context.mergeObjCGCQualifiers(New->getType(),
2849                                                         Old->getType());
2850     }
2851   } else {
2852     MergedT = Context.mergeTypes(New->getType(), Old->getType());
2853   }
2854   if (MergedT.isNull()) {
2855     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_type)
2856       << New->getDeclName() << New->getType() << Old->getType();
2857     Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
2858     return New->setInvalidDecl();
2859   }
2860 
2861   // Don't actually update the type on the new declaration if the old
2862   // declaration was a extern declaration in a different scope.
2863   if (!OldWasHidden)
2864     New->setType(MergedT);
2865 }
2866 
2867 /// MergeVarDecl - We just parsed a variable 'New' which has the same name
2868 /// and scope as a previous declaration 'Old'.  Figure out how to resolve this
2869 /// situation, merging decls or emitting diagnostics as appropriate.
2870 ///
2871 /// Tentative definition rules (C99 6.9.2p2) are checked by
2872 /// FinalizeDeclaratorGroup. Unfortunately, we can't analyze tentative
2873 /// definitions here, since the initializer hasn't been attached.
2874 ///
2875 void Sema::MergeVarDecl(VarDecl *New, LookupResult &Previous,
2876                         bool PreviousWasHidden) {
2877   // If the new decl is already invalid, don't do any other checking.
2878   if (New->isInvalidDecl())
2879     return;
2880 
2881   // Verify the old decl was also a variable.
2882   VarDecl *Old = 0;
2883   if (!Previous.isSingleResult() ||
2884       !(Old = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()))) {
2885     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind)
2886       << New->getDeclName();
2887     Diag(Previous.getRepresentativeDecl()->getLocation(),
2888          diag::note_previous_definition);
2889     return New->setInvalidDecl();
2890   }
2891 
2892   if (!shouldLinkPossiblyHiddenDecl(Old, New))
2893     return;
2894 
2895   // C++ [class.mem]p1:
2896   //   A member shall not be declared twice in the member-specification [...]
2897   //
2898   // Here, we need only consider static data members.
2899   if (Old->isStaticDataMember() && !New->isOutOfLine()) {
2900     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_duplicate_member)
2901       << New->getIdentifier();
2902     Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
2903     New->setInvalidDecl();
2904   }
2905 
2906   mergeDeclAttributes(New, Old);
2907   // Warn if an already-declared variable is made a weak_import in a subsequent
2908   // declaration
2909   if (New->getAttr<WeakImportAttr>() &&
2910       Old->getStorageClass() == SC_None &&
2911       !Old->getAttr<WeakImportAttr>()) {
2912     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_weak_import) << New->getDeclName();
2913     Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
2914     // Remove weak_import attribute on new declaration.
2915     New->dropAttr<WeakImportAttr>();
2916   }
2917 
2918   // Merge the types.
2919   MergeVarDeclTypes(New, Old, PreviousWasHidden);
2920   if (New->isInvalidDecl())
2921     return;
2922 
2923   // [dcl.stc]p8: Check if we have a non-static decl followed by a static.
2924   if (New->getStorageClass() == SC_Static &&
2925       !New->isStaticDataMember() &&
2926       Old->hasExternalFormalLinkage()) {
2927     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_static_non_static) << New->getDeclName();
2928     Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
2929     return New->setInvalidDecl();
2930   }
2931   // C99 6.2.2p4:
2932   //   For an identifier declared with the storage-class specifier
2933   //   extern in a scope in which a prior declaration of that
2934   //   identifier is visible,23) if the prior declaration specifies
2935   //   internal or external linkage, the linkage of the identifier at
2936   //   the later declaration is the same as the linkage specified at
2937   //   the prior declaration. If no prior declaration is visible, or
2938   //   if the prior declaration specifies no linkage, then the
2939   //   identifier has external linkage.
2940   if (New->hasExternalStorage() && Old->hasLinkage())
2941     /* Okay */;
2942   else if (New->getCanonicalDecl()->getStorageClass() != SC_Static &&
2943            !New->isStaticDataMember() &&
2944            Old->getCanonicalDecl()->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) {
2945     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_static_static) << New->getDeclName();
2946     Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
2947     return New->setInvalidDecl();
2948   }
2949 
2950   // Check if extern is followed by non-extern and vice-versa.
2951   if (New->hasExternalStorage() &&
2952       !Old->hasLinkage() && Old->isLocalVarDecl()) {
2953     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_extern_non_extern) << New->getDeclName();
2954     Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
2955     return New->setInvalidDecl();
2956   }
2957   if (Old->hasLinkage() && New->isLocalVarDecl() &&
2958       !New->hasExternalStorage()) {
2959     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_extern_extern) << New->getDeclName();
2960     Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
2961     return New->setInvalidDecl();
2962   }
2963 
2964   // Variables with external linkage are analyzed in FinalizeDeclaratorGroup.
2965 
2966   // FIXME: The test for external storage here seems wrong? We still
2967   // need to check for mismatches.
2968   if (!New->hasExternalStorage() && !New->isFileVarDecl() &&
2969       // Don't complain about out-of-line definitions of static members.
2970       !(Old->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord() &&
2971         !New->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord())) {
2972     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << New->getDeclName();
2973     Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
2974     return New->setInvalidDecl();
2975   }
2976 
2977   if (New->getTLSKind() != Old->getTLSKind()) {
2978     if (!Old->getTLSKind()) {
2979       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_thread_non_thread) << New->getDeclName();
2980       Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
2981     } else if (!New->getTLSKind()) {
2982       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_thread_thread) << New->getDeclName();
2983       Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
2984     } else {
2985       // Do not allow redeclaration to change the variable between requiring
2986       // static and dynamic initialization.
2987       // FIXME: GCC allows this, but uses the TLS keyword on the first
2988       // declaration to determine the kind. Do we need to be compatible here?
2989       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_thread_thread_different_kind)
2990         << New->getDeclName() << (New->getTLSKind() == VarDecl::TLS_Dynamic);
2991       Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
2992     }
2993   }
2994 
2995   // C++ doesn't have tentative definitions, so go right ahead and check here.
2996   const VarDecl *Def;
2997   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
2998       New->isThisDeclarationADefinition() == VarDecl::Definition &&
2999       (Def = Old->getDefinition())) {
3000     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition)
3001       << New->getDeclName();
3002     Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
3003     New->setInvalidDecl();
3004     return;
3005   }
3006 
3007   if (haveIncompatibleLanguageLinkages(Old, New)) {
3008     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_different_language_linkage) << New;
3009     Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
3010     New->setInvalidDecl();
3011     return;
3012   }
3013 
3014   // Merge "used" flag.
3015   if (Old->isUsed(false))
3016     New->setUsed();
3017 
3018   // Keep a chain of previous declarations.
3019   New->setPreviousDeclaration(Old);
3020 
3021   // Inherit access appropriately.
3022   New->setAccess(Old->getAccess());
3023 }
3024 
3025 /// ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec - This method is invoked when a declspec with
3026 /// no declarator (e.g. "struct foo;") is parsed.
3027 Decl *Sema::ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS,
3028                                        DeclSpec &DS) {
3029   return ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(S, AS, DS, MultiTemplateParamsArg());
3030 }
3031 
3032 /// ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec - This method is invoked when a declspec with
3033 /// no declarator (e.g. "struct foo;") is parsed. It also accepts template
3034 /// parameters to cope with template friend declarations.
3035 Decl *Sema::ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS,
3036                                        DeclSpec &DS,
3037                                        MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParams,
3038                                        bool IsExplicitInstantiation) {
3039   Decl *TagD = 0;
3040   TagDecl *Tag = 0;
3041   if (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_class ||
3042       DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_struct ||
3043       DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_interface ||
3044       DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_union ||
3045       DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_enum) {
3046     TagD = DS.getRepAsDecl();
3047 
3048     if (!TagD) // We probably had an error
3049       return 0;
3050 
3051     // Note that the above type specs guarantee that the
3052     // type rep is a Decl, whereas in many of the others
3053     // it's a Type.
3054     if (isa<TagDecl>(TagD))
3055       Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD);
3056     else if (ClassTemplateDecl *CTD = dyn_cast<ClassTemplateDecl>(TagD))
3057       Tag = CTD->getTemplatedDecl();
3058   }
3059 
3060   if (Tag) {
3061     getASTContext().addUnnamedTag(Tag);
3062     Tag->setFreeStanding();
3063     if (Tag->isInvalidDecl())
3064       return Tag;
3065   }
3066 
3067   if (unsigned TypeQuals = DS.getTypeQualifiers()) {
3068     // Enforce C99 6.7.3p2: "Types other than pointer types derived from object
3069     // or incomplete types shall not be restrict-qualified."
3070     if (TypeQuals & DeclSpec::TQ_restrict)
3071       Diag(DS.getRestrictSpecLoc(),
3072            diag::err_typecheck_invalid_restrict_not_pointer_noarg)
3073            << DS.getSourceRange();
3074   }
3075 
3076   if (DS.isConstexprSpecified()) {
3077     // C++0x [dcl.constexpr]p1: constexpr can only be applied to declarations
3078     // and definitions of functions and variables.
3079     if (Tag)
3080       Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_tag)
3081         << (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_class ? 0 :
3082             DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_struct ? 1 :
3083             DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_interface ? 2 :
3084             DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_union ? 3 : 4);
3085     else
3086       Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_no_declarators);
3087     // Don't emit warnings after this error.
3088     return TagD;
3089   }
3090 
3091   DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(DS);
3092 
3093   if (DS.isFriendSpecified()) {
3094     // If we're dealing with a decl but not a TagDecl, assume that
3095     // whatever routines created it handled the friendship aspect.
3096     if (TagD && !Tag)
3097       return 0;
3098     return ActOnFriendTypeDecl(S, DS, TemplateParams);
3099   }
3100 
3101   CXXScopeSpec &SS = DS.getTypeSpecScope();
3102   bool IsExplicitSpecialization =
3103     !TemplateParams.empty() && TemplateParams.back()->size() == 0;
3104   if (Tag && SS.isNotEmpty() && !Tag->isCompleteDefinition() &&
3105       !IsExplicitInstantiation && !IsExplicitSpecialization) {
3106     // Per C++ [dcl.type.elab]p1, a class declaration cannot have a
3107     // nested-name-specifier unless it is an explicit instantiation
3108     // or an explicit specialization.
3109     // Per C++ [dcl.enum]p1, an opaque-enum-declaration can't either.
3110     Diag(SS.getBeginLoc(), diag::err_standalone_class_nested_name_specifier)
3111       << (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_class ? 0 :
3112           DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_struct ? 1 :
3113           DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_interface ? 2 :
3114           DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_union ? 3 : 4)
3115       << SS.getRange();
3116     return 0;
3117   }
3118 
3119   // Track whether this decl-specifier declares anything.
3120   bool DeclaresAnything = true;
3121 
3122   // Handle anonymous struct definitions.
3123   if (RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(Tag)) {
3124     if (!Record->getDeclName() && Record->isCompleteDefinition() &&
3125         DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) {
3126       if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus ||
3127           Record->getDeclContext()->isRecord())
3128         return BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion(S, DS, AS, Record);
3129 
3130       DeclaresAnything = false;
3131     }
3132   }
3133 
3134   // Check for Microsoft C extension: anonymous struct member.
3135   if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
3136       CurContext->isRecord() &&
3137       DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified) {
3138     // Handle 2 kinds of anonymous struct:
3139     //   struct STRUCT;
3140     // and
3141     //   STRUCT_TYPE;  <- where STRUCT_TYPE is a typedef struct.
3142     RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(Tag);
3143     if ((Record && Record->getDeclName() && !Record->isCompleteDefinition()) ||
3144         (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_typename &&
3145          DS.getRepAsType().get()->isStructureType())) {
3146       Diag(DS.getLocStart(), diag::ext_ms_anonymous_struct)
3147         << DS.getSourceRange();
3148       return BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct(S, DS, Record);
3149     }
3150   }
3151 
3152   // Skip all the checks below if we have a type error.
3153   if (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_error ||
3154       (TagD && TagD->isInvalidDecl()))
3155     return TagD;
3156 
3157   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
3158       DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef)
3159     if (EnumDecl *Enum = dyn_cast_or_null<EnumDecl>(Tag))
3160       if (Enum->enumerator_begin() == Enum->enumerator_end() &&
3161           !Enum->getIdentifier() && !Enum->isInvalidDecl())
3162         DeclaresAnything = false;
3163 
3164   if (!DS.isMissingDeclaratorOk()) {
3165     // Customize diagnostic for a typedef missing a name.
3166     if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef)
3167       Diag(DS.getLocStart(), diag::ext_typedef_without_a_name)
3168         << DS.getSourceRange();
3169     else
3170       DeclaresAnything = false;
3171   }
3172 
3173   if (DS.isModulePrivateSpecified() &&
3174       Tag && Tag->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod())
3175     Diag(DS.getModulePrivateSpecLoc(), diag::err_module_private_local_class)
3176       << Tag->getTagKind()
3177       << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getModulePrivateSpecLoc());
3178 
3179   ActOnDocumentableDecl(TagD);
3180 
3181   // C 6.7/2:
3182   //   A declaration [...] shall declare at least a declarator [...], a tag,
3183   //   or the members of an enumeration.
3184   // C++ [dcl.dcl]p3:
3185   //   [If there are no declarators], and except for the declaration of an
3186   //   unnamed bit-field, the decl-specifier-seq shall introduce one or more
3187   //   names into the program, or shall redeclare a name introduced by a
3188   //   previous declaration.
3189   if (!DeclaresAnything) {
3190     // In C, we allow this as a (popular) extension / bug. Don't bother
3191     // producing further diagnostics for redundant qualifiers after this.
3192     Diag(DS.getLocStart(), diag::ext_no_declarators) << DS.getSourceRange();
3193     return TagD;
3194   }
3195 
3196   // C++ [dcl.stc]p1:
3197   //   If a storage-class-specifier appears in a decl-specifier-seq, [...] the
3198   //   init-declarator-list of the declaration shall not be empty.
3199   // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p1:
3200   //   If a cv-qualifier appears in a decl-specifier-seq, the
3201   //   init-declarator-list of the declaration shall not be empty.
3202   //
3203   // Spurious qualifiers here appear to be valid in C.
3204   unsigned DiagID = diag::warn_standalone_specifier;
3205   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
3206     DiagID = diag::ext_standalone_specifier;
3207 
3208   // Note that a linkage-specification sets a storage class, but
3209   // 'extern "C" struct foo;' is actually valid and not theoretically
3210   // useless.
3211   if (DeclSpec::SCS SCS = DS.getStorageClassSpec())
3212     if (!DS.isExternInLinkageSpec() && SCS != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef)
3213       Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), DiagID)
3214         << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(SCS);
3215 
3216   if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = DS.getThreadStorageClassSpec())
3217     Diag(DS.getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), DiagID)
3218       << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS);
3219   if (DS.getTypeQualifiers()) {
3220     if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_const)
3221       Diag(DS.getConstSpecLoc(), DiagID) << "const";
3222     if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_volatile)
3223       Diag(DS.getConstSpecLoc(), DiagID) << "volatile";
3224     // Restrict is covered above.
3225     if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_atomic)
3226       Diag(DS.getAtomicSpecLoc(), DiagID) << "_Atomic";
3227   }
3228 
3229   // Warn about ignored type attributes, for example:
3230   // __attribute__((aligned)) struct A;
3231   // Attributes should be placed after tag to apply to type declaration.
3232   if (!DS.getAttributes().empty()) {
3233     DeclSpec::TST TypeSpecType = DS.getTypeSpecType();
3234     if (TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_class ||
3235         TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_struct ||
3236         TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_interface ||
3237         TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_union ||
3238         TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_enum) {
3239       AttributeList* attrs = DS.getAttributes().getList();
3240       while (attrs) {
3241         Diag(attrs->getLoc(), diag::warn_declspec_attribute_ignored)
3242         << attrs->getName()
3243         << (TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_class ? 0 :
3244             TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_struct ? 1 :
3245             TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_union ? 2 :
3246             TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_interface ? 3 : 4);
3247         attrs = attrs->getNext();
3248       }
3249     }
3250   }
3251 
3252   return TagD;
3253 }
3254 
3255 /// We are trying to inject an anonymous member into the given scope;
3256 /// check if there's an existing declaration that can't be overloaded.
3257 ///
3258 /// \return true if this is a forbidden redeclaration
3259 static bool CheckAnonMemberRedeclaration(Sema &SemaRef,
3260                                          Scope *S,
3261                                          DeclContext *Owner,
3262                                          DeclarationName Name,
3263                                          SourceLocation NameLoc,
3264                                          unsigned diagnostic) {
3265   LookupResult R(SemaRef, Name, NameLoc, Sema::LookupMemberName,
3266                  Sema::ForRedeclaration);
3267   if (!SemaRef.LookupName(R, S)) return false;
3268 
3269   if (R.getAsSingle<TagDecl>())
3270     return false;
3271 
3272   // Pick a representative declaration.
3273   NamedDecl *PrevDecl = R.getRepresentativeDecl()->getUnderlyingDecl();
3274   assert(PrevDecl && "Expected a non-null Decl");
3275 
3276   if (!SemaRef.isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, Owner, S))
3277     return false;
3278 
3279   SemaRef.Diag(NameLoc, diagnostic) << Name;
3280   SemaRef.Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
3281 
3282   return true;
3283 }
3284 
3285 /// InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers - Inject the members of the
3286 /// anonymous struct or union AnonRecord into the owning context Owner
3287 /// and scope S. This routine will be invoked just after we realize
3288 /// that an unnamed union or struct is actually an anonymous union or
3289 /// struct, e.g.,
3290 ///
3291 /// @code
3292 /// union {
3293 ///   int i;
3294 ///   float f;
3295 /// }; // InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers called here to inject i and
3296 ///    // f into the surrounding scope.x
3297 /// @endcode
3298 ///
3299 /// This routine is recursive, injecting the names of nested anonymous
3300 /// structs/unions into the owning context and scope as well.
3301 static bool InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(Sema &SemaRef, Scope *S,
3302                                                 DeclContext *Owner,
3303                                                 RecordDecl *AnonRecord,
3304                                                 AccessSpecifier AS,
3305                               SmallVector<NamedDecl*, 2> &Chaining,
3306                                                       bool MSAnonStruct) {
3307   unsigned diagKind
3308     = AnonRecord->isUnion() ? diag::err_anonymous_union_member_redecl
3309                             : diag::err_anonymous_struct_member_redecl;
3310 
3311   bool Invalid = false;
3312 
3313   // Look every FieldDecl and IndirectFieldDecl with a name.
3314   for (RecordDecl::decl_iterator D = AnonRecord->decls_begin(),
3315                                DEnd = AnonRecord->decls_end();
3316        D != DEnd; ++D) {
3317     if ((isa<FieldDecl>(*D) || isa<IndirectFieldDecl>(*D)) &&
3318         cast<NamedDecl>(*D)->getDeclName()) {
3319       ValueDecl *VD = cast<ValueDecl>(*D);
3320       if (CheckAnonMemberRedeclaration(SemaRef, S, Owner, VD->getDeclName(),
3321                                        VD->getLocation(), diagKind)) {
3322         // C++ [class.union]p2:
3323         //   The names of the members of an anonymous union shall be
3324         //   distinct from the names of any other entity in the
3325         //   scope in which the anonymous union is declared.
3326         Invalid = true;
3327       } else {
3328         // C++ [class.union]p2:
3329         //   For the purpose of name lookup, after the anonymous union
3330         //   definition, the members of the anonymous union are
3331         //   considered to have been defined in the scope in which the
3332         //   anonymous union is declared.
3333         unsigned OldChainingSize = Chaining.size();
3334         if (IndirectFieldDecl *IF = dyn_cast<IndirectFieldDecl>(VD))
3335           for (IndirectFieldDecl::chain_iterator PI = IF->chain_begin(),
3336                PE = IF->chain_end(); PI != PE; ++PI)
3337             Chaining.push_back(*PI);
3338         else
3339           Chaining.push_back(VD);
3340 
3341         assert(Chaining.size() >= 2);
3342         NamedDecl **NamedChain =
3343           new (SemaRef.Context)NamedDecl*[Chaining.size()];
3344         for (unsigned i = 0; i < Chaining.size(); i++)
3345           NamedChain[i] = Chaining[i];
3346 
3347         IndirectFieldDecl* IndirectField =
3348           IndirectFieldDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, Owner, VD->getLocation(),
3349                                     VD->getIdentifier(), VD->getType(),
3350                                     NamedChain, Chaining.size());
3351 
3352         IndirectField->setAccess(AS);
3353         IndirectField->setImplicit();
3354         SemaRef.PushOnScopeChains(IndirectField, S);
3355 
3356         // That includes picking up the appropriate access specifier.
3357         if (AS != AS_none) IndirectField->setAccess(AS);
3358 
3359         Chaining.resize(OldChainingSize);
3360       }
3361     }
3362   }
3363 
3364   return Invalid;
3365 }
3366 
3367 /// StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass - Maps a DeclSpec::SCS to
3368 /// a VarDecl::StorageClass. Any error reporting is up to the caller:
3369 /// illegal input values are mapped to SC_None.
3370 static StorageClass
3371 StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(const DeclSpec &DS) {
3372   DeclSpec::SCS StorageClassSpec = DS.getStorageClassSpec();
3373   assert(StorageClassSpec != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef &&
3374          "Parser allowed 'typedef' as storage class VarDecl.");
3375   switch (StorageClassSpec) {
3376   case DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified:    return SC_None;
3377   case DeclSpec::SCS_extern:
3378     if (DS.isExternInLinkageSpec())
3379       return SC_None;
3380     return SC_Extern;
3381   case DeclSpec::SCS_static:         return SC_Static;
3382   case DeclSpec::SCS_auto:           return SC_Auto;
3383   case DeclSpec::SCS_register:       return SC_Register;
3384   case DeclSpec::SCS_private_extern: return SC_PrivateExtern;
3385     // Illegal SCSs map to None: error reporting is up to the caller.
3386   case DeclSpec::SCS_mutable:        // Fall through.
3387   case DeclSpec::SCS_typedef:        return SC_None;
3388   }
3389   llvm_unreachable("unknown storage class specifier");
3390 }
3391 
3392 /// BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion - Handle the declaration of an
3393 /// anonymous structure or union. Anonymous unions are a C++ feature
3394 /// (C++ [class.union]) and a C11 feature; anonymous structures
3395 /// are a C11 feature and GNU C++ extension.
3396 Decl *Sema::BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS,
3397                                              AccessSpecifier AS,
3398                                              RecordDecl *Record) {
3399   DeclContext *Owner = Record->getDeclContext();
3400 
3401   // Diagnose whether this anonymous struct/union is an extension.
3402   if (Record->isUnion() && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !getLangOpts().C11)
3403     Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_union);
3404   else if (!Record->isUnion() && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
3405     Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_gnu_anonymous_struct);
3406   else if (!Record->isUnion() && !getLangOpts().C11)
3407     Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_c11_anonymous_struct);
3408 
3409   // C and C++ require different kinds of checks for anonymous
3410   // structs/unions.
3411   bool Invalid = false;
3412   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
3413     const char* PrevSpec = 0;
3414     unsigned DiagID;
3415     if (Record->isUnion()) {
3416       // C++ [class.union]p6:
3417       //   Anonymous unions declared in a named namespace or in the
3418       //   global namespace shall be declared static.
3419       if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_static &&
3420           (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(Owner) ||
3421            (isa<NamespaceDecl>(Owner) &&
3422             cast<NamespaceDecl>(Owner)->getDeclName()))) {
3423         Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_union_not_static)
3424           << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(Record->getLocation(), "static ");
3425 
3426         // Recover by adding 'static'.
3427         DS.SetStorageClassSpec(*this, DeclSpec::SCS_static, SourceLocation(),
3428                                PrevSpec, DiagID);
3429       }
3430       // C++ [class.union]p6:
3431       //   A storage class is not allowed in a declaration of an
3432       //   anonymous union in a class scope.
3433       else if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified &&
3434                isa<RecordDecl>(Owner)) {
3435         Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
3436              diag::err_anonymous_union_with_storage_spec)
3437           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc());
3438 
3439         // Recover by removing the storage specifier.
3440         DS.SetStorageClassSpec(*this, DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified,
3441                                SourceLocation(),
3442                                PrevSpec, DiagID);
3443       }
3444     }
3445 
3446     // Ignore const/volatile/restrict qualifiers.
3447     if (DS.getTypeQualifiers()) {
3448       if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_const)
3449         Diag(DS.getConstSpecLoc(), diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified)
3450           << Record->isUnion() << "const"
3451           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getConstSpecLoc());
3452       if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_volatile)
3453         Diag(DS.getVolatileSpecLoc(),
3454              diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified)
3455           << Record->isUnion() << "volatile"
3456           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getVolatileSpecLoc());
3457       if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_restrict)
3458         Diag(DS.getRestrictSpecLoc(),
3459              diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified)
3460           << Record->isUnion() << "restrict"
3461           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getRestrictSpecLoc());
3462       if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_atomic)
3463         Diag(DS.getAtomicSpecLoc(),
3464              diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified)
3465           << Record->isUnion() << "_Atomic"
3466           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getAtomicSpecLoc());
3467 
3468       DS.ClearTypeQualifiers();
3469     }
3470 
3471     // C++ [class.union]p2:
3472     //   The member-specification of an anonymous union shall only
3473     //   define non-static data members. [Note: nested types and
3474     //   functions cannot be declared within an anonymous union. ]
3475     for (DeclContext::decl_iterator Mem = Record->decls_begin(),
3476                                  MemEnd = Record->decls_end();
3477          Mem != MemEnd; ++Mem) {
3478       if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(*Mem)) {
3479         // C++ [class.union]p3:
3480         //   An anonymous union shall not have private or protected
3481         //   members (clause 11).
3482         assert(FD->getAccess() != AS_none);
3483         if (FD->getAccess() != AS_public) {
3484           Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_record_nonpublic_member)
3485             << (int)Record->isUnion() << (int)(FD->getAccess() == AS_protected);
3486           Invalid = true;
3487         }
3488 
3489         // C++ [class.union]p1
3490         //   An object of a class with a non-trivial constructor, a non-trivial
3491         //   copy constructor, a non-trivial destructor, or a non-trivial copy
3492         //   assignment operator cannot be a member of a union, nor can an
3493         //   array of such objects.
3494         if (CheckNontrivialField(FD))
3495           Invalid = true;
3496       } else if ((*Mem)->isImplicit()) {
3497         // Any implicit members are fine.
3498       } else if (isa<TagDecl>(*Mem) && (*Mem)->getDeclContext() != Record) {
3499         // This is a type that showed up in an
3500         // elaborated-type-specifier inside the anonymous struct or
3501         // union, but which actually declares a type outside of the
3502         // anonymous struct or union. It's okay.
3503       } else if (RecordDecl *MemRecord = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(*Mem)) {
3504         if (!MemRecord->isAnonymousStructOrUnion() &&
3505             MemRecord->getDeclName()) {
3506           // Visual C++ allows type definition in anonymous struct or union.
3507           if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt)
3508             Diag(MemRecord->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_record_with_type)
3509               << (int)Record->isUnion();
3510           else {
3511             // This is a nested type declaration.
3512             Diag(MemRecord->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type)
3513               << (int)Record->isUnion();
3514             Invalid = true;
3515           }
3516         } else {
3517           // This is an anonymous type definition within another anonymous type.
3518           // This is a popular extension, provided by Plan9, MSVC and GCC, but
3519           // not part of standard C++.
3520           Diag(MemRecord->getLocation(),
3521                diag::ext_anonymous_record_with_anonymous_type)
3522             << (int)Record->isUnion();
3523         }
3524       } else if (isa<AccessSpecDecl>(*Mem)) {
3525         // Any access specifier is fine.
3526       } else {
3527         // We have something that isn't a non-static data
3528         // member. Complain about it.
3529         unsigned DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_bad_member;
3530         if (isa<TypeDecl>(*Mem))
3531           DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type;
3532         else if (isa<FunctionDecl>(*Mem))
3533           DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_function;
3534         else if (isa<VarDecl>(*Mem))
3535           DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_static;
3536 
3537         // Visual C++ allows type definition in anonymous struct or union.
3538         if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt &&
3539             DK == diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type)
3540           Diag((*Mem)->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_record_with_type)
3541             << (int)Record->isUnion();
3542         else {
3543           Diag((*Mem)->getLocation(), DK)
3544               << (int)Record->isUnion();
3545           Invalid = true;
3546         }
3547       }
3548     }
3549   }
3550 
3551   if (!Record->isUnion() && !Owner->isRecord()) {
3552     Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_struct_not_member)
3553       << (int)getLangOpts().CPlusPlus;
3554     Invalid = true;
3555   }
3556 
3557   // Mock up a declarator.
3558   Declarator Dc(DS, Declarator::MemberContext);
3559   TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(Dc, S);
3560   assert(TInfo && "couldn't build declarator info for anonymous struct/union");
3561 
3562   // Create a declaration for this anonymous struct/union.
3563   NamedDecl *Anon = 0;
3564   if (RecordDecl *OwningClass = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Owner)) {
3565     Anon = FieldDecl::Create(Context, OwningClass,
3566                              DS.getLocStart(),
3567                              Record->getLocation(),
3568                              /*IdentifierInfo=*/0,
3569                              Context.getTypeDeclType(Record),
3570                              TInfo,
3571                              /*BitWidth=*/0, /*Mutable=*/false,
3572                              /*InitStyle=*/ICIS_NoInit);
3573     Anon->setAccess(AS);
3574     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
3575       FieldCollector->Add(cast<FieldDecl>(Anon));
3576   } else {
3577     DeclSpec::SCS SCSpec = DS.getStorageClassSpec();
3578     VarDecl::StorageClass SC = StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(DS);
3579     if (SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable) {
3580       // mutable can only appear on non-static class members, so it's always
3581       // an error here
3582       Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_mutable_nonmember);
3583       Invalid = true;
3584       SC = SC_None;
3585     }
3586 
3587     Anon = VarDecl::Create(Context, Owner,
3588                            DS.getLocStart(),
3589                            Record->getLocation(), /*IdentifierInfo=*/0,
3590                            Context.getTypeDeclType(Record),
3591                            TInfo, SC);
3592 
3593     // Default-initialize the implicit variable. This initialization will be
3594     // trivial in almost all cases, except if a union member has an in-class
3595     // initializer:
3596     //   union { int n = 0; };
3597     ActOnUninitializedDecl(Anon, /*TypeMayContainAuto=*/false);
3598   }
3599   Anon->setImplicit();
3600 
3601   // Add the anonymous struct/union object to the current
3602   // context. We'll be referencing this object when we refer to one of
3603   // its members.
3604   Owner->addDecl(Anon);
3605 
3606   // Inject the members of the anonymous struct/union into the owning
3607   // context and into the identifier resolver chain for name lookup
3608   // purposes.
3609   SmallVector<NamedDecl*, 2> Chain;
3610   Chain.push_back(Anon);
3611 
3612   if (InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(*this, S, Owner, Record, AS,
3613                                           Chain, false))
3614     Invalid = true;
3615 
3616   // Mark this as an anonymous struct/union type. Note that we do not
3617   // do this until after we have already checked and injected the
3618   // members of this anonymous struct/union type, because otherwise
3619   // the members could be injected twice: once by DeclContext when it
3620   // builds its lookup table, and once by
3621   // InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers.
3622   Record->setAnonymousStructOrUnion(true);
3623 
3624   if (Invalid)
3625     Anon->setInvalidDecl();
3626 
3627   return Anon;
3628 }
3629 
3630 /// BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct - Handle the declaration of an
3631 /// Microsoft C anonymous structure.
3632 /// Ref: http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/z2cx9y4f.aspx
3633 /// Example:
3634 ///
3635 /// struct A { int a; };
3636 /// struct B { struct A; int b; };
3637 ///
3638 /// void foo() {
3639 ///   B var;
3640 ///   var.a = 3;
3641 /// }
3642 ///
3643 Decl *Sema::BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS,
3644                                            RecordDecl *Record) {
3645 
3646   // If there is no Record, get the record via the typedef.
3647   if (!Record)
3648     Record = DS.getRepAsType().get()->getAsStructureType()->getDecl();
3649 
3650   // Mock up a declarator.
3651   Declarator Dc(DS, Declarator::TypeNameContext);
3652   TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(Dc, S);
3653   assert(TInfo && "couldn't build declarator info for anonymous struct");
3654 
3655   // Create a declaration for this anonymous struct.
3656   NamedDecl* Anon = FieldDecl::Create(Context,
3657                              cast<RecordDecl>(CurContext),
3658                              DS.getLocStart(),
3659                              DS.getLocStart(),
3660                              /*IdentifierInfo=*/0,
3661                              Context.getTypeDeclType(Record),
3662                              TInfo,
3663                              /*BitWidth=*/0, /*Mutable=*/false,
3664                              /*InitStyle=*/ICIS_NoInit);
3665   Anon->setImplicit();
3666 
3667   // Add the anonymous struct object to the current context.
3668   CurContext->addDecl(Anon);
3669 
3670   // Inject the members of the anonymous struct into the current
3671   // context and into the identifier resolver chain for name lookup
3672   // purposes.
3673   SmallVector<NamedDecl*, 2> Chain;
3674   Chain.push_back(Anon);
3675 
3676   RecordDecl *RecordDef = Record->getDefinition();
3677   if (!RecordDef || InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(*this, S, CurContext,
3678                                                         RecordDef, AS_none,
3679                                                         Chain, true))
3680     Anon->setInvalidDecl();
3681 
3682   return Anon;
3683 }
3684 
3685 /// GetNameForDeclarator - Determine the full declaration name for the
3686 /// given Declarator.
3687 DeclarationNameInfo Sema::GetNameForDeclarator(Declarator &D) {
3688   return GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(D.getName());
3689 }
3690 
3691 /// \brief Retrieves the declaration name from a parsed unqualified-id.
3692 DeclarationNameInfo
3693 Sema::GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(const UnqualifiedId &Name) {
3694   DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo;
3695   NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation);
3696 
3697   switch (Name.getKind()) {
3698 
3699   case UnqualifiedId::IK_ImplicitSelfParam:
3700   case UnqualifiedId::IK_Identifier:
3701     NameInfo.setName(Name.Identifier);
3702     NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation);
3703     return NameInfo;
3704 
3705   case UnqualifiedId::IK_OperatorFunctionId:
3706     NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(
3707                                            Name.OperatorFunctionId.Operator));
3708     NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation);
3709     NameInfo.getInfo().CXXOperatorName.BeginOpNameLoc
3710       = Name.OperatorFunctionId.SymbolLocations[0];
3711     NameInfo.getInfo().CXXOperatorName.EndOpNameLoc
3712       = Name.EndLocation.getRawEncoding();
3713     return NameInfo;
3714 
3715   case UnqualifiedId::IK_LiteralOperatorId:
3716     NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXLiteralOperatorName(
3717                                                            Name.Identifier));
3718     NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation);
3719     NameInfo.setCXXLiteralOperatorNameLoc(Name.EndLocation);
3720     return NameInfo;
3721 
3722   case UnqualifiedId::IK_ConversionFunctionId: {
3723     TypeSourceInfo *TInfo;
3724     QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.ConversionFunctionId, &TInfo);
3725     if (Ty.isNull())
3726       return DeclarationNameInfo();
3727     NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConversionFunctionName(
3728                                                Context.getCanonicalType(Ty)));
3729     NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation);
3730     NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo);
3731     return NameInfo;
3732   }
3733 
3734   case UnqualifiedId::IK_ConstructorName: {
3735     TypeSourceInfo *TInfo;
3736     QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.ConstructorName, &TInfo);
3737     if (Ty.isNull())
3738       return DeclarationNameInfo();
3739     NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConstructorName(
3740                                               Context.getCanonicalType(Ty)));
3741     NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation);
3742     NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo);
3743     return NameInfo;
3744   }
3745 
3746   case UnqualifiedId::IK_ConstructorTemplateId: {
3747     // In well-formed code, we can only have a constructor
3748     // template-id that refers to the current context, so go there
3749     // to find the actual type being constructed.
3750     CXXRecordDecl *CurClass = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext);
3751     if (!CurClass || CurClass->getIdentifier() != Name.TemplateId->Name)
3752       return DeclarationNameInfo();
3753 
3754     // Determine the type of the class being constructed.
3755     QualType CurClassType = Context.getTypeDeclType(CurClass);
3756 
3757     // FIXME: Check two things: that the template-id names the same type as
3758     // CurClassType, and that the template-id does not occur when the name
3759     // was qualified.
3760 
3761     NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConstructorName(
3762                                     Context.getCanonicalType(CurClassType)));
3763     NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation);
3764     // FIXME: should we retrieve TypeSourceInfo?
3765     NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(0);
3766     return NameInfo;
3767   }
3768 
3769   case UnqualifiedId::IK_DestructorName: {
3770     TypeSourceInfo *TInfo;
3771     QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.DestructorName, &TInfo);
3772     if (Ty.isNull())
3773       return DeclarationNameInfo();
3774     NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName(
3775                                               Context.getCanonicalType(Ty)));
3776     NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation);
3777     NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo);
3778     return NameInfo;
3779   }
3780 
3781   case UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId: {
3782     TemplateName TName = Name.TemplateId->Template.get();
3783     SourceLocation TNameLoc = Name.TemplateId->TemplateNameLoc;
3784     return Context.getNameForTemplate(TName, TNameLoc);
3785   }
3786 
3787   } // switch (Name.getKind())
3788 
3789   llvm_unreachable("Unknown name kind");
3790 }
3791 
3792 static QualType getCoreType(QualType Ty) {
3793   do {
3794     if (Ty->isPointerType() || Ty->isReferenceType())
3795       Ty = Ty->getPointeeType();
3796     else if (Ty->isArrayType())
3797       Ty = Ty->castAsArrayTypeUnsafe()->getElementType();
3798     else
3799       return Ty.withoutLocalFastQualifiers();
3800   } while (true);
3801 }
3802 
3803 /// hasSimilarParameters - Determine whether the C++ functions Declaration
3804 /// and Definition have "nearly" matching parameters. This heuristic is
3805 /// used to improve diagnostics in the case where an out-of-line function
3806 /// definition doesn't match any declaration within the class or namespace.
3807 /// Also sets Params to the list of indices to the parameters that differ
3808 /// between the declaration and the definition. If hasSimilarParameters
3809 /// returns true and Params is empty, then all of the parameters match.
3810 static bool hasSimilarParameters(ASTContext &Context,
3811                                      FunctionDecl *Declaration,
3812                                      FunctionDecl *Definition,
3813                                      SmallVectorImpl<unsigned> &Params) {
3814   Params.clear();
3815   if (Declaration->param_size() != Definition->param_size())
3816     return false;
3817   for (unsigned Idx = 0; Idx < Declaration->param_size(); ++Idx) {
3818     QualType DeclParamTy = Declaration->getParamDecl(Idx)->getType();
3819     QualType DefParamTy = Definition->getParamDecl(Idx)->getType();
3820 
3821     // The parameter types are identical
3822     if (Context.hasSameType(DefParamTy, DeclParamTy))
3823       continue;
3824 
3825     QualType DeclParamBaseTy = getCoreType(DeclParamTy);
3826     QualType DefParamBaseTy = getCoreType(DefParamTy);
3827     const IdentifierInfo *DeclTyName = DeclParamBaseTy.getBaseTypeIdentifier();
3828     const IdentifierInfo *DefTyName = DefParamBaseTy.getBaseTypeIdentifier();
3829 
3830     if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(DeclParamBaseTy, DefParamBaseTy) ||
3831         (DeclTyName && DeclTyName == DefTyName))
3832       Params.push_back(Idx);
3833     else  // The two parameters aren't even close
3834       return false;
3835   }
3836 
3837   return true;
3838 }
3839 
3840 /// NeedsRebuildingInCurrentInstantiation - Checks whether the given
3841 /// declarator needs to be rebuilt in the current instantiation.
3842 /// Any bits of declarator which appear before the name are valid for
3843 /// consideration here.  That's specifically the type in the decl spec
3844 /// and the base type in any member-pointer chunks.
3845 static bool RebuildDeclaratorInCurrentInstantiation(Sema &S, Declarator &D,
3846                                                     DeclarationName Name) {
3847   // The types we specifically need to rebuild are:
3848   //   - typenames, typeofs, and decltypes
3849   //   - types which will become injected class names
3850   // Of course, we also need to rebuild any type referencing such a
3851   // type.  It's safest to just say "dependent", but we call out a
3852   // few cases here.
3853 
3854   DeclSpec &DS = D.getMutableDeclSpec();
3855   switch (DS.getTypeSpecType()) {
3856   case DeclSpec::TST_typename:
3857   case DeclSpec::TST_typeofType:
3858   case DeclSpec::TST_underlyingType:
3859   case DeclSpec::TST_atomic: {
3860     // Grab the type from the parser.
3861     TypeSourceInfo *TSI = 0;
3862     QualType T = S.GetTypeFromParser(DS.getRepAsType(), &TSI);
3863     if (T.isNull() || !T->isDependentType()) break;
3864 
3865     // Make sure there's a type source info.  This isn't really much
3866     // of a waste; most dependent types should have type source info
3867     // attached already.
3868     if (!TSI)
3869       TSI = S.Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, DS.getTypeSpecTypeLoc());
3870 
3871     // Rebuild the type in the current instantiation.
3872     TSI = S.RebuildTypeInCurrentInstantiation(TSI, D.getIdentifierLoc(), Name);
3873     if (!TSI) return true;
3874 
3875     // Store the new type back in the decl spec.
3876     ParsedType LocType = S.CreateParsedType(TSI->getType(), TSI);
3877     DS.UpdateTypeRep(LocType);
3878     break;
3879   }
3880 
3881   case DeclSpec::TST_decltype:
3882   case DeclSpec::TST_typeofExpr: {
3883     Expr *E = DS.getRepAsExpr();
3884     ExprResult Result = S.RebuildExprInCurrentInstantiation(E);
3885     if (Result.isInvalid()) return true;
3886     DS.UpdateExprRep(Result.get());
3887     break;
3888   }
3889 
3890   default:
3891     // Nothing to do for these decl specs.
3892     break;
3893   }
3894 
3895   // It doesn't matter what order we do this in.
3896   for (unsigned I = 0, E = D.getNumTypeObjects(); I != E; ++I) {
3897     DeclaratorChunk &Chunk = D.getTypeObject(I);
3898 
3899     // The only type information in the declarator which can come
3900     // before the declaration name is the base type of a member
3901     // pointer.
3902     if (Chunk.Kind != DeclaratorChunk::MemberPointer)
3903       continue;
3904 
3905     // Rebuild the scope specifier in-place.
3906     CXXScopeSpec &SS = Chunk.Mem.Scope();
3907     if (S.RebuildNestedNameSpecifierInCurrentInstantiation(SS))
3908       return true;
3909   }
3910 
3911   return false;
3912 }
3913 
3914 Decl *Sema::ActOnDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D) {
3915   D.setFunctionDefinitionKind(FDK_Declaration);
3916   Decl *Dcl = HandleDeclarator(S, D, MultiTemplateParamsArg());
3917 
3918   if (OriginalLexicalContext && OriginalLexicalContext->isObjCContainer() &&
3919       Dcl && Dcl->getDeclContext()->isFileContext())
3920     Dcl->setTopLevelDeclInObjCContainer();
3921 
3922   return Dcl;
3923 }
3924 
3925 /// DiagnoseClassNameShadow - Implement C++ [class.mem]p13:
3926 ///   If T is the name of a class, then each of the following shall have a
3927 ///   name different from T:
3928 ///     - every static data member of class T;
3929 ///     - every member function of class T
3930 ///     - every member of class T that is itself a type;
3931 /// \returns true if the declaration name violates these rules.
3932 bool Sema::DiagnoseClassNameShadow(DeclContext *DC,
3933                                    DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo) {
3934   DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName();
3935 
3936   if (CXXRecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC))
3937     if (Record->getIdentifier() && Record->getDeclName() == Name) {
3938       Diag(NameInfo.getLoc(), diag::err_member_name_of_class) << Name;
3939       return true;
3940     }
3941 
3942   return false;
3943 }
3944 
3945 /// \brief Diagnose a declaration whose declarator-id has the given
3946 /// nested-name-specifier.
3947 ///
3948 /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier of the declarator-id.
3949 ///
3950 /// \param DC The declaration context to which the nested-name-specifier
3951 /// resolves.
3952 ///
3953 /// \param Name The name of the entity being declared.
3954 ///
3955 /// \param Loc The location of the name of the entity being declared.
3956 ///
3957 /// \returns true if we cannot safely recover from this error, false otherwise.
3958 bool Sema::diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration(CXXScopeSpec &SS, DeclContext *DC,
3959                                         DeclarationName Name,
3960                                       SourceLocation Loc) {
3961   DeclContext *Cur = CurContext;
3962   while (isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(Cur))
3963     Cur = Cur->getParent();
3964 
3965   // C++ [dcl.meaning]p1:
3966   //   A declarator-id shall not be qualified except for the definition
3967   //   of a member function (9.3) or static data member (9.4) outside of
3968   //   its class, the definition or explicit instantiation of a function
3969   //   or variable member of a namespace outside of its namespace, or the
3970   //   definition of an explicit specialization outside of its namespace,
3971   //   or the declaration of a friend function that is a member of
3972   //   another class or namespace (11.3). [...]
3973 
3974   // The user provided a superfluous scope specifier that refers back to the
3975   // class or namespaces in which the entity is already declared.
3976   //
3977   // class X {
3978   //   void X::f();
3979   // };
3980   if (Cur->Equals(DC)) {
3981     Diag(Loc, LangOpts.MicrosoftExt? diag::warn_member_extra_qualification
3982                                    : diag::err_member_extra_qualification)
3983       << Name << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(SS.getRange());
3984     SS.clear();
3985     return false;
3986   }
3987 
3988   // Check whether the qualifying scope encloses the scope of the original
3989   // declaration.
3990   if (!Cur->Encloses(DC)) {
3991     if (Cur->isRecord())
3992       Diag(Loc, diag::err_member_qualification)
3993         << Name << SS.getRange();
3994     else if (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(DC))
3995       Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_global_scope)
3996         << Name << SS.getRange();
3997     else if (isa<FunctionDecl>(Cur))
3998       Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_in_function)
3999         << Name << SS.getRange();
4000     else
4001       Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_scope)
4002       << Name << cast<NamedDecl>(Cur) << cast<NamedDecl>(DC) << SS.getRange();
4003 
4004     return true;
4005   }
4006 
4007   if (Cur->isRecord()) {
4008     // Cannot qualify members within a class.
4009     Diag(Loc, diag::err_member_qualification)
4010       << Name << SS.getRange();
4011     SS.clear();
4012 
4013     // C++ constructors and destructors with incorrect scopes can break
4014     // our AST invariants by having the wrong underlying types. If
4015     // that's the case, then drop this declaration entirely.
4016     if ((Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConstructorName ||
4017          Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) &&
4018         !Context.hasSameType(Name.getCXXNameType(),
4019                              Context.getTypeDeclType(cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Cur))))
4020       return true;
4021 
4022     return false;
4023   }
4024 
4025   // C++11 [dcl.meaning]p1:
4026   //   [...] "The nested-name-specifier of the qualified declarator-id shall
4027   //   not begin with a decltype-specifer"
4028   NestedNameSpecifierLoc SpecLoc(SS.getScopeRep(), SS.location_data());
4029   while (SpecLoc.getPrefix())
4030     SpecLoc = SpecLoc.getPrefix();
4031   if (dyn_cast_or_null<DecltypeType>(
4032         SpecLoc.getNestedNameSpecifier()->getAsType()))
4033     Diag(Loc, diag::err_decltype_in_declarator)
4034       << SpecLoc.getTypeLoc().getSourceRange();
4035 
4036   return false;
4037 }
4038 
4039 NamedDecl *Sema::HandleDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D,
4040                                   MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists) {
4041   // TODO: consider using NameInfo for diagnostic.
4042   DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo = GetNameForDeclarator(D);
4043   DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName();
4044 
4045   // All of these full declarators require an identifier.  If it doesn't have
4046   // one, the ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec action should be used.
4047   if (!Name) {
4048     if (!D.isInvalidType())  // Reject this if we think it is valid.
4049       Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getLocStart(),
4050            diag::err_declarator_need_ident)
4051         << D.getDeclSpec().getSourceRange() << D.getSourceRange();
4052     return 0;
4053   } else if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(NameInfo, UPPC_DeclarationType))
4054     return 0;
4055 
4056   // The scope passed in may not be a decl scope.  Zip up the scope tree until
4057   // we find one that is.
4058   while ((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0 ||
4059          (S->getFlags() & Scope::TemplateParamScope) != 0)
4060     S = S->getParent();
4061 
4062   DeclContext *DC = CurContext;
4063   if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isInvalid())
4064     D.setInvalidType();
4065   else if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) {
4066     if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getCXXScopeSpec(),
4067                                         UPPC_DeclarationQualifier))
4068       return 0;
4069 
4070     bool EnteringContext = !D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified();
4071     DC = computeDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), EnteringContext);
4072     if (!DC) {
4073       // If we could not compute the declaration context, it's because the
4074       // declaration context is dependent but does not refer to a class,
4075       // class template, or class template partial specialization. Complain
4076       // and return early, to avoid the coming semantic disaster.
4077       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
4078            diag::err_template_qualified_declarator_no_match)
4079         << (NestedNameSpecifier*)D.getCXXScopeSpec().getScopeRep()
4080         << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange();
4081       return 0;
4082     }
4083     bool IsDependentContext = DC->isDependentContext();
4084 
4085     if (!IsDependentContext &&
4086         RequireCompleteDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), DC))
4087       return 0;
4088 
4089     if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC) && !cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)->hasDefinition()) {
4090       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
4091            diag::err_member_def_undefined_record)
4092         << Name << DC << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange();
4093       D.setInvalidType();
4094     } else if (!D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified()) {
4095       if (diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), DC,
4096                                       Name, D.getIdentifierLoc())) {
4097         if (DC->isRecord())
4098           return 0;
4099 
4100         D.setInvalidType();
4101       }
4102     }
4103 
4104     // Check whether we need to rebuild the type of the given
4105     // declaration in the current instantiation.
4106     if (EnteringContext && IsDependentContext &&
4107         TemplateParamLists.size() != 0) {
4108       ContextRAII SavedContext(*this, DC);
4109       if (RebuildDeclaratorInCurrentInstantiation(*this, D, Name))
4110         D.setInvalidType();
4111     }
4112   }
4113 
4114   if (DiagnoseClassNameShadow(DC, NameInfo))
4115     // If this is a typedef, we'll end up spewing multiple diagnostics.
4116     // Just return early; it's safer.
4117     if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef)
4118       return 0;
4119 
4120   TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S);
4121   QualType R = TInfo->getType();
4122 
4123   if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getIdentifierLoc(), TInfo,
4124                                       UPPC_DeclarationType))
4125     D.setInvalidType();
4126 
4127   LookupResult Previous(*this, NameInfo, LookupOrdinaryName,
4128                         ForRedeclaration);
4129 
4130   // See if this is a redefinition of a variable in the same scope.
4131   if (!D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) {
4132     bool IsLinkageLookup = false;
4133 
4134     // If the declaration we're planning to build will be a function
4135     // or object with linkage, then look for another declaration with
4136     // linkage (C99 6.2.2p4-5 and C++ [basic.link]p6).
4137     if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef)
4138       /* Do nothing*/;
4139     else if (R->isFunctionType()) {
4140       if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod() ||
4141           D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_static)
4142         IsLinkageLookup = true;
4143     } else if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_extern)
4144       IsLinkageLookup = true;
4145     else if (CurContext->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit() &&
4146              D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_static)
4147       IsLinkageLookup = true;
4148 
4149     if (IsLinkageLookup)
4150       Previous.clear(LookupRedeclarationWithLinkage);
4151 
4152     LookupName(Previous, S, /* CreateBuiltins = */ IsLinkageLookup);
4153   } else { // Something like "int foo::x;"
4154     LookupQualifiedName(Previous, DC);
4155 
4156     // C++ [dcl.meaning]p1:
4157     //   When the declarator-id is qualified, the declaration shall refer to a
4158     //  previously declared member of the class or namespace to which the
4159     //  qualifier refers (or, in the case of a namespace, of an element of the
4160     //  inline namespace set of that namespace (7.3.1)) or to a specialization
4161     //  thereof; [...]
4162     //
4163     // Note that we already checked the context above, and that we do not have
4164     // enough information to make sure that Previous contains the declaration
4165     // we want to match. For example, given:
4166     //
4167     //   class X {
4168     //     void f();
4169     //     void f(float);
4170     //   };
4171     //
4172     //   void X::f(int) { } // ill-formed
4173     //
4174     // In this case, Previous will point to the overload set
4175     // containing the two f's declared in X, but neither of them
4176     // matches.
4177 
4178     // C++ [dcl.meaning]p1:
4179     //   [...] the member shall not merely have been introduced by a
4180     //   using-declaration in the scope of the class or namespace nominated by
4181     //   the nested-name-specifier of the declarator-id.
4182     RemoveUsingDecls(Previous);
4183   }
4184 
4185   if (Previous.isSingleResult() &&
4186       Previous.getFoundDecl()->isTemplateParameter()) {
4187     // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter.
4188     if (!D.isInvalidType())
4189       DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
4190                                       Previous.getFoundDecl());
4191 
4192     // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration.
4193     Previous.clear();
4194   }
4195 
4196   // In C++, the previous declaration we find might be a tag type
4197   // (class or enum). In this case, the new declaration will hide the
4198   // tag type. Note that this does does not apply if we're declaring a
4199   // typedef (C++ [dcl.typedef]p4).
4200   if (Previous.isSingleTagDecl() &&
4201       D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef)
4202     Previous.clear();
4203 
4204   // Check that there are no default arguments other than in the parameters
4205   // of a function declaration (C++ only).
4206   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
4207     CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D);
4208 
4209   NamedDecl *New;
4210 
4211   bool AddToScope = true;
4212   if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) {
4213     if (TemplateParamLists.size()) {
4214       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_typedef);
4215       return 0;
4216     }
4217 
4218     New = ActOnTypedefDeclarator(S, D, DC, TInfo, Previous);
4219   } else if (R->isFunctionType()) {
4220     New = ActOnFunctionDeclarator(S, D, DC, TInfo, Previous,
4221                                   TemplateParamLists,
4222                                   AddToScope);
4223   } else {
4224     New = ActOnVariableDeclarator(S, D, DC, TInfo, Previous,
4225                                   TemplateParamLists);
4226   }
4227 
4228   if (New == 0)
4229     return 0;
4230 
4231   // If this has an identifier and is not an invalid redeclaration or
4232   // function template specialization, add it to the scope stack.
4233   if (New->getDeclName() && AddToScope &&
4234        !(D.isRedeclaration() && New->isInvalidDecl()))
4235     PushOnScopeChains(New, S);
4236 
4237   return New;
4238 }
4239 
4240 /// Helper method to turn variable array types into constant array
4241 /// types in certain situations which would otherwise be errors (for
4242 /// GCC compatibility).
4243 static QualType TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(QualType T,
4244                                                     ASTContext &Context,
4245                                                     bool &SizeIsNegative,
4246                                                     llvm::APSInt &Oversized) {
4247   // This method tries to turn a variable array into a constant
4248   // array even when the size isn't an ICE.  This is necessary
4249   // for compatibility with code that depends on gcc's buggy
4250   // constant expression folding, like struct {char x[(int)(char*)2];}
4251   SizeIsNegative = false;
4252   Oversized = 0;
4253 
4254   if (T->isDependentType())
4255     return QualType();
4256 
4257   QualifierCollector Qs;
4258   const Type *Ty = Qs.strip(T);
4259 
4260   if (const PointerType* PTy = dyn_cast<PointerType>(Ty)) {
4261     QualType Pointee = PTy->getPointeeType();
4262     QualType FixedType =
4263         TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(Pointee, Context, SizeIsNegative,
4264                                             Oversized);
4265     if (FixedType.isNull()) return FixedType;
4266     FixedType = Context.getPointerType(FixedType);
4267     return Qs.apply(Context, FixedType);
4268   }
4269   if (const ParenType* PTy = dyn_cast<ParenType>(Ty)) {
4270     QualType Inner = PTy->getInnerType();
4271     QualType FixedType =
4272         TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(Inner, Context, SizeIsNegative,
4273                                             Oversized);
4274     if (FixedType.isNull()) return FixedType;
4275     FixedType = Context.getParenType(FixedType);
4276     return Qs.apply(Context, FixedType);
4277   }
4278 
4279   const VariableArrayType* VLATy = dyn_cast<VariableArrayType>(T);
4280   if (!VLATy)
4281     return QualType();
4282   // FIXME: We should probably handle this case
4283   if (VLATy->getElementType()->isVariablyModifiedType())
4284     return QualType();
4285 
4286   llvm::APSInt Res;
4287   if (!VLATy->getSizeExpr() ||
4288       !VLATy->getSizeExpr()->EvaluateAsInt(Res, Context))
4289     return QualType();
4290 
4291   // Check whether the array size is negative.
4292   if (Res.isSigned() && Res.isNegative()) {
4293     SizeIsNegative = true;
4294     return QualType();
4295   }
4296 
4297   // Check whether the array is too large to be addressed.
4298   unsigned ActiveSizeBits
4299     = ConstantArrayType::getNumAddressingBits(Context, VLATy->getElementType(),
4300                                               Res);
4301   if (ActiveSizeBits > ConstantArrayType::getMaxSizeBits(Context)) {
4302     Oversized = Res;
4303     return QualType();
4304   }
4305 
4306   return Context.getConstantArrayType(VLATy->getElementType(),
4307                                       Res, ArrayType::Normal, 0);
4308 }
4309 
4310 static void
4311 FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(TypeLoc SrcTL, TypeLoc DstTL) {
4312   if (PointerTypeLoc SrcPTL = SrcTL.getAs<PointerTypeLoc>()) {
4313     PointerTypeLoc DstPTL = DstTL.castAs<PointerTypeLoc>();
4314     FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(SrcPTL.getPointeeLoc(),
4315                                       DstPTL.getPointeeLoc());
4316     DstPTL.setStarLoc(SrcPTL.getStarLoc());
4317     return;
4318   }
4319   if (ParenTypeLoc SrcPTL = SrcTL.getAs<ParenTypeLoc>()) {
4320     ParenTypeLoc DstPTL = DstTL.castAs<ParenTypeLoc>();
4321     FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(SrcPTL.getInnerLoc(),
4322                                       DstPTL.getInnerLoc());
4323     DstPTL.setLParenLoc(SrcPTL.getLParenLoc());
4324     DstPTL.setRParenLoc(SrcPTL.getRParenLoc());
4325     return;
4326   }
4327   ArrayTypeLoc SrcATL = SrcTL.castAs<ArrayTypeLoc>();
4328   ArrayTypeLoc DstATL = DstTL.castAs<ArrayTypeLoc>();
4329   TypeLoc SrcElemTL = SrcATL.getElementLoc();
4330   TypeLoc DstElemTL = DstATL.getElementLoc();
4331   DstElemTL.initializeFullCopy(SrcElemTL);
4332   DstATL.setLBracketLoc(SrcATL.getLBracketLoc());
4333   DstATL.setSizeExpr(SrcATL.getSizeExpr());
4334   DstATL.setRBracketLoc(SrcATL.getRBracketLoc());
4335 }
4336 
4337 /// Helper method to turn variable array types into constant array
4338 /// types in certain situations which would otherwise be errors (for
4339 /// GCC compatibility).
4340 static TypeSourceInfo*
4341 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
4342                                               ASTContext &Context,
4343                                               bool &SizeIsNegative,
4344                                               llvm::APSInt &Oversized) {
4345   QualType FixedTy
4346     = TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(TInfo->getType(), Context,
4347                                           SizeIsNegative, Oversized);
4348   if (FixedTy.isNull())
4349     return 0;
4350   TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(FixedTy);
4351   FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(TInfo->getTypeLoc(),
4352                                     FixedTInfo->getTypeLoc());
4353   return FixedTInfo;
4354 }
4355 
4356 /// \brief Register the given locally-scoped extern "C" declaration so
4357 /// that it can be found later for redeclarations. We include any extern "C"
4358 /// declaration that is not visible in the translation unit here, not just
4359 /// function-scope declarations.
4360 void
4361 Sema::RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NamedDecl *ND, Scope *S) {
4362   assert(
4363       !ND->getLexicalDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit() &&
4364       "Decl is not a locally-scoped decl!");
4365   // Note that we have a locally-scoped external with this name.
4366   LocallyScopedExternCDecls[ND->getDeclName()] = ND;
4367 }
4368 
4369 NamedDecl *Sema::findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(DeclarationName Name) {
4370   if (ExternalSource) {
4371     // Load locally-scoped external decls from the external source.
4372     // FIXME: This is inefficient. Maybe add a DeclContext for extern "C" decls?
4373     SmallVector<NamedDecl *, 4> Decls;
4374     ExternalSource->ReadLocallyScopedExternCDecls(Decls);
4375     for (unsigned I = 0, N = Decls.size(); I != N; ++I) {
4376       llvm::DenseMap<DeclarationName, NamedDecl *>::iterator Pos
4377         = LocallyScopedExternCDecls.find(Decls[I]->getDeclName());
4378       if (Pos == LocallyScopedExternCDecls.end())
4379         LocallyScopedExternCDecls[Decls[I]->getDeclName()] = Decls[I];
4380     }
4381   }
4382 
4383   NamedDecl *D = LocallyScopedExternCDecls.lookup(Name);
4384   return D ? cast<NamedDecl>(D->getMostRecentDecl()) : 0;
4385 }
4386 
4387 /// \brief Diagnose function specifiers on a declaration of an identifier that
4388 /// does not identify a function.
4389 void Sema::DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(const DeclSpec &DS) {
4390   // FIXME: We should probably indicate the identifier in question to avoid
4391   // confusion for constructs like "inline int a(), b;"
4392   if (DS.isInlineSpecified())
4393     Diag(DS.getInlineSpecLoc(),
4394          diag::err_inline_non_function);
4395 
4396   if (DS.isVirtualSpecified())
4397     Diag(DS.getVirtualSpecLoc(),
4398          diag::err_virtual_non_function);
4399 
4400   if (DS.isExplicitSpecified())
4401     Diag(DS.getExplicitSpecLoc(),
4402          diag::err_explicit_non_function);
4403 
4404   if (DS.isNoreturnSpecified())
4405     Diag(DS.getNoreturnSpecLoc(),
4406          diag::err_noreturn_non_function);
4407 }
4408 
4409 NamedDecl*
4410 Sema::ActOnTypedefDeclarator(Scope* S, Declarator& D, DeclContext* DC,
4411                              TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, LookupResult &Previous) {
4412   // Typedef declarators cannot be qualified (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1).
4413   if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) {
4414     Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_qualified_typedef_declarator)
4415       << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange();
4416     D.setInvalidType();
4417     // Pretend we didn't see the scope specifier.
4418     DC = CurContext;
4419     Previous.clear();
4420   }
4421 
4422   DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D.getDeclSpec());
4423 
4424   if (D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified())
4425     Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_constexpr)
4426       << 1;
4427 
4428   if (D.getName().Kind != UnqualifiedId::IK_Identifier) {
4429     Diag(D.getName().StartLocation, diag::err_typedef_not_identifier)
4430       << D.getName().getSourceRange();
4431     return 0;
4432   }
4433 
4434   TypedefDecl *NewTD = ParseTypedefDecl(S, D, TInfo->getType(), TInfo);
4435   if (!NewTD) return 0;
4436 
4437   // Handle attributes prior to checking for duplicates in MergeVarDecl
4438   ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewTD, D);
4439 
4440   CheckTypedefForVariablyModifiedType(S, NewTD);
4441 
4442   bool Redeclaration = D.isRedeclaration();
4443   NamedDecl *ND = ActOnTypedefNameDecl(S, DC, NewTD, Previous, Redeclaration);
4444   D.setRedeclaration(Redeclaration);
4445   return ND;
4446 }
4447 
4448 void
4449 Sema::CheckTypedefForVariablyModifiedType(Scope *S, TypedefNameDecl *NewTD) {
4450   // C99 6.7.7p2: If a typedef name specifies a variably modified type
4451   // then it shall have block scope.
4452   // Note that variably modified types must be fixed before merging the decl so
4453   // that redeclarations will match.
4454   TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = NewTD->getTypeSourceInfo();
4455   QualType T = TInfo->getType();
4456   if (T->isVariablyModifiedType()) {
4457     getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope();
4458 
4459     if (S->getFnParent() == 0) {
4460       bool SizeIsNegative;
4461       llvm::APSInt Oversized;
4462       TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo =
4463         TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TInfo, Context,
4464                                                       SizeIsNegative,
4465                                                       Oversized);
4466       if (FixedTInfo) {
4467         Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size);
4468         NewTD->setTypeSourceInfo(FixedTInfo);
4469       } else {
4470         if (SizeIsNegative)
4471           Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_typecheck_negative_array_size);
4472         else if (T->isVariableArrayType())
4473           Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_in_file_scope);
4474         else if (Oversized.getBoolValue())
4475           Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_array_too_large)
4476             << Oversized.toString(10);
4477         else
4478           Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_in_file_scope);
4479         NewTD->setInvalidDecl();
4480       }
4481     }
4482   }
4483 }
4484 
4485 
4486 /// ActOnTypedefNameDecl - Perform semantic checking for a declaration which
4487 /// declares a typedef-name, either using the 'typedef' type specifier or via
4488 /// a C++0x [dcl.typedef]p2 alias-declaration: 'using T = A;'.
4489 NamedDecl*
4490 Sema::ActOnTypedefNameDecl(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC, TypedefNameDecl *NewTD,
4491                            LookupResult &Previous, bool &Redeclaration) {
4492   // Merge the decl with the existing one if appropriate. If the decl is
4493   // in an outer scope, it isn't the same thing.
4494   FilterLookupForScope(Previous, DC, S, /*ConsiderLinkage*/ false,
4495                        /*ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization=*/false);
4496   filterNonConflictingPreviousDecls(Context, NewTD, Previous);
4497   if (!Previous.empty()) {
4498     Redeclaration = true;
4499     MergeTypedefNameDecl(NewTD, Previous);
4500   }
4501 
4502   // If this is the C FILE type, notify the AST context.
4503   if (IdentifierInfo *II = NewTD->getIdentifier())
4504     if (!NewTD->isInvalidDecl() &&
4505         NewTD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) {
4506       if (II->isStr("FILE"))
4507         Context.setFILEDecl(NewTD);
4508       else if (II->isStr("jmp_buf"))
4509         Context.setjmp_bufDecl(NewTD);
4510       else if (II->isStr("sigjmp_buf"))
4511         Context.setsigjmp_bufDecl(NewTD);
4512       else if (II->isStr("ucontext_t"))
4513         Context.setucontext_tDecl(NewTD);
4514     }
4515 
4516   return NewTD;
4517 }
4518 
4519 /// \brief Determines whether the given declaration is an out-of-scope
4520 /// previous declaration.
4521 ///
4522 /// This routine should be invoked when name lookup has found a
4523 /// previous declaration (PrevDecl) that is not in the scope where a
4524 /// new declaration by the same name is being introduced. If the new
4525 /// declaration occurs in a local scope, previous declarations with
4526 /// linkage may still be considered previous declarations (C99
4527 /// 6.2.2p4-5, C++ [basic.link]p6).
4528 ///
4529 /// \param PrevDecl the previous declaration found by name
4530 /// lookup
4531 ///
4532 /// \param DC the context in which the new declaration is being
4533 /// declared.
4534 ///
4535 /// \returns true if PrevDecl is an out-of-scope previous declaration
4536 /// for a new delcaration with the same name.
4537 static bool
4538 isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(NamedDecl *PrevDecl, DeclContext *DC,
4539                                 ASTContext &Context) {
4540   if (!PrevDecl)
4541     return false;
4542 
4543   if (!PrevDecl->hasLinkage())
4544     return false;
4545 
4546   if (Context.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
4547     // C++ [basic.link]p6:
4548     //   If there is a visible declaration of an entity with linkage
4549     //   having the same name and type, ignoring entities declared
4550     //   outside the innermost enclosing namespace scope, the block
4551     //   scope declaration declares that same entity and receives the
4552     //   linkage of the previous declaration.
4553     DeclContext *OuterContext = DC->getRedeclContext();
4554     if (!OuterContext->isFunctionOrMethod())
4555       // This rule only applies to block-scope declarations.
4556       return false;
4557 
4558     DeclContext *PrevOuterContext = PrevDecl->getDeclContext();
4559     if (PrevOuterContext->isRecord())
4560       // We found a member function: ignore it.
4561       return false;
4562 
4563     // Find the innermost enclosing namespace for the new and
4564     // previous declarations.
4565     OuterContext = OuterContext->getEnclosingNamespaceContext();
4566     PrevOuterContext = PrevOuterContext->getEnclosingNamespaceContext();
4567 
4568     // The previous declaration is in a different namespace, so it
4569     // isn't the same function.
4570     if (!OuterContext->Equals(PrevOuterContext))
4571       return false;
4572   }
4573 
4574   return true;
4575 }
4576 
4577 static void SetNestedNameSpecifier(DeclaratorDecl *DD, Declarator &D) {
4578   CXXScopeSpec &SS = D.getCXXScopeSpec();
4579   if (!SS.isSet()) return;
4580   DD->setQualifierInfo(SS.getWithLocInContext(DD->getASTContext()));
4581 }
4582 
4583 bool Sema::inferObjCARCLifetime(ValueDecl *decl) {
4584   QualType type = decl->getType();
4585   Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime lifetime = type.getObjCLifetime();
4586   if (lifetime == Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing) {
4587     // Various kinds of declaration aren't allowed to be __autoreleasing.
4588     unsigned kind = -1U;
4589     if (VarDecl *var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(decl)) {
4590       if (var->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>())
4591         kind = 0; // __block
4592       else if (!var->hasLocalStorage())
4593         kind = 1; // global
4594     } else if (isa<ObjCIvarDecl>(decl)) {
4595       kind = 3; // ivar
4596     } else if (isa<FieldDecl>(decl)) {
4597       kind = 2; // field
4598     }
4599 
4600     if (kind != -1U) {
4601       Diag(decl->getLocation(), diag::err_arc_autoreleasing_var)
4602         << kind;
4603     }
4604   } else if (lifetime == Qualifiers::OCL_None) {
4605     // Try to infer lifetime.
4606     if (!type->isObjCLifetimeType())
4607       return false;
4608 
4609     lifetime = type->getObjCARCImplicitLifetime();
4610     type = Context.getLifetimeQualifiedType(type, lifetime);
4611     decl->setType(type);
4612   }
4613 
4614   if (VarDecl *var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(decl)) {
4615     // Thread-local variables cannot have lifetime.
4616     if (lifetime && lifetime != Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone &&
4617         var->getTLSKind()) {
4618       Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::err_arc_thread_ownership)
4619         << var->getType();
4620       return true;
4621     }
4622   }
4623 
4624   return false;
4625 }
4626 
4627 static void checkAttributesAfterMerging(Sema &S, NamedDecl &ND) {
4628   // 'weak' only applies to declarations with external linkage.
4629   if (WeakAttr *Attr = ND.getAttr<WeakAttr>()) {
4630     if (!ND.isExternallyVisible()) {
4631       S.Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_weak_static);
4632       ND.dropAttr<WeakAttr>();
4633     }
4634   }
4635   if (WeakRefAttr *Attr = ND.getAttr<WeakRefAttr>()) {
4636     if (ND.isExternallyVisible()) {
4637       S.Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_weakref_not_static);
4638       ND.dropAttr<WeakRefAttr>();
4639     }
4640   }
4641 
4642   // 'selectany' only applies to externally visible varable declarations.
4643   // It does not apply to functions.
4644   if (SelectAnyAttr *Attr = ND.getAttr<SelectAnyAttr>()) {
4645     if (isa<FunctionDecl>(ND) || !ND.isExternallyVisible()) {
4646       S.Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_selectany_non_extern_data);
4647       ND.dropAttr<SelectAnyAttr>();
4648     }
4649   }
4650 }
4651 
4652 /// Given that we are within the definition of the given function,
4653 /// will that definition behave like C99's 'inline', where the
4654 /// definition is discarded except for optimization purposes?
4655 static bool isFunctionDefinitionDiscarded(Sema &S, FunctionDecl *FD) {
4656   // Try to avoid calling GetGVALinkageForFunction.
4657 
4658   // All cases of this require the 'inline' keyword.
4659   if (!FD->isInlined()) return false;
4660 
4661   // This is only possible in C++ with the gnu_inline attribute.
4662   if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !FD->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>())
4663     return false;
4664 
4665   // Okay, go ahead and call the relatively-more-expensive function.
4666 
4667 #ifndef NDEBUG
4668   // AST quite reasonably asserts that it's working on a function
4669   // definition.  We don't really have a way to tell it that we're
4670   // currently defining the function, so just lie to it in +Asserts
4671   // builds.  This is an awful hack.
4672   FD->setLazyBody(1);
4673 #endif
4674 
4675   bool isC99Inline = (S.Context.GetGVALinkageForFunction(FD) == GVA_C99Inline);
4676 
4677 #ifndef NDEBUG
4678   FD->setLazyBody(0);
4679 #endif
4680 
4681   return isC99Inline;
4682 }
4683 
4684 static bool shouldConsiderLinkage(const VarDecl *VD) {
4685   const DeclContext *DC = VD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext();
4686   if (DC->isFunctionOrMethod())
4687     return VD->hasExternalStorage();
4688   if (DC->isFileContext())
4689     return true;
4690   if (DC->isRecord())
4691     return false;
4692   llvm_unreachable("Unexpected context");
4693 }
4694 
4695 static bool shouldConsiderLinkage(const FunctionDecl *FD) {
4696   const DeclContext *DC = FD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext();
4697   if (DC->isFileContext() || DC->isFunctionOrMethod())
4698     return true;
4699   if (DC->isRecord())
4700     return false;
4701   llvm_unreachable("Unexpected context");
4702 }
4703 
4704 NamedDecl*
4705 Sema::ActOnVariableDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, DeclContext *DC,
4706                               TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, LookupResult &Previous,
4707                               MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists) {
4708   QualType R = TInfo->getType();
4709   DeclarationName Name = GetNameForDeclarator(D).getName();
4710 
4711   DeclSpec::SCS SCSpec = D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec();
4712   VarDecl::StorageClass SC =
4713     StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(D.getDeclSpec());
4714 
4715   if (getLangOpts().OpenCL && !getOpenCLOptions().cl_khr_fp16) {
4716     // OpenCL v1.2 s6.1.1.1: reject declaring variables of the half and
4717     // half array type (unless the cl_khr_fp16 extension is enabled).
4718     if (Context.getBaseElementType(R)->isHalfType()) {
4719       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_opencl_half_declaration) << R;
4720       D.setInvalidType();
4721     }
4722   }
4723 
4724   if (SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable) {
4725     // mutable can only appear on non-static class members, so it's always
4726     // an error here
4727     Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_mutable_nonmember);
4728     D.setInvalidType();
4729     SC = SC_None;
4730   }
4731 
4732   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_register &&
4733       !D.getAsmLabel() && !getSourceManager().isInSystemMacro(
4734                               D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc())) {
4735     // In C++11, the 'register' storage class specifier is deprecated.
4736     // Suppress the warning in system macros, it's used in macros in some
4737     // popular C system headers, such as in glibc's htonl() macro.
4738     Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
4739          diag::warn_deprecated_register)
4740       << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc());
4741   }
4742 
4743   IdentifierInfo *II = Name.getAsIdentifierInfo();
4744   if (!II) {
4745     Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_bad_variable_name)
4746       << Name;
4747     return 0;
4748   }
4749 
4750   DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D.getDeclSpec());
4751 
4752   if (!DC->isRecord() && S->getFnParent() == 0) {
4753     // C99 6.9p2: The storage-class specifiers auto and register shall not
4754     // appear in the declaration specifiers in an external declaration.
4755     if (SC == SC_Auto || SC == SC_Register) {
4756       // If this is a register variable with an asm label specified, then this
4757       // is a GNU extension.
4758       if (SC == SC_Register && D.getAsmLabel())
4759         Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_unsupported_global_register);
4760       else
4761         Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_typecheck_sclass_fscope);
4762       D.setInvalidType();
4763     }
4764   }
4765 
4766   if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) {
4767     // Set up the special work-group-local storage class for variables in the
4768     // OpenCL __local address space.
4769     if (R.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_local) {
4770       SC = SC_OpenCLWorkGroupLocal;
4771     }
4772 
4773     // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.b p4:
4774     // The sampler type cannot be used with the __local and __global address
4775     // space qualifiers.
4776     if (R->isSamplerT() && (R.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_local ||
4777       R.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_global)) {
4778       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_wrong_sampler_addressspace);
4779     }
4780 
4781     // OpenCL 1.2 spec, p6.9 r:
4782     // The event type cannot be used to declare a program scope variable.
4783     // The event type cannot be used with the __local, __constant and __global
4784     // address space qualifiers.
4785     if (R->isEventT()) {
4786       if (S->getParent() == 0) {
4787         Diag(D.getLocStart(), diag::err_event_t_global_var);
4788         D.setInvalidType();
4789       }
4790 
4791       if (R.getAddressSpace()) {
4792         Diag(D.getLocStart(), diag::err_event_t_addr_space_qual);
4793         D.setInvalidType();
4794       }
4795     }
4796   }
4797 
4798   bool isExplicitSpecialization = false;
4799   VarDecl *NewVD;
4800   if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
4801     NewVD = VarDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getLocStart(),
4802                             D.getIdentifierLoc(), II,
4803                             R, TInfo, SC);
4804 
4805     if (D.isInvalidType())
4806       NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
4807   } else {
4808     if (DC->isRecord() && !CurContext->isRecord()) {
4809       // This is an out-of-line definition of a static data member.
4810       switch (SC) {
4811       case SC_None:
4812         break;
4813       case SC_Static:
4814         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
4815              diag::err_static_out_of_line)
4816           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc());
4817         break;
4818       case SC_Auto:
4819       case SC_Register:
4820       case SC_Extern:
4821         // [dcl.stc] p2: The auto or register specifiers shall be applied only
4822         // to names of variables declared in a block or to function parameters.
4823         // [dcl.stc] p6: The extern specifier cannot be used in the declaration
4824         // of class members
4825 
4826         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
4827              diag::err_storage_class_for_static_member)
4828           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc());
4829         break;
4830       case SC_PrivateExtern:
4831         llvm_unreachable("C storage class in c++!");
4832       case SC_OpenCLWorkGroupLocal:
4833         llvm_unreachable("OpenCL storage class in c++!");
4834       }
4835     }
4836     if (SC == SC_Static && CurContext->isRecord()) {
4837       if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) {
4838         if (RD->isLocalClass())
4839           Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
4840                diag::err_static_data_member_not_allowed_in_local_class)
4841             << Name << RD->getDeclName();
4842 
4843         // C++98 [class.union]p1: If a union contains a static data member,
4844         // the program is ill-formed. C++11 drops this restriction.
4845         if (RD->isUnion())
4846           Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
4847                getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11
4848                  ? diag::warn_cxx98_compat_static_data_member_in_union
4849                  : diag::ext_static_data_member_in_union) << Name;
4850         // We conservatively disallow static data members in anonymous structs.
4851         else if (!RD->getDeclName())
4852           Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
4853                diag::err_static_data_member_not_allowed_in_anon_struct)
4854             << Name << RD->isUnion();
4855       }
4856     }
4857 
4858     // Match up the template parameter lists with the scope specifier, then
4859     // determine whether we have a template or a template specialization.
4860     isExplicitSpecialization = false;
4861     bool Invalid = false;
4862     if (TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams
4863         = MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier(
4864                                   D.getDeclSpec().getLocStart(),
4865                                                   D.getIdentifierLoc(),
4866                                                   D.getCXXScopeSpec(),
4867                                                   TemplateParamLists.data(),
4868                                                   TemplateParamLists.size(),
4869                                                   /*never a friend*/ false,
4870                                                   isExplicitSpecialization,
4871                                                   Invalid)) {
4872       if (TemplateParams->size() > 0) {
4873         // There is no such thing as a variable template.
4874         Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_variable)
4875           << II
4876           << SourceRange(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(),
4877                          TemplateParams->getRAngleLoc());
4878         return 0;
4879       } else {
4880         // There is an extraneous 'template<>' for this variable. Complain
4881         // about it, but allow the declaration of the variable.
4882         Diag(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(),
4883              diag::err_template_variable_noparams)
4884           << II
4885           << SourceRange(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(),
4886                          TemplateParams->getRAngleLoc());
4887       }
4888     }
4889 
4890     NewVD = VarDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getLocStart(),
4891                             D.getIdentifierLoc(), II,
4892                             R, TInfo, SC);
4893 
4894     // If this decl has an auto type in need of deduction, make a note of the
4895     // Decl so we can diagnose uses of it in its own initializer.
4896     if (D.getDeclSpec().containsPlaceholderType() && R->getContainedAutoType())
4897       ParsingInitForAutoVars.insert(NewVD);
4898 
4899     if (D.isInvalidType() || Invalid)
4900       NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
4901 
4902     SetNestedNameSpecifier(NewVD, D);
4903 
4904     if (TemplateParamLists.size() > 0 && D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) {
4905       NewVD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context,
4906                                            TemplateParamLists.size(),
4907                                            TemplateParamLists.data());
4908     }
4909 
4910     if (D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified())
4911       NewVD->setConstexpr(true);
4912   }
4913 
4914   // Set the lexical context. If the declarator has a C++ scope specifier, the
4915   // lexical context will be different from the semantic context.
4916   NewVD->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext);
4917 
4918   if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpec()) {
4919     if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage()) {
4920       // C++11 [dcl.stc]p4:
4921       //   When thread_local is applied to a variable of block scope the
4922       //   storage-class-specifier static is implied if it does not appear
4923       //   explicitly.
4924       // Core issue: 'static' is not implied if the variable is declared
4925       //   'extern'.
4926       if (SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified &&
4927           TSCS == DeclSpec::TSCS_thread_local &&
4928           DC->isFunctionOrMethod())
4929         NewVD->setTSCSpec(TSCS);
4930       else
4931         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(),
4932              diag::err_thread_non_global)
4933           << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS);
4934     } else if (!Context.getTargetInfo().isTLSSupported())
4935       Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(),
4936            diag::err_thread_unsupported);
4937     else
4938       NewVD->setTSCSpec(TSCS);
4939   }
4940 
4941   // C99 6.7.4p3
4942   //   An inline definition of a function with external linkage shall
4943   //   not contain a definition of a modifiable object with static or
4944   //   thread storage duration...
4945   // We only apply this when the function is required to be defined
4946   // elsewhere, i.e. when the function is not 'extern inline'.  Note
4947   // that a local variable with thread storage duration still has to
4948   // be marked 'static'.  Also note that it's possible to get these
4949   // semantics in C++ using __attribute__((gnu_inline)).
4950   if (SC == SC_Static && S->getFnParent() != 0 &&
4951       !NewVD->getType().isConstQualified()) {
4952     FunctionDecl *CurFD = getCurFunctionDecl();
4953     if (CurFD && isFunctionDefinitionDiscarded(*this, CurFD)) {
4954       Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
4955            diag::warn_static_local_in_extern_inline);
4956       MaybeSuggestAddingStaticToDecl(CurFD);
4957     }
4958   }
4959 
4960   if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) {
4961     if (isExplicitSpecialization)
4962       Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_specialization)
4963         << 2
4964         << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc());
4965     else if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage())
4966       Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_local)
4967         << 0 << NewVD->getDeclName()
4968         << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc())
4969         << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc());
4970     else
4971       NewVD->setModulePrivate();
4972   }
4973 
4974   // Handle attributes prior to checking for duplicates in MergeVarDecl
4975   ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewVD, D);
4976 
4977   if (NewVD->hasAttrs())
4978     CheckAlignasUnderalignment(NewVD);
4979 
4980   if (getLangOpts().CUDA) {
4981     // CUDA B.2.5: "__shared__ and __constant__ variables have implied static
4982     // storage [duration]."
4983     if (SC == SC_None && S->getFnParent() != 0 &&
4984         (NewVD->hasAttr<CUDASharedAttr>() ||
4985          NewVD->hasAttr<CUDAConstantAttr>())) {
4986       NewVD->setStorageClass(SC_Static);
4987     }
4988   }
4989 
4990   // In auto-retain/release, infer strong retension for variables of
4991   // retainable type.
4992   if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(NewVD))
4993     NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
4994 
4995   // Handle GNU asm-label extension (encoded as an attribute).
4996   if (Expr *E = (Expr*)D.getAsmLabel()) {
4997     // The parser guarantees this is a string.
4998     StringLiteral *SE = cast<StringLiteral>(E);
4999     StringRef Label = SE->getString();
5000     if (S->getFnParent() != 0) {
5001       switch (SC) {
5002       case SC_None:
5003       case SC_Auto:
5004         Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::warn_asm_label_on_auto_decl) << Label;
5005         break;
5006       case SC_Register:
5007         if (!Context.getTargetInfo().isValidGCCRegisterName(Label))
5008           Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_asm_unknown_register_name) << Label;
5009         break;
5010       case SC_Static:
5011       case SC_Extern:
5012       case SC_PrivateExtern:
5013       case SC_OpenCLWorkGroupLocal:
5014         break;
5015       }
5016     }
5017 
5018     NewVD->addAttr(::new (Context) AsmLabelAttr(SE->getStrTokenLoc(0),
5019                                                 Context, Label));
5020   } else if (!ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.empty()) {
5021     llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo*,AsmLabelAttr*>::iterator I =
5022       ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.find(NewVD->getIdentifier());
5023     if (I != ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.end()) {
5024       NewVD->addAttr(I->second);
5025       ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.erase(I);
5026     }
5027   }
5028 
5029   // Diagnose shadowed variables before filtering for scope.
5030   if (!D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet())
5031     CheckShadow(S, NewVD, Previous);
5032 
5033   // Don't consider existing declarations that are in a different
5034   // scope and are out-of-semantic-context declarations (if the new
5035   // declaration has linkage).
5036   FilterLookupForScope(Previous, DC, S, shouldConsiderLinkage(NewVD),
5037                        isExplicitSpecialization);
5038 
5039   if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
5040     D.setRedeclaration(CheckVariableDeclaration(NewVD, Previous));
5041   } else {
5042     // Merge the decl with the existing one if appropriate.
5043     if (!Previous.empty()) {
5044       if (Previous.isSingleResult() &&
5045           isa<FieldDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()) &&
5046           D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) {
5047         // The user tried to define a non-static data member
5048         // out-of-line (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1).
5049         Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_nonstatic_member_out_of_line)
5050           << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange();
5051         Previous.clear();
5052         NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
5053       }
5054     } else if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) {
5055       // No previous declaration in the qualifying scope.
5056       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_no_member)
5057         << Name << computeDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), true)
5058         << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange();
5059       NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
5060     }
5061 
5062     D.setRedeclaration(CheckVariableDeclaration(NewVD, Previous));
5063 
5064     // This is an explicit specialization of a static data member. Check it.
5065     if (isExplicitSpecialization && !NewVD->isInvalidDecl() &&
5066         CheckMemberSpecialization(NewVD, Previous))
5067       NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
5068   }
5069 
5070   ProcessPragmaWeak(S, NewVD);
5071   checkAttributesAfterMerging(*this, *NewVD);
5072 
5073   // If this is the first declaration of an extern C variable that is not
5074   // declared directly in the translation unit, update the map of such
5075   // variables.
5076   if (!CurContext->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit() &&
5077       !NewVD->getPreviousDecl() && !NewVD->isInvalidDecl() &&
5078       // FIXME: We only check isExternC if we're in an extern C context,
5079       // to avoid computing and caching an 'externally visible' flag which
5080       // could change if the variable's type is not visible.
5081       (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || NewVD->isInExternCContext()) &&
5082       NewVD->isExternC())
5083     RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NewVD, S);
5084 
5085   return NewVD;
5086 }
5087 
5088 /// \brief Diagnose variable or built-in function shadowing.  Implements
5089 /// -Wshadow.
5090 ///
5091 /// This method is called whenever a VarDecl is added to a "useful"
5092 /// scope.
5093 ///
5094 /// \param S the scope in which the shadowing name is being declared
5095 /// \param R the lookup of the name
5096 ///
5097 void Sema::CheckShadow(Scope *S, VarDecl *D, const LookupResult& R) {
5098   // Return if warning is ignored.
5099   if (Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::warn_decl_shadow, R.getNameLoc()) ==
5100         DiagnosticsEngine::Ignored)
5101     return;
5102 
5103   // Don't diagnose declarations at file scope.
5104   if (D->hasGlobalStorage())
5105     return;
5106 
5107   DeclContext *NewDC = D->getDeclContext();
5108 
5109   // Only diagnose if we're shadowing an unambiguous field or variable.
5110   if (R.getResultKind() != LookupResult::Found)
5111     return;
5112 
5113   NamedDecl* ShadowedDecl = R.getFoundDecl();
5114   if (!isa<VarDecl>(ShadowedDecl) && !isa<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl))
5115     return;
5116 
5117   // Fields are not shadowed by variables in C++ static methods.
5118   if (isa<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl))
5119     if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewDC))
5120       if (MD->isStatic())
5121         return;
5122 
5123   if (VarDecl *shadowedVar = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(ShadowedDecl))
5124     if (shadowedVar->isExternC()) {
5125       // For shadowing external vars, make sure that we point to the global
5126       // declaration, not a locally scoped extern declaration.
5127       for (VarDecl::redecl_iterator
5128              I = shadowedVar->redecls_begin(), E = shadowedVar->redecls_end();
5129            I != E; ++I)
5130         if (I->isFileVarDecl()) {
5131           ShadowedDecl = *I;
5132           break;
5133         }
5134     }
5135 
5136   DeclContext *OldDC = ShadowedDecl->getDeclContext();
5137 
5138   // Only warn about certain kinds of shadowing for class members.
5139   if (NewDC && NewDC->isRecord()) {
5140     // In particular, don't warn about shadowing non-class members.
5141     if (!OldDC->isRecord())
5142       return;
5143 
5144     // TODO: should we warn about static data members shadowing
5145     // static data members from base classes?
5146 
5147     // TODO: don't diagnose for inaccessible shadowed members.
5148     // This is hard to do perfectly because we might friend the
5149     // shadowing context, but that's just a false negative.
5150   }
5151 
5152   // Determine what kind of declaration we're shadowing.
5153   unsigned Kind;
5154   if (isa<RecordDecl>(OldDC)) {
5155     if (isa<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl))
5156       Kind = 3; // field
5157     else
5158       Kind = 2; // static data member
5159   } else if (OldDC->isFileContext())
5160     Kind = 1; // global
5161   else
5162     Kind = 0; // local
5163 
5164   DeclarationName Name = R.getLookupName();
5165 
5166   // Emit warning and note.
5167   Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diag::warn_decl_shadow) << Name << Kind << OldDC;
5168   Diag(ShadowedDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
5169 }
5170 
5171 /// \brief Check -Wshadow without the advantage of a previous lookup.
5172 void Sema::CheckShadow(Scope *S, VarDecl *D) {
5173   if (Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::warn_decl_shadow, D->getLocation()) ==
5174         DiagnosticsEngine::Ignored)
5175     return;
5176 
5177   LookupResult R(*this, D->getDeclName(), D->getLocation(),
5178                  Sema::LookupOrdinaryName, Sema::ForRedeclaration);
5179   LookupName(R, S);
5180   CheckShadow(S, D, R);
5181 }
5182 
5183 template<typename T>
5184 static bool mayConflictWithNonVisibleExternC(const T *ND) {
5185   const DeclContext *DC = ND->getDeclContext();
5186   if (DC->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit())
5187     return true;
5188 
5189   // We know that is the first decl we see, other than function local
5190   // extern C ones. If this is C++ and the decl is not in a extern C context
5191   // it cannot have C language linkage. Avoid calling isExternC in that case.
5192   // We need to this because of code like
5193   //
5194   // namespace { struct bar {}; }
5195   // auto foo = bar();
5196   //
5197   // This code runs before the init of foo is set, and therefore before
5198   // the type of foo is known. Not knowing the type we cannot know its linkage
5199   // unless it is in an extern C block.
5200   if (!ND->isInExternCContext()) {
5201     const ASTContext &Context = ND->getASTContext();
5202     if (Context.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
5203       return false;
5204   }
5205 
5206   return ND->isExternC();
5207 }
5208 
5209 void Sema::CheckVariableDeclarationType(VarDecl *NewVD) {
5210   // If the decl is already known invalid, don't check it.
5211   if (NewVD->isInvalidDecl())
5212     return;
5213 
5214   TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = NewVD->getTypeSourceInfo();
5215   QualType T = TInfo->getType();
5216 
5217   // Defer checking an 'auto' type until its initializer is attached.
5218   if (T->isUndeducedType())
5219     return;
5220 
5221   if (T->isObjCObjectType()) {
5222     Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_statically_allocated_object)
5223       << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(NewVD->getLocation(), "*");
5224     T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(T);
5225     NewVD->setType(T);
5226   }
5227 
5228   // Emit an error if an address space was applied to decl with local storage.
5229   // This includes arrays of objects with address space qualifiers, but not
5230   // automatic variables that point to other address spaces.
5231   // ISO/IEC TR 18037 S5.1.2
5232   if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && T.getAddressSpace() != 0) {
5233     Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_as_qualified_auto_decl);
5234     NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
5235     return;
5236   }
5237 
5238   // OpenCL v1.2 s6.5 - All program scope variables must be declared in the
5239   // __constant address space.
5240   if (getLangOpts().OpenCL && NewVD->isFileVarDecl()
5241       && T.getAddressSpace() != LangAS::opencl_constant
5242       && !T->isSamplerT()){
5243     Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_global_invalid_addr_space);
5244     NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
5245     return;
5246   }
5247 
5248   // OpenCL v1.2 s6.8 -- The static qualifier is valid only in program
5249   // scope.
5250   if ((getLangOpts().OpenCLVersion >= 120)
5251       && NewVD->isStaticLocal()) {
5252     Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_static_function_scope);
5253     NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
5254     return;
5255   }
5256 
5257   if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && T.isObjCGCWeak()
5258       && !NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) {
5259     if (getLangOpts().getGC() != LangOptions::NonGC)
5260       Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_gc_attribute_weak_on_local);
5261     else {
5262       assert(!getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount);
5263       Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_attribute_weak_on_local);
5264     }
5265   }
5266 
5267   bool isVM = T->isVariablyModifiedType();
5268   if (isVM || NewVD->hasAttr<CleanupAttr>() ||
5269       NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>())
5270     getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope();
5271 
5272   if ((isVM && NewVD->hasLinkage()) ||
5273       (T->isVariableArrayType() && NewVD->hasGlobalStorage())) {
5274     bool SizeIsNegative;
5275     llvm::APSInt Oversized;
5276     TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo =
5277       TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TInfo, Context,
5278                                                     SizeIsNegative, Oversized);
5279     if (FixedTInfo == 0 && T->isVariableArrayType()) {
5280       const VariableArrayType *VAT = Context.getAsVariableArrayType(T);
5281       // FIXME: This won't give the correct result for
5282       // int a[10][n];
5283       SourceRange SizeRange = VAT->getSizeExpr()->getSourceRange();
5284 
5285       if (NewVD->isFileVarDecl())
5286         Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_in_file_scope)
5287         << SizeRange;
5288       else if (NewVD->isStaticLocal())
5289         Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_has_static_storage)
5290         << SizeRange;
5291       else
5292         Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_has_extern_linkage)
5293         << SizeRange;
5294       NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
5295       return;
5296     }
5297 
5298     if (FixedTInfo == 0) {
5299       if (NewVD->isFileVarDecl())
5300         Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_in_file_scope);
5301       else
5302         Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_has_extern_linkage);
5303       NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
5304       return;
5305     }
5306 
5307     Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size);
5308     NewVD->setType(FixedTInfo->getType());
5309     NewVD->setTypeSourceInfo(FixedTInfo);
5310   }
5311 
5312   if (T->isVoidType()) {
5313     // C++98 [dcl.stc]p5: The extern specifier can be applied only to the names
5314     //                    of objects and functions.
5315     if (NewVD->isThisDeclarationADefinition() || getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
5316       Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)
5317         << T;
5318       NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
5319       return;
5320     }
5321   }
5322 
5323   if (!NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) {
5324     Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_nonlocal);
5325     NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
5326     return;
5327   }
5328 
5329   if (isVM && NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) {
5330     Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_vm);
5331     NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
5332     return;
5333   }
5334 
5335   if (NewVD->isConstexpr() && !T->isDependentType() &&
5336       RequireLiteralType(NewVD->getLocation(), T,
5337                          diag::err_constexpr_var_non_literal)) {
5338     // Can't perform this check until the type is deduced.
5339     NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
5340     return;
5341   }
5342 }
5343 
5344 /// \brief Perform semantic checking on a newly-created variable
5345 /// declaration.
5346 ///
5347 /// This routine performs all of the type-checking required for a
5348 /// variable declaration once it has been built. It is used both to
5349 /// check variables after they have been parsed and their declarators
5350 /// have been translated into a declaration, and to check variables
5351 /// that have been instantiated from a template.
5352 ///
5353 /// Sets NewVD->isInvalidDecl() if an error was encountered.
5354 ///
5355 /// Returns true if the variable declaration is a redeclaration.
5356 bool Sema::CheckVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *NewVD,
5357                                     LookupResult &Previous) {
5358   CheckVariableDeclarationType(NewVD);
5359 
5360   // If the decl is already known invalid, don't check it.
5361   if (NewVD->isInvalidDecl())
5362     return false;
5363 
5364   // If we did not find anything by this name, look for a non-visible
5365   // extern "C" declaration with the same name.
5366   //
5367   // Clang has a lot of problems with extern local declarations.
5368   // The actual standards text here is:
5369   //
5370   // C++11 [basic.link]p6:
5371   //   The name of a function declared in block scope and the name
5372   //   of a variable declared by a block scope extern declaration
5373   //   have linkage. If there is a visible declaration of an entity
5374   //   with linkage having the same name and type, ignoring entities
5375   //   declared outside the innermost enclosing namespace scope, the
5376   //   block scope declaration declares that same entity and
5377   //   receives the linkage of the previous declaration.
5378   //
5379   // C11 6.2.7p4:
5380   //   For an identifier with internal or external linkage declared
5381   //   in a scope in which a prior declaration of that identifier is
5382   //   visible, if the prior declaration specifies internal or
5383   //   external linkage, the type of the identifier at the later
5384   //   declaration becomes the composite type.
5385   //
5386   // The most important point here is that we're not allowed to
5387   // update our understanding of the type according to declarations
5388   // not in scope.
5389   bool PreviousWasHidden = false;
5390   if (Previous.empty() && mayConflictWithNonVisibleExternC(NewVD)) {
5391     if (NamedDecl *ExternCPrev =
5392             findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NewVD->getDeclName())) {
5393       Previous.addDecl(ExternCPrev);
5394       PreviousWasHidden = true;
5395     }
5396   }
5397 
5398   // Filter out any non-conflicting previous declarations.
5399   filterNonConflictingPreviousDecls(Context, NewVD, Previous);
5400 
5401   if (!Previous.empty()) {
5402     MergeVarDecl(NewVD, Previous, PreviousWasHidden);
5403     return true;
5404   }
5405   return false;
5406 }
5407 
5408 /// \brief Data used with FindOverriddenMethod
5409 struct FindOverriddenMethodData {
5410   Sema *S;
5411   CXXMethodDecl *Method;
5412 };
5413 
5414 /// \brief Member lookup function that determines whether a given C++
5415 /// method overrides a method in a base class, to be used with
5416 /// CXXRecordDecl::lookupInBases().
5417 static bool FindOverriddenMethod(const CXXBaseSpecifier *Specifier,
5418                                  CXXBasePath &Path,
5419                                  void *UserData) {
5420   RecordDecl *BaseRecord = Specifier->getType()->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl();
5421 
5422   FindOverriddenMethodData *Data
5423     = reinterpret_cast<FindOverriddenMethodData*>(UserData);
5424 
5425   DeclarationName Name = Data->Method->getDeclName();
5426 
5427   // FIXME: Do we care about other names here too?
5428   if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) {
5429     // We really want to find the base class destructor here.
5430     QualType T = Data->S->Context.getTypeDeclType(BaseRecord);
5431     CanQualType CT = Data->S->Context.getCanonicalType(T);
5432 
5433     Name = Data->S->Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName(CT);
5434   }
5435 
5436   for (Path.Decls = BaseRecord->lookup(Name);
5437        !Path.Decls.empty();
5438        Path.Decls = Path.Decls.slice(1)) {
5439     NamedDecl *D = Path.Decls.front();
5440     if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) {
5441       if (MD->isVirtual() && !Data->S->IsOverload(Data->Method, MD, false))
5442         return true;
5443     }
5444   }
5445 
5446   return false;
5447 }
5448 
5449 namespace {
5450   enum OverrideErrorKind { OEK_All, OEK_NonDeleted, OEK_Deleted };
5451 }
5452 /// \brief Report an error regarding overriding, along with any relevant
5453 /// overriden methods.
5454 ///
5455 /// \param DiagID the primary error to report.
5456 /// \param MD the overriding method.
5457 /// \param OEK which overrides to include as notes.
5458 static void ReportOverrides(Sema& S, unsigned DiagID, const CXXMethodDecl *MD,
5459                             OverrideErrorKind OEK = OEK_All) {
5460   S.Diag(MD->getLocation(), DiagID) << MD->getDeclName();
5461   for (CXXMethodDecl::method_iterator I = MD->begin_overridden_methods(),
5462                                       E = MD->end_overridden_methods();
5463        I != E; ++I) {
5464     // This check (& the OEK parameter) could be replaced by a predicate, but
5465     // without lambdas that would be overkill. This is still nicer than writing
5466     // out the diag loop 3 times.
5467     if ((OEK == OEK_All) ||
5468         (OEK == OEK_NonDeleted && !(*I)->isDeleted()) ||
5469         (OEK == OEK_Deleted && (*I)->isDeleted()))
5470       S.Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::note_overridden_virtual_function);
5471   }
5472 }
5473 
5474 /// AddOverriddenMethods - See if a method overrides any in the base classes,
5475 /// and if so, check that it's a valid override and remember it.
5476 bool Sema::AddOverriddenMethods(CXXRecordDecl *DC, CXXMethodDecl *MD) {
5477   // Look for virtual methods in base classes that this method might override.
5478   CXXBasePaths Paths;
5479   FindOverriddenMethodData Data;
5480   Data.Method = MD;
5481   Data.S = this;
5482   bool hasDeletedOverridenMethods = false;
5483   bool hasNonDeletedOverridenMethods = false;
5484   bool AddedAny = false;
5485   if (DC->lookupInBases(&FindOverriddenMethod, &Data, Paths)) {
5486     for (CXXBasePaths::decl_iterator I = Paths.found_decls_begin(),
5487          E = Paths.found_decls_end(); I != E; ++I) {
5488       if (CXXMethodDecl *OldMD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(*I)) {
5489         MD->addOverriddenMethod(OldMD->getCanonicalDecl());
5490         if (!CheckOverridingFunctionReturnType(MD, OldMD) &&
5491             !CheckOverridingFunctionAttributes(MD, OldMD) &&
5492             !CheckOverridingFunctionExceptionSpec(MD, OldMD) &&
5493             !CheckIfOverriddenFunctionIsMarkedFinal(MD, OldMD)) {
5494           hasDeletedOverridenMethods |= OldMD->isDeleted();
5495           hasNonDeletedOverridenMethods |= !OldMD->isDeleted();
5496           AddedAny = true;
5497         }
5498       }
5499     }
5500   }
5501 
5502   if (hasDeletedOverridenMethods && !MD->isDeleted()) {
5503     ReportOverrides(*this, diag::err_non_deleted_override, MD, OEK_Deleted);
5504   }
5505   if (hasNonDeletedOverridenMethods && MD->isDeleted()) {
5506     ReportOverrides(*this, diag::err_deleted_override, MD, OEK_NonDeleted);
5507   }
5508 
5509   return AddedAny;
5510 }
5511 
5512 namespace {
5513   // Struct for holding all of the extra arguments needed by
5514   // DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration to call Sema::ActOnFunctionDeclarator.
5515   struct ActOnFDArgs {
5516     Scope *S;
5517     Declarator &D;
5518     MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists;
5519     bool AddToScope;
5520   };
5521 }
5522 
5523 namespace {
5524 
5525 // Callback to only accept typo corrections that have a non-zero edit distance.
5526 // Also only accept corrections that have the same parent decl.
5527 class DifferentNameValidatorCCC : public CorrectionCandidateCallback {
5528  public:
5529   DifferentNameValidatorCCC(ASTContext &Context, FunctionDecl *TypoFD,
5530                             CXXRecordDecl *Parent)
5531       : Context(Context), OriginalFD(TypoFD),
5532         ExpectedParent(Parent ? Parent->getCanonicalDecl() : 0) {}
5533 
5534   virtual bool ValidateCandidate(const TypoCorrection &candidate) {
5535     if (candidate.getEditDistance() == 0)
5536       return false;
5537 
5538     SmallVector<unsigned, 1> MismatchedParams;
5539     for (TypoCorrection::const_decl_iterator CDecl = candidate.begin(),
5540                                           CDeclEnd = candidate.end();
5541          CDecl != CDeclEnd; ++CDecl) {
5542       FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*CDecl);
5543 
5544       if (FD && !FD->hasBody() &&
5545           hasSimilarParameters(Context, FD, OriginalFD, MismatchedParams)) {
5546         if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) {
5547           CXXRecordDecl *Parent = MD->getParent();
5548           if (Parent && Parent->getCanonicalDecl() == ExpectedParent)
5549             return true;
5550         } else if (!ExpectedParent) {
5551           return true;
5552         }
5553       }
5554     }
5555 
5556     return false;
5557   }
5558 
5559  private:
5560   ASTContext &Context;
5561   FunctionDecl *OriginalFD;
5562   CXXRecordDecl *ExpectedParent;
5563 };
5564 
5565 }
5566 
5567 /// \brief Generate diagnostics for an invalid function redeclaration.
5568 ///
5569 /// This routine handles generating the diagnostic messages for an invalid
5570 /// function redeclaration, including finding possible similar declarations
5571 /// or performing typo correction if there are no previous declarations with
5572 /// the same name.
5573 ///
5574 /// Returns a NamedDecl iff typo correction was performed and substituting in
5575 /// the new declaration name does not cause new errors.
5576 static NamedDecl* DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration(
5577     Sema &SemaRef, LookupResult &Previous, FunctionDecl *NewFD,
5578     ActOnFDArgs &ExtraArgs) {
5579   NamedDecl *Result = NULL;
5580   DeclarationName Name = NewFD->getDeclName();
5581   DeclContext *NewDC = NewFD->getDeclContext();
5582   LookupResult Prev(SemaRef, Name, NewFD->getLocation(),
5583                     Sema::LookupOrdinaryName, Sema::ForRedeclaration);
5584   SmallVector<unsigned, 1> MismatchedParams;
5585   SmallVector<std::pair<FunctionDecl *, unsigned>, 1> NearMatches;
5586   TypoCorrection Correction;
5587   bool isFriendDecl = (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
5588                        ExtraArgs.D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified());
5589   unsigned DiagMsg = isFriendDecl ? diag::err_no_matching_local_friend
5590                                   : diag::err_member_def_does_not_match;
5591 
5592   NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
5593   SemaRef.LookupQualifiedName(Prev, NewDC);
5594   assert(!Prev.isAmbiguous() &&
5595          "Cannot have an ambiguity in previous-declaration lookup");
5596   CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD);
5597   DifferentNameValidatorCCC Validator(SemaRef.Context, NewFD,
5598                                       MD ? MD->getParent() : 0);
5599   if (!Prev.empty()) {
5600     for (LookupResult::iterator Func = Prev.begin(), FuncEnd = Prev.end();
5601          Func != FuncEnd; ++Func) {
5602       FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*Func);
5603       if (FD &&
5604           hasSimilarParameters(SemaRef.Context, FD, NewFD, MismatchedParams)) {
5605         // Add 1 to the index so that 0 can mean the mismatch didn't
5606         // involve a parameter
5607         unsigned ParamNum =
5608             MismatchedParams.empty() ? 0 : MismatchedParams.front() + 1;
5609         NearMatches.push_back(std::make_pair(FD, ParamNum));
5610       }
5611     }
5612   // If the qualified name lookup yielded nothing, try typo correction
5613   } else if ((Correction = SemaRef.CorrectTypo(Prev.getLookupNameInfo(),
5614                                          Prev.getLookupKind(), 0, 0,
5615                                          Validator, NewDC))) {
5616     // Trap errors.
5617     Sema::SFINAETrap Trap(SemaRef);
5618 
5619     // Set up everything for the call to ActOnFunctionDeclarator
5620     ExtraArgs.D.SetIdentifier(Correction.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(),
5621                               ExtraArgs.D.getIdentifierLoc());
5622     Previous.clear();
5623     Previous.setLookupName(Correction.getCorrection());
5624     for (TypoCorrection::decl_iterator CDecl = Correction.begin(),
5625                                     CDeclEnd = Correction.end();
5626          CDecl != CDeclEnd; ++CDecl) {
5627       FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*CDecl);
5628       if (FD && !FD->hasBody() &&
5629           hasSimilarParameters(SemaRef.Context, FD, NewFD, MismatchedParams)) {
5630         Previous.addDecl(FD);
5631       }
5632     }
5633     bool wasRedeclaration = ExtraArgs.D.isRedeclaration();
5634     // TODO: Refactor ActOnFunctionDeclarator so that we can call only the
5635     // pieces need to verify the typo-corrected C++ declaraction and hopefully
5636     // eliminate the need for the parameter pack ExtraArgs.
5637     Result = SemaRef.ActOnFunctionDeclarator(
5638         ExtraArgs.S, ExtraArgs.D,
5639         Correction.getCorrectionDecl()->getDeclContext(),
5640         NewFD->getTypeSourceInfo(), Previous, ExtraArgs.TemplateParamLists,
5641         ExtraArgs.AddToScope);
5642     if (Trap.hasErrorOccurred()) {
5643       // Pretend the typo correction never occurred
5644       ExtraArgs.D.SetIdentifier(Name.getAsIdentifierInfo(),
5645                                 ExtraArgs.D.getIdentifierLoc());
5646       ExtraArgs.D.setRedeclaration(wasRedeclaration);
5647       Previous.clear();
5648       Previous.setLookupName(Name);
5649       Result = NULL;
5650     } else {
5651       for (LookupResult::iterator Func = Previous.begin(),
5652                                FuncEnd = Previous.end();
5653            Func != FuncEnd; ++Func) {
5654         if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*Func))
5655           NearMatches.push_back(std::make_pair(FD, 0));
5656       }
5657     }
5658     if (NearMatches.empty()) {
5659       // Ignore the correction if it didn't yield any close FunctionDecl matches
5660       Correction = TypoCorrection();
5661     } else {
5662       DiagMsg = isFriendDecl ? diag::err_no_matching_local_friend_suggest
5663                              : diag::err_member_def_does_not_match_suggest;
5664     }
5665   }
5666 
5667   if (Correction) {
5668     // FIXME: use Correction.getCorrectionRange() instead of computing the range
5669     // here. This requires passing in the CXXScopeSpec to CorrectTypo which in
5670     // turn causes the correction to fully qualify the name. If we fix
5671     // CorrectTypo to minimally qualify then this change should be good.
5672     SourceRange FixItLoc(NewFD->getLocation());
5673     CXXScopeSpec &SS = ExtraArgs.D.getCXXScopeSpec();
5674     if (Correction.getCorrectionSpecifier() && SS.isValid())
5675       FixItLoc.setBegin(SS.getBeginLoc());
5676     SemaRef.Diag(NewFD->getLocStart(), DiagMsg)
5677         << Name << NewDC << Correction.getQuoted(SemaRef.getLangOpts())
5678         << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(
5679             FixItLoc, Correction.getAsString(SemaRef.getLangOpts()));
5680   } else {
5681     SemaRef.Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), DiagMsg)
5682         << Name << NewDC << NewFD->getLocation();
5683   }
5684 
5685   bool NewFDisConst = false;
5686   if (CXXMethodDecl *NewMD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD))
5687     NewFDisConst = NewMD->isConst();
5688 
5689   for (SmallVector<std::pair<FunctionDecl *, unsigned>, 1>::iterator
5690        NearMatch = NearMatches.begin(), NearMatchEnd = NearMatches.end();
5691        NearMatch != NearMatchEnd; ++NearMatch) {
5692     FunctionDecl *FD = NearMatch->first;
5693     bool FDisConst = false;
5694     if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD))
5695       FDisConst = MD->isConst();
5696 
5697     if (unsigned Idx = NearMatch->second) {
5698       ParmVarDecl *FDParam = FD->getParamDecl(Idx-1);
5699       SourceLocation Loc = FDParam->getTypeSpecStartLoc();
5700       if (Loc.isInvalid()) Loc = FD->getLocation();
5701       SemaRef.Diag(Loc, diag::note_member_def_close_param_match)
5702           << Idx << FDParam->getType() << NewFD->getParamDecl(Idx-1)->getType();
5703     } else if (Correction) {
5704       SemaRef.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl)
5705           << Correction.getQuoted(SemaRef.getLangOpts());
5706     } else if (FDisConst != NewFDisConst) {
5707       SemaRef.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::note_member_def_close_const_match)
5708           << NewFDisConst << FD->getSourceRange().getEnd();
5709     } else
5710       SemaRef.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::note_member_def_close_match);
5711   }
5712   return Result;
5713 }
5714 
5715 static FunctionDecl::StorageClass getFunctionStorageClass(Sema &SemaRef,
5716                                                           Declarator &D) {
5717   switch (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec()) {
5718   default: llvm_unreachable("Unknown storage class!");
5719   case DeclSpec::SCS_auto:
5720   case DeclSpec::SCS_register:
5721   case DeclSpec::SCS_mutable:
5722     SemaRef.Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
5723                  diag::err_typecheck_sclass_func);
5724     D.setInvalidType();
5725     break;
5726   case DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified: break;
5727   case DeclSpec::SCS_extern:
5728     if (D.getDeclSpec().isExternInLinkageSpec())
5729       return SC_None;
5730     return SC_Extern;
5731   case DeclSpec::SCS_static: {
5732     if (SemaRef.CurContext->getRedeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) {
5733       // C99 6.7.1p5:
5734       //   The declaration of an identifier for a function that has
5735       //   block scope shall have no explicit storage-class specifier
5736       //   other than extern
5737       // See also (C++ [dcl.stc]p4).
5738       SemaRef.Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
5739                    diag::err_static_block_func);
5740       break;
5741     } else
5742       return SC_Static;
5743   }
5744   case DeclSpec::SCS_private_extern: return SC_PrivateExtern;
5745   }
5746 
5747   // No explicit storage class has already been returned
5748   return SC_None;
5749 }
5750 
5751 static FunctionDecl* CreateNewFunctionDecl(Sema &SemaRef, Declarator &D,
5752                                            DeclContext *DC, QualType &R,
5753                                            TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
5754                                            FunctionDecl::StorageClass SC,
5755                                            bool &IsVirtualOkay) {
5756   DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo = SemaRef.GetNameForDeclarator(D);
5757   DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName();
5758 
5759   FunctionDecl *NewFD = 0;
5760   bool isInline = D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified();
5761 
5762   if (!SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
5763     // Determine whether the function was written with a
5764     // prototype. This true when:
5765     //   - there is a prototype in the declarator, or
5766     //   - the type R of the function is some kind of typedef or other reference
5767     //     to a type name (which eventually refers to a function type).
5768     bool HasPrototype =
5769       (D.isFunctionDeclarator() && D.getFunctionTypeInfo().hasPrototype) ||
5770       (!isa<FunctionType>(R.getTypePtr()) && R->isFunctionProtoType());
5771 
5772     NewFD = FunctionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, DC,
5773                                  D.getLocStart(), NameInfo, R,
5774                                  TInfo, SC, isInline,
5775                                  HasPrototype, false);
5776     if (D.isInvalidType())
5777       NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
5778 
5779     // Set the lexical context.
5780     NewFD->setLexicalDeclContext(SemaRef.CurContext);
5781 
5782     return NewFD;
5783   }
5784 
5785   bool isExplicit = D.getDeclSpec().isExplicitSpecified();
5786   bool isConstexpr = D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified();
5787 
5788   // Check that the return type is not an abstract class type.
5789   // For record types, this is done by the AbstractClassUsageDiagnoser once
5790   // the class has been completely parsed.
5791   if (!DC->isRecord() &&
5792       SemaRef.RequireNonAbstractType(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
5793                                      R->getAs<FunctionType>()->getResultType(),
5794                                      diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl,
5795                                      SemaRef.AbstractReturnType))
5796     D.setInvalidType();
5797 
5798   if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConstructorName) {
5799     // This is a C++ constructor declaration.
5800     assert(DC->isRecord() &&
5801            "Constructors can only be declared in a member context");
5802 
5803     R = SemaRef.CheckConstructorDeclarator(D, R, SC);
5804     return CXXConstructorDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC),
5805                                       D.getLocStart(), NameInfo,
5806                                       R, TInfo, isExplicit, isInline,
5807                                       /*isImplicitlyDeclared=*/false,
5808                                       isConstexpr);
5809 
5810   } else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) {
5811     // This is a C++ destructor declaration.
5812     if (DC->isRecord()) {
5813       R = SemaRef.CheckDestructorDeclarator(D, R, SC);
5814       CXXRecordDecl *Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC);
5815       CXXDestructorDecl *NewDD = CXXDestructorDecl::Create(
5816                                         SemaRef.Context, Record,
5817                                         D.getLocStart(),
5818                                         NameInfo, R, TInfo, isInline,
5819                                         /*isImplicitlyDeclared=*/false);
5820 
5821       // If the class is complete, then we now create the implicit exception
5822       // specification. If the class is incomplete or dependent, we can't do
5823       // it yet.
5824       if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && !Record->isDependentType() &&
5825           Record->getDefinition() && !Record->isBeingDefined() &&
5826           R->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()->getExceptionSpecType() == EST_None) {
5827         SemaRef.AdjustDestructorExceptionSpec(Record, NewDD);
5828       }
5829 
5830       // The Microsoft ABI requires that we perform the destructor body
5831       // checks (i.e. operator delete() lookup) at every declaration, as
5832       // any translation unit may need to emit a deleting destructor.
5833       if (SemaRef.Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().isMicrosoft() &&
5834           !Record->isDependentType() && Record->getDefinition() &&
5835           !Record->isBeingDefined()) {
5836         SemaRef.CheckDestructor(NewDD);
5837       }
5838 
5839       IsVirtualOkay = true;
5840       return NewDD;
5841 
5842     } else {
5843       SemaRef.Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_destructor_not_member);
5844       D.setInvalidType();
5845 
5846       // Create a FunctionDecl to satisfy the function definition parsing
5847       // code path.
5848       return FunctionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, DC,
5849                                   D.getLocStart(),
5850                                   D.getIdentifierLoc(), Name, R, TInfo,
5851                                   SC, isInline,
5852                                   /*hasPrototype=*/true, isConstexpr);
5853     }
5854 
5855   } else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConversionFunctionName) {
5856     if (!DC->isRecord()) {
5857       SemaRef.Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
5858            diag::err_conv_function_not_member);
5859       return 0;
5860     }
5861 
5862     SemaRef.CheckConversionDeclarator(D, R, SC);
5863     IsVirtualOkay = true;
5864     return CXXConversionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC),
5865                                      D.getLocStart(), NameInfo,
5866                                      R, TInfo, isInline, isExplicit,
5867                                      isConstexpr, SourceLocation());
5868 
5869   } else if (DC->isRecord()) {
5870     // If the name of the function is the same as the name of the record,
5871     // then this must be an invalid constructor that has a return type.
5872     // (The parser checks for a return type and makes the declarator a
5873     // constructor if it has no return type).
5874     if (Name.getAsIdentifierInfo() &&
5875         Name.getAsIdentifierInfo() == cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)->getIdentifier()){
5876       SemaRef.Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_constructor_return_type)
5877         << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getTypeSpecTypeLoc())
5878         << SourceRange(D.getIdentifierLoc());
5879       return 0;
5880     }
5881 
5882     // This is a C++ method declaration.
5883     CXXMethodDecl *Ret = CXXMethodDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context,
5884                                                cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC),
5885                                                D.getLocStart(), NameInfo, R,
5886                                                TInfo, SC, isInline,
5887                                                isConstexpr, SourceLocation());
5888     IsVirtualOkay = !Ret->isStatic();
5889     return Ret;
5890   } else {
5891     // Determine whether the function was written with a
5892     // prototype. This true when:
5893     //   - we're in C++ (where every function has a prototype),
5894     return FunctionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, DC,
5895                                 D.getLocStart(),
5896                                 NameInfo, R, TInfo, SC, isInline,
5897                                 true/*HasPrototype*/, isConstexpr);
5898   }
5899 }
5900 
5901 void Sema::checkVoidParamDecl(ParmVarDecl *Param) {
5902   // In C++, the empty parameter-type-list must be spelled "void"; a
5903   // typedef of void is not permitted.
5904   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
5905       Param->getType().getUnqualifiedType() != Context.VoidTy) {
5906     bool IsTypeAlias = false;
5907     if (const TypedefType *TT = Param->getType()->getAs<TypedefType>())
5908       IsTypeAlias = isa<TypeAliasDecl>(TT->getDecl());
5909     else if (const TemplateSpecializationType *TST =
5910                Param->getType()->getAs<TemplateSpecializationType>())
5911       IsTypeAlias = TST->isTypeAlias();
5912     Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_param_typedef_of_void)
5913       << IsTypeAlias;
5914   }
5915 }
5916 
5917 NamedDecl*
5918 Sema::ActOnFunctionDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, DeclContext *DC,
5919                               TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, LookupResult &Previous,
5920                               MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists,
5921                               bool &AddToScope) {
5922   QualType R = TInfo->getType();
5923 
5924   assert(R.getTypePtr()->isFunctionType());
5925 
5926   // TODO: consider using NameInfo for diagnostic.
5927   DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo = GetNameForDeclarator(D);
5928   DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName();
5929   FunctionDecl::StorageClass SC = getFunctionStorageClass(*this, D);
5930 
5931   if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpec())
5932     Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(),
5933          diag::err_invalid_thread)
5934       << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS);
5935 
5936   bool isFriend = false;
5937   FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate = 0;
5938   bool isExplicitSpecialization = false;
5939   bool isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = false;
5940 
5941   bool isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization = false;
5942   bool HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false;
5943   TemplateArgumentListInfo TemplateArgs;
5944 
5945   bool isVirtualOkay = false;
5946 
5947   FunctionDecl *NewFD = CreateNewFunctionDecl(*this, D, DC, R, TInfo, SC,
5948                                               isVirtualOkay);
5949   if (!NewFD) return 0;
5950 
5951   if (OriginalLexicalContext && OriginalLexicalContext->isObjCContainer())
5952     NewFD->setTopLevelDeclInObjCContainer();
5953 
5954   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
5955     bool isInline = D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified();
5956     bool isVirtual = D.getDeclSpec().isVirtualSpecified();
5957     bool isExplicit = D.getDeclSpec().isExplicitSpecified();
5958     bool isConstexpr = D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified();
5959     isFriend = D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified();
5960     if (isFriend && !isInline && D.isFunctionDefinition()) {
5961       // C++ [class.friend]p5
5962       //   A function can be defined in a friend declaration of a
5963       //   class . . . . Such a function is implicitly inline.
5964       NewFD->setImplicitlyInline();
5965     }
5966 
5967     // If this is a method defined in an __interface, and is not a constructor
5968     // or an overloaded operator, then set the pure flag (isVirtual will already
5969     // return true).
5970     if (const CXXRecordDecl *Parent =
5971           dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(NewFD->getDeclContext())) {
5972       if (Parent->isInterface() && cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)->isUserProvided())
5973         NewFD->setPure(true);
5974     }
5975 
5976     SetNestedNameSpecifier(NewFD, D);
5977     isExplicitSpecialization = false;
5978     isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = false;
5979     if (D.isInvalidType())
5980       NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
5981 
5982     // Set the lexical context. If the declarator has a C++
5983     // scope specifier, or is the object of a friend declaration, the
5984     // lexical context will be different from the semantic context.
5985     NewFD->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext);
5986 
5987     // Match up the template parameter lists with the scope specifier, then
5988     // determine whether we have a template or a template specialization.
5989     bool Invalid = false;
5990     if (TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams
5991           = MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier(
5992                                   D.getDeclSpec().getLocStart(),
5993                                   D.getIdentifierLoc(),
5994                                   D.getCXXScopeSpec(),
5995                                   TemplateParamLists.data(),
5996                                   TemplateParamLists.size(),
5997                                   isFriend,
5998                                   isExplicitSpecialization,
5999                                   Invalid)) {
6000       if (TemplateParams->size() > 0) {
6001         // This is a function template
6002 
6003         // Check that we can declare a template here.
6004         if (CheckTemplateDeclScope(S, TemplateParams))
6005           return 0;
6006 
6007         // A destructor cannot be a template.
6008         if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) {
6009           Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_destructor_template);
6010           return 0;
6011         }
6012 
6013         // If we're adding a template to a dependent context, we may need to
6014         // rebuilding some of the types used within the template parameter list,
6015         // now that we know what the current instantiation is.
6016         if (DC->isDependentContext()) {
6017           ContextRAII SavedContext(*this, DC);
6018           if (RebuildTemplateParamsInCurrentInstantiation(TemplateParams))
6019             Invalid = true;
6020         }
6021 
6022 
6023         FunctionTemplate = FunctionTemplateDecl::Create(Context, DC,
6024                                                         NewFD->getLocation(),
6025                                                         Name, TemplateParams,
6026                                                         NewFD);
6027         FunctionTemplate->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext);
6028         NewFD->setDescribedFunctionTemplate(FunctionTemplate);
6029 
6030         // For source fidelity, store the other template param lists.
6031         if (TemplateParamLists.size() > 1) {
6032           NewFD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context,
6033                                                TemplateParamLists.size() - 1,
6034                                                TemplateParamLists.data());
6035         }
6036       } else {
6037         // This is a function template specialization.
6038         isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = true;
6039         // For source fidelity, store all the template param lists.
6040         NewFD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context,
6041                                              TemplateParamLists.size(),
6042                                              TemplateParamLists.data());
6043 
6044         // C++0x [temp.expl.spec]p20 forbids "template<> friend void foo(int);".
6045         if (isFriend) {
6046           // We want to remove the "template<>", found here.
6047           SourceRange RemoveRange = TemplateParams->getSourceRange();
6048 
6049           // If we remove the template<> and the name is not a
6050           // template-id, we're actually silently creating a problem:
6051           // the friend declaration will refer to an untemplated decl,
6052           // and clearly the user wants a template specialization.  So
6053           // we need to insert '<>' after the name.
6054           SourceLocation InsertLoc;
6055           if (D.getName().getKind() != UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) {
6056             InsertLoc = D.getName().getSourceRange().getEnd();
6057             InsertLoc = PP.getLocForEndOfToken(InsertLoc);
6058           }
6059 
6060           Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_spec_decl_friend)
6061             << Name << RemoveRange
6062             << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(RemoveRange)
6063             << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(InsertLoc, "<>");
6064         }
6065       }
6066     }
6067     else {
6068       // All template param lists were matched against the scope specifier:
6069       // this is NOT (an explicit specialization of) a template.
6070       if (TemplateParamLists.size() > 0)
6071         // For source fidelity, store all the template param lists.
6072         NewFD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context,
6073                                              TemplateParamLists.size(),
6074                                              TemplateParamLists.data());
6075     }
6076 
6077     if (Invalid) {
6078       NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
6079       if (FunctionTemplate)
6080         FunctionTemplate->setInvalidDecl();
6081     }
6082 
6083     // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p5:
6084     //   The virtual specifier shall only be used in declarations of
6085     //   nonstatic class member functions that appear within a
6086     //   member-specification of a class declaration; see 10.3.
6087     //
6088     if (isVirtual && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) {
6089       if (!isVirtualOkay) {
6090         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(),
6091              diag::err_virtual_non_function);
6092       } else if (!CurContext->isRecord()) {
6093         // 'virtual' was specified outside of the class.
6094         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(),
6095              diag::err_virtual_out_of_class)
6096           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc());
6097       } else if (NewFD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) {
6098         // C++ [temp.mem]p3:
6099         //  A member function template shall not be virtual.
6100         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(),
6101              diag::err_virtual_member_function_template)
6102           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc());
6103       } else {
6104         // Okay: Add virtual to the method.
6105         NewFD->setVirtualAsWritten(true);
6106       }
6107 
6108       if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus1y &&
6109           NewFD->getResultType()->isUndeducedType())
6110         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), diag::err_auto_fn_virtual);
6111     }
6112 
6113     // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p3:
6114     //  The inline specifier shall not appear on a block scope function
6115     //  declaration.
6116     if (isInline && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) {
6117       if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod()) {
6118         // 'inline' is not allowed on block scope function declaration.
6119         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(),
6120              diag::err_inline_declaration_block_scope) << Name
6121           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc());
6122       }
6123     }
6124 
6125     // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p6:
6126     //  The explicit specifier shall be used only in the declaration of a
6127     //  constructor or conversion function within its class definition;
6128     //  see 12.3.1 and 12.3.2.
6129     if (isExplicit && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) {
6130       if (!CurContext->isRecord()) {
6131         // 'explicit' was specified outside of the class.
6132         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc(),
6133              diag::err_explicit_out_of_class)
6134           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc());
6135       } else if (!isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(NewFD) &&
6136                  !isa<CXXConversionDecl>(NewFD)) {
6137         // 'explicit' was specified on a function that wasn't a constructor
6138         // or conversion function.
6139         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc(),
6140              diag::err_explicit_non_ctor_or_conv_function)
6141           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc());
6142       }
6143     }
6144 
6145     if (isConstexpr) {
6146       // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p2: constexpr functions and constexpr constructors
6147       // are implicitly inline.
6148       NewFD->setImplicitlyInline();
6149 
6150       // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p3: functions declared constexpr are required to
6151       // be either constructors or to return a literal type. Therefore,
6152       // destructors cannot be declared constexpr.
6153       if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewFD))
6154         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_dtor);
6155     }
6156 
6157     // If __module_private__ was specified, mark the function accordingly.
6158     if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) {
6159       if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) {
6160         SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc
6161           = D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc();
6162         Diag(ModulePrivateLoc, diag::err_module_private_specialization)
6163           << 0
6164           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(ModulePrivateLoc);
6165       } else {
6166         NewFD->setModulePrivate();
6167         if (FunctionTemplate)
6168           FunctionTemplate->setModulePrivate();
6169       }
6170     }
6171 
6172     if (isFriend) {
6173       // For now, claim that the objects have no previous declaration.
6174       if (FunctionTemplate) {
6175         FunctionTemplate->setObjectOfFriendDecl(false);
6176         FunctionTemplate->setAccess(AS_public);
6177       }
6178       NewFD->setObjectOfFriendDecl(false);
6179       NewFD->setAccess(AS_public);
6180     }
6181 
6182     // If a function is defined as defaulted or deleted, mark it as such now.
6183     switch (D.getFunctionDefinitionKind()) {
6184       case FDK_Declaration:
6185       case FDK_Definition:
6186         break;
6187 
6188       case FDK_Defaulted:
6189         NewFD->setDefaulted();
6190         break;
6191 
6192       case FDK_Deleted:
6193         NewFD->setDeletedAsWritten();
6194         break;
6195     }
6196 
6197     if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD) && DC == CurContext &&
6198         D.isFunctionDefinition()) {
6199       // C++ [class.mfct]p2:
6200       //   A member function may be defined (8.4) in its class definition, in
6201       //   which case it is an inline member function (7.1.2)
6202       NewFD->setImplicitlyInline();
6203     }
6204 
6205     if (SC == SC_Static && isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD) &&
6206         !CurContext->isRecord()) {
6207       // C++ [class.static]p1:
6208       //   A data or function member of a class may be declared static
6209       //   in a class definition, in which case it is a static member of
6210       //   the class.
6211 
6212       // Complain about the 'static' specifier if it's on an out-of-line
6213       // member function definition.
6214       Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
6215            diag::err_static_out_of_line)
6216         << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc());
6217     }
6218 
6219     // C++11 [except.spec]p15:
6220     //   A deallocation function with no exception-specification is treated
6221     //   as if it were specified with noexcept(true).
6222     const FunctionProtoType *FPT = R->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
6223     if ((Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Delete ||
6224          Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Array_Delete) &&
6225         getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && FPT && !FPT->hasExceptionSpec()) {
6226       FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI = FPT->getExtProtoInfo();
6227       EPI.ExceptionSpecType = EST_BasicNoexcept;
6228       NewFD->setType(Context.getFunctionType(FPT->getResultType(),
6229                                              FPT->getArgTypes(), EPI));
6230     }
6231   }
6232 
6233   // Filter out previous declarations that don't match the scope.
6234   FilterLookupForScope(Previous, DC, S, shouldConsiderLinkage(NewFD),
6235                        isExplicitSpecialization ||
6236                        isFunctionTemplateSpecialization);
6237 
6238   // Handle GNU asm-label extension (encoded as an attribute).
6239   if (Expr *E = (Expr*) D.getAsmLabel()) {
6240     // The parser guarantees this is a string.
6241     StringLiteral *SE = cast<StringLiteral>(E);
6242     NewFD->addAttr(::new (Context) AsmLabelAttr(SE->getStrTokenLoc(0), Context,
6243                                                 SE->getString()));
6244   } else if (!ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.empty()) {
6245     llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo*,AsmLabelAttr*>::iterator I =
6246       ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.find(NewFD->getIdentifier());
6247     if (I != ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.end()) {
6248       NewFD->addAttr(I->second);
6249       ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.erase(I);
6250     }
6251   }
6252 
6253   // Copy the parameter declarations from the declarator D to the function
6254   // declaration NewFD, if they are available.  First scavenge them into Params.
6255   SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params;
6256   if (D.isFunctionDeclarator()) {
6257     DeclaratorChunk::FunctionTypeInfo &FTI = D.getFunctionTypeInfo();
6258 
6259     // Check for C99 6.7.5.3p10 - foo(void) is a non-varargs
6260     // function that takes no arguments, not a function that takes a
6261     // single void argument.
6262     // We let through "const void" here because Sema::GetTypeForDeclarator
6263     // already checks for that case.
6264     if (FTI.NumArgs == 1 && !FTI.isVariadic && FTI.ArgInfo[0].Ident == 0 &&
6265         FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param &&
6266         cast<ParmVarDecl>(FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param)->getType()->isVoidType()) {
6267       // Empty arg list, don't push any params.
6268       checkVoidParamDecl(cast<ParmVarDecl>(FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param));
6269     } else if (FTI.NumArgs > 0 && FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param != 0) {
6270       for (unsigned i = 0, e = FTI.NumArgs; i != e; ++i) {
6271         ParmVarDecl *Param = cast<ParmVarDecl>(FTI.ArgInfo[i].Param);
6272         assert(Param->getDeclContext() != NewFD && "Was set before ?");
6273         Param->setDeclContext(NewFD);
6274         Params.push_back(Param);
6275 
6276         if (Param->isInvalidDecl())
6277           NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
6278       }
6279     }
6280 
6281   } else if (const FunctionProtoType *FT = R->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) {
6282     // When we're declaring a function with a typedef, typeof, etc as in the
6283     // following example, we'll need to synthesize (unnamed)
6284     // parameters for use in the declaration.
6285     //
6286     // @code
6287     // typedef void fn(int);
6288     // fn f;
6289     // @endcode
6290 
6291     // Synthesize a parameter for each argument type.
6292     for (FunctionProtoType::arg_type_iterator AI = FT->arg_type_begin(),
6293          AE = FT->arg_type_end(); AI != AE; ++AI) {
6294       ParmVarDecl *Param =
6295         BuildParmVarDeclForTypedef(NewFD, D.getIdentifierLoc(), *AI);
6296       Param->setScopeInfo(0, Params.size());
6297       Params.push_back(Param);
6298     }
6299   } else {
6300     assert(R->isFunctionNoProtoType() && NewFD->getNumParams() == 0 &&
6301            "Should not need args for typedef of non-prototype fn");
6302   }
6303 
6304   // Finally, we know we have the right number of parameters, install them.
6305   NewFD->setParams(Params);
6306 
6307   // Find all anonymous symbols defined during the declaration of this function
6308   // and add to NewFD. This lets us track decls such 'enum Y' in:
6309   //
6310   //   void f(enum Y {AA} x) {}
6311   //
6312   // which would otherwise incorrectly end up in the translation unit scope.
6313   NewFD->setDeclsInPrototypeScope(DeclsInPrototypeScope);
6314   DeclsInPrototypeScope.clear();
6315 
6316   if (D.getDeclSpec().isNoreturnSpecified())
6317     NewFD->addAttr(
6318         ::new(Context) C11NoReturnAttr(D.getDeclSpec().getNoreturnSpecLoc(),
6319                                        Context));
6320 
6321   // Process the non-inheritable attributes on this declaration.
6322   ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewFD, D,
6323                         /*NonInheritable=*/true, /*Inheritable=*/false);
6324 
6325   // Functions returning a variably modified type violate C99 6.7.5.2p2
6326   // because all functions have linkage.
6327   if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() &&
6328       NewFD->getResultType()->isVariablyModifiedType()) {
6329     Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_func_decl);
6330     NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
6331   }
6332 
6333   // Handle attributes.
6334   ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewFD, D,
6335                         /*NonInheritable=*/false, /*Inheritable=*/true);
6336 
6337   QualType RetType = NewFD->getResultType();
6338   const CXXRecordDecl *Ret = RetType->isRecordType() ?
6339       RetType->getAsCXXRecordDecl() : RetType->getPointeeCXXRecordDecl();
6340   if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && !NewFD->hasAttr<WarnUnusedResultAttr>() &&
6341       Ret && Ret->hasAttr<WarnUnusedResultAttr>()) {
6342     const CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD);
6343     if (!(MD && MD->getCorrespondingMethodInClass(Ret, true))) {
6344       NewFD->addAttr(new (Context) WarnUnusedResultAttr(SourceRange(),
6345                                                         Context));
6346     }
6347   }
6348 
6349   if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
6350     // Perform semantic checking on the function declaration.
6351     bool isExplicitSpecialization=false;
6352     if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) {
6353       if (NewFD->isMain())
6354         CheckMain(NewFD, D.getDeclSpec());
6355       D.setRedeclaration(CheckFunctionDeclaration(S, NewFD, Previous,
6356                                                   isExplicitSpecialization));
6357     }
6358     // Make graceful recovery from an invalid redeclaration.
6359     else if (!Previous.empty())
6360            D.setRedeclaration(true);
6361     assert((NewFD->isInvalidDecl() || !D.isRedeclaration() ||
6362             Previous.getResultKind() != LookupResult::FoundOverloaded) &&
6363            "previous declaration set still overloaded");
6364   } else {
6365     // If the declarator is a template-id, translate the parser's template
6366     // argument list into our AST format.
6367     if (D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) {
6368       TemplateIdAnnotation *TemplateId = D.getName().TemplateId;
6369       TemplateArgs.setLAngleLoc(TemplateId->LAngleLoc);
6370       TemplateArgs.setRAngleLoc(TemplateId->RAngleLoc);
6371       ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgsPtr(TemplateId->getTemplateArgs(),
6372                                          TemplateId->NumArgs);
6373       translateTemplateArguments(TemplateArgsPtr,
6374                                  TemplateArgs);
6375 
6376       HasExplicitTemplateArgs = true;
6377 
6378       if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) {
6379         HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false;
6380       } else if (FunctionTemplate) {
6381         // Function template with explicit template arguments.
6382         Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_function_template_partial_spec)
6383           << SourceRange(TemplateId->LAngleLoc, TemplateId->RAngleLoc);
6384 
6385         HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false;
6386       } else if (!isFunctionTemplateSpecialization &&
6387                  !D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified()) {
6388         // We have encountered something that the user meant to be a
6389         // specialization (because it has explicitly-specified template
6390         // arguments) but that was not introduced with a "template<>" (or had
6391         // too few of them).
6392         Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_spec_needs_header)
6393           << SourceRange(TemplateId->LAngleLoc, TemplateId->RAngleLoc)
6394           << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(
6395                                     D.getDeclSpec().getLocStart(),
6396                                         "template<> ");
6397         isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = true;
6398       } else {
6399         // "friend void foo<>(int);" is an implicit specialization decl.
6400         isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = true;
6401       }
6402     } else if (isFriend && isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) {
6403       // This combination is only possible in a recovery case;  the user
6404       // wrote something like:
6405       //   template <> friend void foo(int);
6406       // which we're recovering from as if the user had written:
6407       //   friend void foo<>(int);
6408       // Go ahead and fake up a template id.
6409       HasExplicitTemplateArgs = true;
6410         TemplateArgs.setLAngleLoc(D.getIdentifierLoc());
6411       TemplateArgs.setRAngleLoc(D.getIdentifierLoc());
6412     }
6413 
6414     // If it's a friend (and only if it's a friend), it's possible
6415     // that either the specialized function type or the specialized
6416     // template is dependent, and therefore matching will fail.  In
6417     // this case, don't check the specialization yet.
6418     bool InstantiationDependent = false;
6419     if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization && isFriend &&
6420         (NewFD->getType()->isDependentType() || DC->isDependentContext() ||
6421          TemplateSpecializationType::anyDependentTemplateArguments(
6422             TemplateArgs.getArgumentArray(), TemplateArgs.size(),
6423             InstantiationDependent))) {
6424       assert(HasExplicitTemplateArgs &&
6425              "friend function specialization without template args");
6426       if (CheckDependentFunctionTemplateSpecialization(NewFD, TemplateArgs,
6427                                                        Previous))
6428         NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
6429     } else if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) {
6430       if (CurContext->isDependentContext() && CurContext->isRecord()
6431           && !isFriend) {
6432         isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization = true;
6433         Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt ?
6434           diag::ext_function_specialization_in_class :
6435           diag::err_function_specialization_in_class)
6436           << NewFD->getDeclName();
6437       } else if (CheckFunctionTemplateSpecialization(NewFD,
6438                                   (HasExplicitTemplateArgs ? &TemplateArgs : 0),
6439                                                      Previous))
6440         NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
6441 
6442       // C++ [dcl.stc]p1:
6443       //   A storage-class-specifier shall not be specified in an explicit
6444       //   specialization (14.7.3)
6445       FunctionTemplateSpecializationInfo *Info =
6446           NewFD->getTemplateSpecializationInfo();
6447       if (Info && SC != SC_None) {
6448         if (SC != Info->getTemplate()->getTemplatedDecl()->getStorageClass())
6449           Diag(NewFD->getLocation(),
6450                diag::err_explicit_specialization_inconsistent_storage_class)
6451             << SC
6452             << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(
6453                                       D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc());
6454 
6455         else
6456           Diag(NewFD->getLocation(),
6457                diag::ext_explicit_specialization_storage_class)
6458             << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(
6459                                       D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc());
6460       }
6461 
6462     } else if (isExplicitSpecialization && isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) {
6463       if (CheckMemberSpecialization(NewFD, Previous))
6464           NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
6465     }
6466 
6467     // Perform semantic checking on the function declaration.
6468     if (!isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization) {
6469       if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) {
6470         // If this is a class member, mark the class invalid immediately.
6471         // This avoids some consistency errors later.
6472         if (CXXMethodDecl* methodDecl = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD))
6473           methodDecl->getParent()->setInvalidDecl();
6474       } else {
6475         if (NewFD->isMain())
6476           CheckMain(NewFD, D.getDeclSpec());
6477         D.setRedeclaration(CheckFunctionDeclaration(S, NewFD, Previous,
6478                                                     isExplicitSpecialization));
6479       }
6480     }
6481 
6482     assert((NewFD->isInvalidDecl() || !D.isRedeclaration() ||
6483             Previous.getResultKind() != LookupResult::FoundOverloaded) &&
6484            "previous declaration set still overloaded");
6485 
6486     NamedDecl *PrincipalDecl = (FunctionTemplate
6487                                 ? cast<NamedDecl>(FunctionTemplate)
6488                                 : NewFD);
6489 
6490     if (isFriend && D.isRedeclaration()) {
6491       AccessSpecifier Access = AS_public;
6492       if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl())
6493         Access = NewFD->getPreviousDecl()->getAccess();
6494 
6495       NewFD->setAccess(Access);
6496       if (FunctionTemplate) FunctionTemplate->setAccess(Access);
6497 
6498       PrincipalDecl->setObjectOfFriendDecl(true);
6499     }
6500 
6501     if (NewFD->isOverloadedOperator() && !DC->isRecord() &&
6502         PrincipalDecl->isInIdentifierNamespace(Decl::IDNS_Ordinary))
6503       PrincipalDecl->setNonMemberOperator();
6504 
6505     // If we have a function template, check the template parameter
6506     // list. This will check and merge default template arguments.
6507     if (FunctionTemplate) {
6508       FunctionTemplateDecl *PrevTemplate =
6509                                      FunctionTemplate->getPreviousDecl();
6510       CheckTemplateParameterList(FunctionTemplate->getTemplateParameters(),
6511                        PrevTemplate ? PrevTemplate->getTemplateParameters() : 0,
6512                             D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified()
6513                               ? (D.isFunctionDefinition()
6514                                    ? TPC_FriendFunctionTemplateDefinition
6515                                    : TPC_FriendFunctionTemplate)
6516                               : (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet() &&
6517                                  DC && DC->isRecord() &&
6518                                  DC->isDependentContext())
6519                                   ? TPC_ClassTemplateMember
6520                                   : TPC_FunctionTemplate);
6521     }
6522 
6523     if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) {
6524       // Ignore all the rest of this.
6525     } else if (!D.isRedeclaration()) {
6526       struct ActOnFDArgs ExtraArgs = { S, D, TemplateParamLists,
6527                                        AddToScope };
6528       // Fake up an access specifier if it's supposed to be a class member.
6529       if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(NewFD->getDeclContext()))
6530         NewFD->setAccess(AS_public);
6531 
6532       // Qualified decls generally require a previous declaration.
6533       if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) {
6534         // ...with the major exception of templated-scope or
6535         // dependent-scope friend declarations.
6536 
6537         // TODO: we currently also suppress this check in dependent
6538         // contexts because (1) the parameter depth will be off when
6539         // matching friend templates and (2) we might actually be
6540         // selecting a friend based on a dependent factor.  But there
6541         // are situations where these conditions don't apply and we
6542         // can actually do this check immediately.
6543         if (isFriend &&
6544             (TemplateParamLists.size() ||
6545              D.getCXXScopeSpec().getScopeRep()->isDependent() ||
6546              CurContext->isDependentContext())) {
6547           // ignore these
6548         } else {
6549           // The user tried to provide an out-of-line definition for a
6550           // function that is a member of a class or namespace, but there
6551           // was no such member function declared (C++ [class.mfct]p2,
6552           // C++ [namespace.memdef]p2). For example:
6553           //
6554           // class X {
6555           //   void f() const;
6556           // };
6557           //
6558           // void X::f() { } // ill-formed
6559           //
6560           // Complain about this problem, and attempt to suggest close
6561           // matches (e.g., those that differ only in cv-qualifiers and
6562           // whether the parameter types are references).
6563 
6564           if (NamedDecl *Result = DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration(*this, Previous,
6565                                                                NewFD,
6566                                                                ExtraArgs)) {
6567             AddToScope = ExtraArgs.AddToScope;
6568             return Result;
6569           }
6570         }
6571 
6572         // Unqualified local friend declarations are required to resolve
6573         // to something.
6574       } else if (isFriend && cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext)->isLocalClass()) {
6575         if (NamedDecl *Result = DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration(*this, Previous,
6576                                                              NewFD,
6577                                                              ExtraArgs)) {
6578           AddToScope = ExtraArgs.AddToScope;
6579           return Result;
6580         }
6581       }
6582 
6583     } else if (!D.isFunctionDefinition() && D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet() &&
6584                !isFriend && !isFunctionTemplateSpecialization &&
6585                !isExplicitSpecialization) {
6586       // An out-of-line member function declaration must also be a
6587       // definition (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1).
6588       // Note that this is not the case for explicit specializations of
6589       // function templates or member functions of class templates, per
6590       // C++ [temp.expl.spec]p2. We also allow these declarations as an
6591       // extension for compatibility with old SWIG code which likes to
6592       // generate them.
6593       Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::ext_out_of_line_declaration)
6594         << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange();
6595     }
6596   }
6597 
6598   ProcessPragmaWeak(S, NewFD);
6599   checkAttributesAfterMerging(*this, *NewFD);
6600 
6601   AddKnownFunctionAttributes(NewFD);
6602 
6603   if (NewFD->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>() &&
6604       !NewFD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) {
6605     Diag(NewFD->getLocation(),
6606          diag::err_attribute_overloadable_no_prototype)
6607       << NewFD;
6608 
6609     // Turn this into a variadic function with no parameters.
6610     const FunctionType *FT = NewFD->getType()->getAs<FunctionType>();
6611     FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI;
6612     EPI.Variadic = true;
6613     EPI.ExtInfo = FT->getExtInfo();
6614 
6615     QualType R = Context.getFunctionType(FT->getResultType(), None, EPI);
6616     NewFD->setType(R);
6617   }
6618 
6619   // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, and this isn't a class
6620   // member, set the visibility of this function.
6621   if (!DC->isRecord() && NewFD->isExternallyVisible())
6622     AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(NewFD);
6623 
6624   // If there's a #pragma clang arc_cf_code_audited in scope, consider
6625   // marking the function.
6626   AddCFAuditedAttribute(NewFD);
6627 
6628   // If this is the first declaration of an extern C variable that is not
6629   // declared directly in the translation unit, update the map of such
6630   // variables.
6631   if (!CurContext->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit() &&
6632       !NewFD->getPreviousDecl() && NewFD->isExternC() &&
6633       !NewFD->isInvalidDecl())
6634     RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NewFD, S);
6635 
6636   // Set this FunctionDecl's range up to the right paren.
6637   NewFD->setRangeEnd(D.getSourceRange().getEnd());
6638 
6639   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
6640     if (FunctionTemplate) {
6641       if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl())
6642         FunctionTemplate->setInvalidDecl();
6643       return FunctionTemplate;
6644     }
6645   }
6646 
6647   if (NewFD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>()) {
6648     // OpenCL v1.2 s6.8 static is invalid for kernel functions.
6649     if ((getLangOpts().OpenCLVersion >= 120)
6650         && (SC == SC_Static)) {
6651       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_static_kernel);
6652       D.setInvalidType();
6653     }
6654 
6655     // OpenCL v1.2, s6.9 -- Kernels can only have return type void.
6656     if (!NewFD->getResultType()->isVoidType()) {
6657       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
6658            diag::err_expected_kernel_void_return_type);
6659       D.setInvalidType();
6660     }
6661 
6662     for (FunctionDecl::param_iterator PI = NewFD->param_begin(),
6663          PE = NewFD->param_end(); PI != PE; ++PI) {
6664       ParmVarDecl *Param = *PI;
6665       QualType PT = Param->getType();
6666 
6667       // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.a:
6668       // A kernel function argument cannot be declared as a
6669       // pointer to a pointer type.
6670       if (PT->isPointerType() && PT->getPointeeType()->isPointerType()) {
6671         Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_ptrptr_kernel_arg);
6672         D.setInvalidType();
6673       }
6674 
6675       // OpenCL v1.2 s6.8 n:
6676       // A kernel function argument cannot be declared
6677       // of event_t type.
6678       if (PT->isEventT()) {
6679         Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_event_t_kernel_arg);
6680         D.setInvalidType();
6681       }
6682     }
6683   }
6684 
6685   MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(NewFD);
6686 
6687   if (getLangOpts().CUDA)
6688     if (IdentifierInfo *II = NewFD->getIdentifier())
6689       if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() &&
6690           NewFD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) {
6691         if (II->isStr("cudaConfigureCall")) {
6692           if (!R->getAs<FunctionType>()->getResultType()->isScalarType())
6693             Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_config_scalar_return);
6694 
6695           Context.setcudaConfigureCallDecl(NewFD);
6696         }
6697       }
6698 
6699   // Here we have an function template explicit specialization at class scope.
6700   // The actually specialization will be postponed to template instatiation
6701   // time via the ClassScopeFunctionSpecializationDecl node.
6702   if (isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization) {
6703     ClassScopeFunctionSpecializationDecl *NewSpec =
6704                          ClassScopeFunctionSpecializationDecl::Create(
6705                                 Context, CurContext, SourceLocation(),
6706                                 cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD),
6707                                 HasExplicitTemplateArgs, TemplateArgs);
6708     CurContext->addDecl(NewSpec);
6709     AddToScope = false;
6710   }
6711 
6712   return NewFD;
6713 }
6714 
6715 /// \brief Perform semantic checking of a new function declaration.
6716 ///
6717 /// Performs semantic analysis of the new function declaration
6718 /// NewFD. This routine performs all semantic checking that does not
6719 /// require the actual declarator involved in the declaration, and is
6720 /// used both for the declaration of functions as they are parsed
6721 /// (called via ActOnDeclarator) and for the declaration of functions
6722 /// that have been instantiated via C++ template instantiation (called
6723 /// via InstantiateDecl).
6724 ///
6725 /// \param IsExplicitSpecialization whether this new function declaration is
6726 /// an explicit specialization of the previous declaration.
6727 ///
6728 /// This sets NewFD->isInvalidDecl() to true if there was an error.
6729 ///
6730 /// \returns true if the function declaration is a redeclaration.
6731 bool Sema::CheckFunctionDeclaration(Scope *S, FunctionDecl *NewFD,
6732                                     LookupResult &Previous,
6733                                     bool IsExplicitSpecialization) {
6734   assert(!NewFD->getResultType()->isVariablyModifiedType()
6735          && "Variably modified return types are not handled here");
6736 
6737   // Check for a previous declaration of this name.
6738   if (Previous.empty() && mayConflictWithNonVisibleExternC(NewFD)) {
6739     // Since we did not find anything by this name, look for a non-visible
6740     // extern "C" declaration with the same name.
6741     if (NamedDecl *ExternCPrev =
6742             findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NewFD->getDeclName()))
6743       Previous.addDecl(ExternCPrev);
6744   }
6745 
6746   // Filter out any non-conflicting previous declarations.
6747   filterNonConflictingPreviousDecls(Context, NewFD, Previous);
6748 
6749   bool Redeclaration = false;
6750   NamedDecl *OldDecl = 0;
6751 
6752   // Merge or overload the declaration with an existing declaration of
6753   // the same name, if appropriate.
6754   if (!Previous.empty()) {
6755     // Determine whether NewFD is an overload of PrevDecl or
6756     // a declaration that requires merging. If it's an overload,
6757     // there's no more work to do here; we'll just add the new
6758     // function to the scope.
6759     if (!AllowOverloadingOfFunction(Previous, Context)) {
6760       NamedDecl *Candidate = Previous.getFoundDecl();
6761       if (shouldLinkPossiblyHiddenDecl(Candidate, NewFD)) {
6762         Redeclaration = true;
6763         OldDecl = Candidate;
6764       }
6765     } else {
6766       switch (CheckOverload(S, NewFD, Previous, OldDecl,
6767                             /*NewIsUsingDecl*/ false)) {
6768       case Ovl_Match:
6769         Redeclaration = true;
6770         break;
6771 
6772       case Ovl_NonFunction:
6773         Redeclaration = true;
6774         break;
6775 
6776       case Ovl_Overload:
6777         Redeclaration = false;
6778         break;
6779       }
6780 
6781       if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !NewFD->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()) {
6782         // If a function name is overloadable in C, then every function
6783         // with that name must be marked "overloadable".
6784         Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_overloadable_missing)
6785           << Redeclaration << NewFD;
6786         NamedDecl *OverloadedDecl = 0;
6787         if (Redeclaration)
6788           OverloadedDecl = OldDecl;
6789         else if (!Previous.empty())
6790           OverloadedDecl = Previous.getRepresentativeDecl();
6791         if (OverloadedDecl)
6792           Diag(OverloadedDecl->getLocation(),
6793                diag::note_attribute_overloadable_prev_overload);
6794         NewFD->addAttr(::new (Context) OverloadableAttr(SourceLocation(),
6795                                                         Context));
6796       }
6797     }
6798   }
6799 
6800   // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p8:
6801   //   A constexpr specifier for a non-static member function that is not
6802   //   a constructor declares that member function to be const.
6803   //
6804   // This needs to be delayed until we know whether this is an out-of-line
6805   // definition of a static member function.
6806   //
6807   // This rule is not present in C++1y, so we produce a backwards
6808   // compatibility warning whenever it happens in C++11.
6809   CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD);
6810   if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus1y && MD && MD->isConstexpr() &&
6811       !MD->isStatic() && !isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(MD) &&
6812       (MD->getTypeQualifiers() & Qualifiers::Const) == 0) {
6813     CXXMethodDecl *OldMD = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXMethodDecl>(OldDecl);
6814     if (FunctionTemplateDecl *OldTD =
6815           dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionTemplateDecl>(OldDecl))
6816       OldMD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(OldTD->getTemplatedDecl());
6817     if (!OldMD || !OldMD->isStatic()) {
6818       const FunctionProtoType *FPT =
6819         MD->getType()->castAs<FunctionProtoType>();
6820       FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI = FPT->getExtProtoInfo();
6821       EPI.TypeQuals |= Qualifiers::Const;
6822       MD->setType(Context.getFunctionType(FPT->getResultType(),
6823                                           FPT->getArgTypes(), EPI));
6824 
6825       // Warn that we did this, if we're not performing template instantiation.
6826       // In that case, we'll have warned already when the template was defined.
6827       if (ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) {
6828         SourceLocation AddConstLoc;
6829         if (FunctionTypeLoc FTL = MD->getTypeSourceInfo()->getTypeLoc()
6830                 .IgnoreParens().getAs<FunctionTypeLoc>())
6831           AddConstLoc = PP.getLocForEndOfToken(FTL.getRParenLoc());
6832 
6833         Diag(MD->getLocation(), diag::warn_cxx1y_compat_constexpr_not_const)
6834           << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(AddConstLoc, " const");
6835       }
6836     }
6837   }
6838 
6839   if (Redeclaration) {
6840     // NewFD and OldDecl represent declarations that need to be
6841     // merged.
6842     if (MergeFunctionDecl(NewFD, OldDecl, S)) {
6843       NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
6844       return Redeclaration;
6845     }
6846 
6847     Previous.clear();
6848     Previous.addDecl(OldDecl);
6849 
6850     if (FunctionTemplateDecl *OldTemplateDecl
6851                                   = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(OldDecl)) {
6852       NewFD->setPreviousDeclaration(OldTemplateDecl->getTemplatedDecl());
6853       FunctionTemplateDecl *NewTemplateDecl
6854         = NewFD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate();
6855       assert(NewTemplateDecl && "Template/non-template mismatch");
6856       if (CXXMethodDecl *Method
6857             = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewTemplateDecl->getTemplatedDecl())) {
6858         Method->setAccess(OldTemplateDecl->getAccess());
6859         NewTemplateDecl->setAccess(OldTemplateDecl->getAccess());
6860       }
6861 
6862       // If this is an explicit specialization of a member that is a function
6863       // template, mark it as a member specialization.
6864       if (IsExplicitSpecialization &&
6865           NewTemplateDecl->getInstantiatedFromMemberTemplate()) {
6866         NewTemplateDecl->setMemberSpecialization();
6867         assert(OldTemplateDecl->isMemberSpecialization());
6868       }
6869 
6870     } else {
6871       // This needs to happen first so that 'inline' propagates.
6872       NewFD->setPreviousDeclaration(cast<FunctionDecl>(OldDecl));
6873 
6874       if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) {
6875         // A valid redeclaration of a C++ method must be out-of-line,
6876         // but (unfortunately) it's not necessarily a definition
6877         // because of templates, which means that the previous
6878         // declaration is not necessarily from the class definition.
6879 
6880         // For just setting the access, that doesn't matter.
6881         CXXMethodDecl *oldMethod = cast<CXXMethodDecl>(OldDecl);
6882         NewFD->setAccess(oldMethod->getAccess());
6883 
6884         // Update the key-function state if necessary for this ABI.
6885         if (NewFD->isInlined() &&
6886             !Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().canKeyFunctionBeInline()) {
6887           // setNonKeyFunction needs to work with the original
6888           // declaration from the class definition, and isVirtual() is
6889           // just faster in that case, so map back to that now.
6890           oldMethod = cast<CXXMethodDecl>(oldMethod->getFirstDeclaration());
6891           if (oldMethod->isVirtual()) {
6892             Context.setNonKeyFunction(oldMethod);
6893           }
6894         }
6895       }
6896     }
6897   }
6898 
6899   // Semantic checking for this function declaration (in isolation).
6900   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
6901     // C++-specific checks.
6902     if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(NewFD)) {
6903       CheckConstructor(Constructor);
6904     } else if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor =
6905                 dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewFD)) {
6906       CXXRecordDecl *Record = Destructor->getParent();
6907       QualType ClassType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Record);
6908 
6909       // FIXME: Shouldn't we be able to perform this check even when the class
6910       // type is dependent? Both gcc and edg can handle that.
6911       if (!ClassType->isDependentType()) {
6912         DeclarationName Name
6913           = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName(
6914                                         Context.getCanonicalType(ClassType));
6915         if (NewFD->getDeclName() != Name) {
6916           Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_destructor_name);
6917           NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
6918           return Redeclaration;
6919         }
6920       }
6921     } else if (CXXConversionDecl *Conversion
6922                = dyn_cast<CXXConversionDecl>(NewFD)) {
6923       ActOnConversionDeclarator(Conversion);
6924     }
6925 
6926     // Find any virtual functions that this function overrides.
6927     if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) {
6928       if (!Method->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization() &&
6929           !Method->getDescribedFunctionTemplate() &&
6930           Method->isCanonicalDecl()) {
6931         if (AddOverriddenMethods(Method->getParent(), Method)) {
6932           // If the function was marked as "static", we have a problem.
6933           if (NewFD->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) {
6934             ReportOverrides(*this, diag::err_static_overrides_virtual, Method);
6935           }
6936         }
6937       }
6938 
6939       if (Method->isStatic())
6940         checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionType(Method);
6941     }
6942 
6943     // Extra checking for C++ overloaded operators (C++ [over.oper]).
6944     if (NewFD->isOverloadedOperator() &&
6945         CheckOverloadedOperatorDeclaration(NewFD)) {
6946       NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
6947       return Redeclaration;
6948     }
6949 
6950     // Extra checking for C++0x literal operators (C++0x [over.literal]).
6951     if (NewFD->getLiteralIdentifier() &&
6952         CheckLiteralOperatorDeclaration(NewFD)) {
6953       NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
6954       return Redeclaration;
6955     }
6956 
6957     // In C++, check default arguments now that we have merged decls. Unless
6958     // the lexical context is the class, because in this case this is done
6959     // during delayed parsing anyway.
6960     if (!CurContext->isRecord())
6961       CheckCXXDefaultArguments(NewFD);
6962 
6963     // If this function declares a builtin function, check the type of this
6964     // declaration against the expected type for the builtin.
6965     if (unsigned BuiltinID = NewFD->getBuiltinID()) {
6966       ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError Error;
6967       LookupPredefedObjCSuperType(*this, S, NewFD->getIdentifier());
6968       QualType T = Context.GetBuiltinType(BuiltinID, Error);
6969       if (!T.isNull() && !Context.hasSameType(T, NewFD->getType())) {
6970         // The type of this function differs from the type of the builtin,
6971         // so forget about the builtin entirely.
6972         Context.BuiltinInfo.ForgetBuiltin(BuiltinID, Context.Idents);
6973       }
6974     }
6975 
6976     // If this function is declared as being extern "C", then check to see if
6977     // the function returns a UDT (class, struct, or union type) that is not C
6978     // compatible, and if it does, warn the user.
6979     // But, issue any diagnostic on the first declaration only.
6980     if (NewFD->isExternC() && Previous.empty()) {
6981       QualType R = NewFD->getResultType();
6982       if (R->isIncompleteType() && !R->isVoidType())
6983         Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::warn_return_value_udt_incomplete)
6984             << NewFD << R;
6985       else if (!R.isPODType(Context) && !R->isVoidType() &&
6986                !R->isObjCObjectPointerType())
6987         Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::warn_return_value_udt) << NewFD << R;
6988     }
6989   }
6990   return Redeclaration;
6991 }
6992 
6993 static SourceRange getResultSourceRange(const FunctionDecl *FD) {
6994   const TypeSourceInfo *TSI = FD->getTypeSourceInfo();
6995   if (!TSI)
6996     return SourceRange();
6997 
6998   TypeLoc TL = TSI->getTypeLoc();
6999   FunctionTypeLoc FunctionTL = TL.getAs<FunctionTypeLoc>();
7000   if (!FunctionTL)
7001     return SourceRange();
7002 
7003   TypeLoc ResultTL = FunctionTL.getResultLoc();
7004   if (ResultTL.getUnqualifiedLoc().getAs<BuiltinTypeLoc>())
7005     return ResultTL.getSourceRange();
7006 
7007   return SourceRange();
7008 }
7009 
7010 void Sema::CheckMain(FunctionDecl* FD, const DeclSpec& DS) {
7011   // C++11 [basic.start.main]p3:  A program that declares main to be inline,
7012   //   static or constexpr is ill-formed.
7013   // C11 6.7.4p4:  In a hosted environment, no function specifier(s) shall
7014   //   appear in a declaration of main.
7015   // static main is not an error under C99, but we should warn about it.
7016   // We accept _Noreturn main as an extension.
7017   if (FD->getStorageClass() == SC_Static)
7018     Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), getLangOpts().CPlusPlus
7019          ? diag::err_static_main : diag::warn_static_main)
7020       << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc());
7021   if (FD->isInlineSpecified())
7022     Diag(DS.getInlineSpecLoc(), diag::err_inline_main)
7023       << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getInlineSpecLoc());
7024   if (DS.isNoreturnSpecified()) {
7025     SourceLocation NoreturnLoc = DS.getNoreturnSpecLoc();
7026     SourceRange NoreturnRange(NoreturnLoc,
7027                               PP.getLocForEndOfToken(NoreturnLoc));
7028     Diag(NoreturnLoc, diag::ext_noreturn_main);
7029     Diag(NoreturnLoc, diag::note_main_remove_noreturn)
7030       << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(NoreturnRange);
7031   }
7032   if (FD->isConstexpr()) {
7033     Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_main)
7034       << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc());
7035     FD->setConstexpr(false);
7036   }
7037 
7038   QualType T = FD->getType();
7039   assert(T->isFunctionType() && "function decl is not of function type");
7040   const FunctionType* FT = T->castAs<FunctionType>();
7041 
7042   // All the standards say that main() should should return 'int'.
7043   if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FT->getResultType(), Context.IntTy)) {
7044     // In C and C++, main magically returns 0 if you fall off the end;
7045     // set the flag which tells us that.
7046     // This is C++ [basic.start.main]p5 and C99 5.1.2.2.3.
7047     FD->setHasImplicitReturnZero(true);
7048 
7049   // In C with GNU extensions we allow main() to have non-integer return
7050   // type, but we should warn about the extension, and we disable the
7051   // implicit-return-zero rule.
7052   } else if (getLangOpts().GNUMode && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
7053     Diag(FD->getTypeSpecStartLoc(), diag::ext_main_returns_nonint);
7054 
7055     SourceRange ResultRange = getResultSourceRange(FD);
7056     if (ResultRange.isValid())
7057       Diag(ResultRange.getBegin(), diag::note_main_change_return_type)
7058           << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(ResultRange, "int");
7059 
7060   // Otherwise, this is just a flat-out error.
7061   } else {
7062     SourceRange ResultRange = getResultSourceRange(FD);
7063     if (ResultRange.isValid())
7064       Diag(FD->getTypeSpecStartLoc(), diag::err_main_returns_nonint)
7065           << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(ResultRange, "int");
7066     else
7067       Diag(FD->getTypeSpecStartLoc(), diag::err_main_returns_nonint);
7068 
7069     FD->setInvalidDecl(true);
7070   }
7071 
7072   // Treat protoless main() as nullary.
7073   if (isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(FT)) return;
7074 
7075   const FunctionProtoType* FTP = cast<const FunctionProtoType>(FT);
7076   unsigned nparams = FTP->getNumArgs();
7077   assert(FD->getNumParams() == nparams);
7078 
7079   bool HasExtraParameters = (nparams > 3);
7080 
7081   // Darwin passes an undocumented fourth argument of type char**.  If
7082   // other platforms start sprouting these, the logic below will start
7083   // getting shifty.
7084   if (nparams == 4 && Context.getTargetInfo().getTriple().isOSDarwin())
7085     HasExtraParameters = false;
7086 
7087   if (HasExtraParameters) {
7088     Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_main_surplus_args) << nparams;
7089     FD->setInvalidDecl(true);
7090     nparams = 3;
7091   }
7092 
7093   // FIXME: a lot of the following diagnostics would be improved
7094   // if we had some location information about types.
7095 
7096   QualType CharPP =
7097     Context.getPointerType(Context.getPointerType(Context.CharTy));
7098   QualType Expected[] = { Context.IntTy, CharPP, CharPP, CharPP };
7099 
7100   for (unsigned i = 0; i < nparams; ++i) {
7101     QualType AT = FTP->getArgType(i);
7102 
7103     bool mismatch = true;
7104 
7105     if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(AT, Expected[i]))
7106       mismatch = false;
7107     else if (Expected[i] == CharPP) {
7108       // As an extension, the following forms are okay:
7109       //   char const **
7110       //   char const * const *
7111       //   char * const *
7112 
7113       QualifierCollector qs;
7114       const PointerType* PT;
7115       if ((PT = qs.strip(AT)->getAs<PointerType>()) &&
7116           (PT = qs.strip(PT->getPointeeType())->getAs<PointerType>()) &&
7117           Context.hasSameType(QualType(qs.strip(PT->getPointeeType()), 0),
7118                               Context.CharTy)) {
7119         qs.removeConst();
7120         mismatch = !qs.empty();
7121       }
7122     }
7123 
7124     if (mismatch) {
7125       Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_main_arg_wrong) << i << Expected[i];
7126       // TODO: suggest replacing given type with expected type
7127       FD->setInvalidDecl(true);
7128     }
7129   }
7130 
7131   if (nparams == 1 && !FD->isInvalidDecl()) {
7132     Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_main_one_arg);
7133   }
7134 
7135   if (!FD->isInvalidDecl() && FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) {
7136     Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_main_template_decl);
7137     FD->setInvalidDecl();
7138   }
7139 }
7140 
7141 bool Sema::CheckForConstantInitializer(Expr *Init, QualType DclT) {
7142   // FIXME: Need strict checking.  In C89, we need to check for
7143   // any assignment, increment, decrement, function-calls, or
7144   // commas outside of a sizeof.  In C99, it's the same list,
7145   // except that the aforementioned are allowed in unevaluated
7146   // expressions.  Everything else falls under the
7147   // "may accept other forms of constant expressions" exception.
7148   // (We never end up here for C++, so the constant expression
7149   // rules there don't matter.)
7150   if (Init->isConstantInitializer(Context, false))
7151     return false;
7152   Diag(Init->getExprLoc(), diag::err_init_element_not_constant)
7153     << Init->getSourceRange();
7154   return true;
7155 }
7156 
7157 namespace {
7158   // Visits an initialization expression to see if OrigDecl is evaluated in
7159   // its own initialization and throws a warning if it does.
7160   class SelfReferenceChecker
7161       : public EvaluatedExprVisitor<SelfReferenceChecker> {
7162     Sema &S;
7163     Decl *OrigDecl;
7164     bool isRecordType;
7165     bool isPODType;
7166     bool isReferenceType;
7167 
7168   public:
7169     typedef EvaluatedExprVisitor<SelfReferenceChecker> Inherited;
7170 
7171     SelfReferenceChecker(Sema &S, Decl *OrigDecl) : Inherited(S.Context),
7172                                                     S(S), OrigDecl(OrigDecl) {
7173       isPODType = false;
7174       isRecordType = false;
7175       isReferenceType = false;
7176       if (ValueDecl *VD = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(OrigDecl)) {
7177         isPODType = VD->getType().isPODType(S.Context);
7178         isRecordType = VD->getType()->isRecordType();
7179         isReferenceType = VD->getType()->isReferenceType();
7180       }
7181     }
7182 
7183     // For most expressions, the cast is directly above the DeclRefExpr.
7184     // For conditional operators, the cast can be outside the conditional
7185     // operator if both expressions are DeclRefExpr's.
7186     void HandleValue(Expr *E) {
7187       if (isReferenceType)
7188         return;
7189       E = E->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
7190       if (DeclRefExpr* DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E)) {
7191         HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE);
7192         return;
7193       }
7194 
7195       if (ConditionalOperator *CO = dyn_cast<ConditionalOperator>(E)) {
7196         HandleValue(CO->getTrueExpr());
7197         HandleValue(CO->getFalseExpr());
7198         return;
7199       }
7200 
7201       if (isa<MemberExpr>(E)) {
7202         Expr *Base = E->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
7203         while (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(Base)) {
7204           // Check for static member variables and don't warn on them.
7205           if (!isa<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl()))
7206             return;
7207           Base = ME->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
7208         }
7209         if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(Base))
7210           HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE);
7211         return;
7212       }
7213     }
7214 
7215     // Reference types are handled here since all uses of references are
7216     // bad, not just r-value uses.
7217     void VisitDeclRefExpr(DeclRefExpr *E) {
7218       if (isReferenceType)
7219         HandleDeclRefExpr(E);
7220     }
7221 
7222     void VisitImplicitCastExpr(ImplicitCastExpr *E) {
7223       if (E->getCastKind() == CK_LValueToRValue ||
7224           (isRecordType && E->getCastKind() == CK_NoOp))
7225         HandleValue(E->getSubExpr());
7226 
7227       Inherited::VisitImplicitCastExpr(E);
7228     }
7229 
7230     void VisitMemberExpr(MemberExpr *E) {
7231       // Don't warn on arrays since they can be treated as pointers.
7232       if (E->getType()->canDecayToPointerType()) return;
7233 
7234       // Warn when a non-static method call is followed by non-static member
7235       // field accesses, which is followed by a DeclRefExpr.
7236       CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(E->getMemberDecl());
7237       bool Warn = (MD && !MD->isStatic());
7238       Expr *Base = E->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
7239       while (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(Base)) {
7240         if (!isa<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl()))
7241           Warn = false;
7242         Base = ME->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
7243       }
7244 
7245       if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(Base)) {
7246         if (Warn)
7247           HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE);
7248         return;
7249       }
7250 
7251       // The base of a MemberExpr is not a MemberExpr or a DeclRefExpr.
7252       // Visit that expression.
7253       Visit(Base);
7254     }
7255 
7256     void VisitCXXOperatorCallExpr(CXXOperatorCallExpr *E) {
7257       if (E->getNumArgs() > 0)
7258         if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E->getArg(0)))
7259           HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE);
7260 
7261       Inherited::VisitCXXOperatorCallExpr(E);
7262     }
7263 
7264     void VisitUnaryOperator(UnaryOperator *E) {
7265       // For POD record types, addresses of its own members are well-defined.
7266       if (E->getOpcode() == UO_AddrOf && isRecordType &&
7267           isa<MemberExpr>(E->getSubExpr()->IgnoreParens())) {
7268         if (!isPODType)
7269           HandleValue(E->getSubExpr());
7270         return;
7271       }
7272       Inherited::VisitUnaryOperator(E);
7273     }
7274 
7275     void VisitObjCMessageExpr(ObjCMessageExpr *E) { return; }
7276 
7277     void HandleDeclRefExpr(DeclRefExpr *DRE) {
7278       Decl* ReferenceDecl = DRE->getDecl();
7279       if (OrigDecl != ReferenceDecl) return;
7280       unsigned diag;
7281       if (isReferenceType) {
7282         diag = diag::warn_uninit_self_reference_in_reference_init;
7283       } else if (cast<VarDecl>(OrigDecl)->isStaticLocal()) {
7284         diag = diag::warn_static_self_reference_in_init;
7285       } else {
7286         diag = diag::warn_uninit_self_reference_in_init;
7287       }
7288 
7289       S.DiagRuntimeBehavior(DRE->getLocStart(), DRE,
7290                             S.PDiag(diag)
7291                               << DRE->getNameInfo().getName()
7292                               << OrigDecl->getLocation()
7293                               << DRE->getSourceRange());
7294     }
7295   };
7296 
7297   /// CheckSelfReference - Warns if OrigDecl is used in expression E.
7298   static void CheckSelfReference(Sema &S, Decl* OrigDecl, Expr *E,
7299                                  bool DirectInit) {
7300     // Parameters arguments are occassionially constructed with itself,
7301     // for instance, in recursive functions.  Skip them.
7302     if (isa<ParmVarDecl>(OrigDecl))
7303       return;
7304 
7305     E = E->IgnoreParens();
7306 
7307     // Skip checking T a = a where T is not a record or reference type.
7308     // Doing so is a way to silence uninitialized warnings.
7309     if (!DirectInit && !cast<VarDecl>(OrigDecl)->getType()->isRecordType())
7310       if (ImplicitCastExpr *ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(E))
7311         if (ICE->getCastKind() == CK_LValueToRValue)
7312           if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(ICE->getSubExpr()))
7313             if (DRE->getDecl() == OrigDecl)
7314               return;
7315 
7316     SelfReferenceChecker(S, OrigDecl).Visit(E);
7317   }
7318 }
7319 
7320 /// AddInitializerToDecl - Adds the initializer Init to the
7321 /// declaration dcl. If DirectInit is true, this is C++ direct
7322 /// initialization rather than copy initialization.
7323 void Sema::AddInitializerToDecl(Decl *RealDecl, Expr *Init,
7324                                 bool DirectInit, bool TypeMayContainAuto) {
7325   // If there is no declaration, there was an error parsing it.  Just ignore
7326   // the initializer.
7327   if (RealDecl == 0 || RealDecl->isInvalidDecl())
7328     return;
7329 
7330   if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(RealDecl)) {
7331     // With declarators parsed the way they are, the parser cannot
7332     // distinguish between a normal initializer and a pure-specifier.
7333     // Thus this grotesque test.
7334     IntegerLiteral *IL;
7335     if ((IL = dyn_cast<IntegerLiteral>(Init)) && IL->getValue() == 0 &&
7336         Context.getCanonicalType(IL->getType()) == Context.IntTy)
7337       CheckPureMethod(Method, Init->getSourceRange());
7338     else {
7339       Diag(Method->getLocation(), diag::err_member_function_initialization)
7340         << Method->getDeclName() << Init->getSourceRange();
7341       Method->setInvalidDecl();
7342     }
7343     return;
7344   }
7345 
7346   VarDecl *VDecl = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(RealDecl);
7347   if (!VDecl) {
7348     assert(!isa<FieldDecl>(RealDecl) && "field init shouldn't get here");
7349     Diag(RealDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_illegal_initializer);
7350     RealDecl->setInvalidDecl();
7351     return;
7352   }
7353 
7354   ParenListExpr *CXXDirectInit = dyn_cast<ParenListExpr>(Init);
7355 
7356   // C++11 [decl.spec.auto]p6. Deduce the type which 'auto' stands in for.
7357   if (TypeMayContainAuto && VDecl->getType()->isUndeducedType()) {
7358     Expr *DeduceInit = Init;
7359     // Initializer could be a C++ direct-initializer. Deduction only works if it
7360     // contains exactly one expression.
7361     if (CXXDirectInit) {
7362       if (CXXDirectInit->getNumExprs() == 0) {
7363         // It isn't possible to write this directly, but it is possible to
7364         // end up in this situation with "auto x(some_pack...);"
7365         Diag(CXXDirectInit->getLocStart(),
7366              diag::err_auto_var_init_no_expression)
7367           << VDecl->getDeclName() << VDecl->getType()
7368           << VDecl->getSourceRange();
7369         RealDecl->setInvalidDecl();
7370         return;
7371       } else if (CXXDirectInit->getNumExprs() > 1) {
7372         Diag(CXXDirectInit->getExpr(1)->getLocStart(),
7373              diag::err_auto_var_init_multiple_expressions)
7374           << VDecl->getDeclName() << VDecl->getType()
7375           << VDecl->getSourceRange();
7376         RealDecl->setInvalidDecl();
7377         return;
7378       } else {
7379         DeduceInit = CXXDirectInit->getExpr(0);
7380       }
7381     }
7382 
7383     // Expressions default to 'id' when we're in a debugger.
7384     bool DefaultedToAuto = false;
7385     if (getLangOpts().DebuggerCastResultToId &&
7386         Init->getType() == Context.UnknownAnyTy) {
7387       ExprResult Result = forceUnknownAnyToType(Init, Context.getObjCIdType());
7388       if (Result.isInvalid()) {
7389         VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
7390         return;
7391       }
7392       Init = Result.take();
7393       DefaultedToAuto = true;
7394     }
7395 
7396     QualType DeducedType;
7397     if (DeduceAutoType(VDecl->getTypeSourceInfo(), DeduceInit, DeducedType) ==
7398             DAR_Failed)
7399       DiagnoseAutoDeductionFailure(VDecl, DeduceInit);
7400     if (DeducedType.isNull()) {
7401       RealDecl->setInvalidDecl();
7402       return;
7403     }
7404     VDecl->setType(DeducedType);
7405     assert(VDecl->isLinkageValid());
7406 
7407     // In ARC, infer lifetime.
7408     if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(VDecl))
7409       VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
7410 
7411     // Warn if we deduced 'id'. 'auto' usually implies type-safety, but using
7412     // 'id' instead of a specific object type prevents most of our usual checks.
7413     // We only want to warn outside of template instantiations, though:
7414     // inside a template, the 'id' could have come from a parameter.
7415     if (ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty() && !DefaultedToAuto &&
7416         DeducedType->isObjCIdType()) {
7417       SourceLocation Loc =
7418           VDecl->getTypeSourceInfo()->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc();
7419       Diag(Loc, diag::warn_auto_var_is_id)
7420         << VDecl->getDeclName() << DeduceInit->getSourceRange();
7421     }
7422 
7423     // If this is a redeclaration, check that the type we just deduced matches
7424     // the previously declared type.
7425     if (VarDecl *Old = VDecl->getPreviousDecl())
7426       MergeVarDeclTypes(VDecl, Old, /*OldWasHidden*/ false);
7427 
7428     // Check the deduced type is valid for a variable declaration.
7429     CheckVariableDeclarationType(VDecl);
7430     if (VDecl->isInvalidDecl())
7431       return;
7432   }
7433 
7434   if (VDecl->isLocalVarDecl() && VDecl->hasExternalStorage()) {
7435     // C99 6.7.8p5. C++ has no such restriction, but that is a defect.
7436     Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_block_extern_cant_init);
7437     VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
7438     return;
7439   }
7440 
7441   if (!VDecl->getType()->isDependentType()) {
7442     // A definition must end up with a complete type, which means it must be
7443     // complete with the restriction that an array type might be completed by
7444     // the initializer; note that later code assumes this restriction.
7445     QualType BaseDeclType = VDecl->getType();
7446     if (const ArrayType *Array = Context.getAsIncompleteArrayType(BaseDeclType))
7447       BaseDeclType = Array->getElementType();
7448     if (RequireCompleteType(VDecl->getLocation(), BaseDeclType,
7449                             diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) {
7450       RealDecl->setInvalidDecl();
7451       return;
7452     }
7453 
7454     // The variable can not have an abstract class type.
7455     if (RequireNonAbstractType(VDecl->getLocation(), VDecl->getType(),
7456                                diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl,
7457                                AbstractVariableType))
7458       VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
7459   }
7460 
7461   const VarDecl *Def;
7462   if ((Def = VDecl->getDefinition()) && Def != VDecl) {
7463     Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition)
7464       << VDecl->getDeclName();
7465     Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
7466     VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
7467     return;
7468   }
7469 
7470   const VarDecl* PrevInit = 0;
7471   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
7472     // C++ [class.static.data]p4
7473     //   If a static data member is of const integral or const
7474     //   enumeration type, its declaration in the class definition can
7475     //   specify a constant-initializer which shall be an integral
7476     //   constant expression (5.19). In that case, the member can appear
7477     //   in integral constant expressions. The member shall still be
7478     //   defined in a namespace scope if it is used in the program and the
7479     //   namespace scope definition shall not contain an initializer.
7480     //
7481     // We already performed a redefinition check above, but for static
7482     // data members we also need to check whether there was an in-class
7483     // declaration with an initializer.
7484     if (VDecl->isStaticDataMember() && VDecl->getAnyInitializer(PrevInit)) {
7485       Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition)
7486         << VDecl->getDeclName();
7487       Diag(PrevInit->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
7488       return;
7489     }
7490 
7491     if (VDecl->hasLocalStorage())
7492       getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope();
7493 
7494     if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(Init, UPPC_Initializer)) {
7495       VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
7496       return;
7497     }
7498   }
7499 
7500   // OpenCL 1.1 6.5.2: "Variables allocated in the __local address space inside
7501   // a kernel function cannot be initialized."
7502   if (VDecl->getStorageClass() == SC_OpenCLWorkGroupLocal) {
7503     Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_local_cant_init);
7504     VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
7505     return;
7506   }
7507 
7508   // Get the decls type and save a reference for later, since
7509   // CheckInitializerTypes may change it.
7510   QualType DclT = VDecl->getType(), SavT = DclT;
7511 
7512   // Expressions default to 'id' when we're in a debugger
7513   // and we are assigning it to a variable of Objective-C pointer type.
7514   if (getLangOpts().DebuggerCastResultToId && DclT->isObjCObjectPointerType() &&
7515       Init->getType() == Context.UnknownAnyTy) {
7516     ExprResult Result = forceUnknownAnyToType(Init, Context.getObjCIdType());
7517     if (Result.isInvalid()) {
7518       VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
7519       return;
7520     }
7521     Init = Result.take();
7522   }
7523 
7524   // Perform the initialization.
7525   if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) {
7526     InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeVariable(VDecl);
7527     InitializationKind Kind
7528       = DirectInit ?
7529           CXXDirectInit ? InitializationKind::CreateDirect(VDecl->getLocation(),
7530                                                            Init->getLocStart(),
7531                                                            Init->getLocEnd())
7532                         : InitializationKind::CreateDirectList(
7533                                                           VDecl->getLocation())
7534                    : InitializationKind::CreateCopy(VDecl->getLocation(),
7535                                                     Init->getLocStart());
7536 
7537     MultiExprArg Args = Init;
7538     if (CXXDirectInit)
7539       Args = MultiExprArg(CXXDirectInit->getExprs(),
7540                           CXXDirectInit->getNumExprs());
7541 
7542     InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, Args);
7543     ExprResult Result = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind, Args, &DclT);
7544     if (Result.isInvalid()) {
7545       VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
7546       return;
7547     }
7548 
7549     Init = Result.takeAs<Expr>();
7550   }
7551 
7552   // Check for self-references within variable initializers.
7553   // Variables declared within a function/method body (except for references)
7554   // are handled by a dataflow analysis.
7555   if (!VDecl->hasLocalStorage() || VDecl->getType()->isRecordType() ||
7556       VDecl->getType()->isReferenceType()) {
7557     CheckSelfReference(*this, RealDecl, Init, DirectInit);
7558   }
7559 
7560   // If the type changed, it means we had an incomplete type that was
7561   // completed by the initializer. For example:
7562   //   int ary[] = { 1, 3, 5 };
7563   // "ary" transitions from an IncompleteArrayType to a ConstantArrayType.
7564   if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl() && (DclT != SavT))
7565     VDecl->setType(DclT);
7566 
7567   if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) {
7568     checkUnsafeAssigns(VDecl->getLocation(), VDecl->getType(), Init);
7569 
7570     if (VDecl->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>())
7571       checkRetainCycles(VDecl, Init);
7572 
7573     // It is safe to assign a weak reference into a strong variable.
7574     // Although this code can still have problems:
7575     //   id x = self.weakProp;
7576     //   id y = self.weakProp;
7577     // we do not warn to warn spuriously when 'x' and 'y' are on separate
7578     // paths through the function. This should be revisited if
7579     // -Wrepeated-use-of-weak is made flow-sensitive.
7580     if (VDecl->getType().getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_Strong) {
7581       DiagnosticsEngine::Level Level =
7582         Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::warn_arc_repeated_use_of_weak,
7583                                  Init->getLocStart());
7584       if (Level != DiagnosticsEngine::Ignored)
7585         getCurFunction()->markSafeWeakUse(Init);
7586     }
7587   }
7588 
7589   // The initialization is usually a full-expression.
7590   //
7591   // FIXME: If this is a braced initialization of an aggregate, it is not
7592   // an expression, and each individual field initializer is a separate
7593   // full-expression. For instance, in:
7594   //
7595   //   struct Temp { ~Temp(); };
7596   //   struct S { S(Temp); };
7597   //   struct T { S a, b; } t = { Temp(), Temp() }
7598   //
7599   // we should destroy the first Temp before constructing the second.
7600   ExprResult Result = ActOnFinishFullExpr(Init, VDecl->getLocation(),
7601                                           false,
7602                                           VDecl->isConstexpr());
7603   if (Result.isInvalid()) {
7604     VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
7605     return;
7606   }
7607   Init = Result.take();
7608 
7609   // Attach the initializer to the decl.
7610   VDecl->setInit(Init);
7611 
7612   if (VDecl->isLocalVarDecl()) {
7613     // C99 6.7.8p4: All the expressions in an initializer for an object that has
7614     // static storage duration shall be constant expressions or string literals.
7615     // C++ does not have this restriction.
7616     if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !VDecl->isInvalidDecl() &&
7617         VDecl->getStorageClass() == SC_Static)
7618       CheckForConstantInitializer(Init, DclT);
7619   } else if (VDecl->isStaticDataMember() &&
7620              VDecl->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord()) {
7621     // This is an in-class initialization for a static data member, e.g.,
7622     //
7623     // struct S {
7624     //   static const int value = 17;
7625     // };
7626 
7627     // C++ [class.mem]p4:
7628     //   A member-declarator can contain a constant-initializer only
7629     //   if it declares a static member (9.4) of const integral or
7630     //   const enumeration type, see 9.4.2.
7631     //
7632     // C++11 [class.static.data]p3:
7633     //   If a non-volatile const static data member is of integral or
7634     //   enumeration type, its declaration in the class definition can
7635     //   specify a brace-or-equal-initializer in which every initalizer-clause
7636     //   that is an assignment-expression is a constant expression. A static
7637     //   data member of literal type can be declared in the class definition
7638     //   with the constexpr specifier; if so, its declaration shall specify a
7639     //   brace-or-equal-initializer in which every initializer-clause that is
7640     //   an assignment-expression is a constant expression.
7641 
7642     // Do nothing on dependent types.
7643     if (DclT->isDependentType()) {
7644 
7645     // Allow any 'static constexpr' members, whether or not they are of literal
7646     // type. We separately check that every constexpr variable is of literal
7647     // type.
7648     } else if (VDecl->isConstexpr()) {
7649 
7650     // Require constness.
7651     } else if (!DclT.isConstQualified()) {
7652       Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_const)
7653         << Init->getSourceRange();
7654       VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
7655 
7656     // We allow integer constant expressions in all cases.
7657     } else if (DclT->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) {
7658       // Check whether the expression is a constant expression.
7659       SourceLocation Loc;
7660       if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && DclT.isVolatileQualified())
7661         // In C++11, a non-constexpr const static data member with an
7662         // in-class initializer cannot be volatile.
7663         Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_volatile);
7664       else if (Init->isValueDependent())
7665         ; // Nothing to check.
7666       else if (Init->isIntegerConstantExpr(Context, &Loc))
7667         ; // Ok, it's an ICE!
7668       else if (Init->isEvaluatable(Context)) {
7669         // If we can constant fold the initializer through heroics, accept it,
7670         // but report this as a use of an extension for -pedantic.
7671         Diag(Loc, diag::ext_in_class_initializer_non_constant)
7672           << Init->getSourceRange();
7673       } else {
7674         // Otherwise, this is some crazy unknown case.  Report the issue at the
7675         // location provided by the isIntegerConstantExpr failed check.
7676         Diag(Loc, diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_constant)
7677           << Init->getSourceRange();
7678         VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
7679       }
7680 
7681     // We allow foldable floating-point constants as an extension.
7682     } else if (DclT->isFloatingType()) { // also permits complex, which is ok
7683       // In C++98, this is a GNU extension. In C++11, it is not, but we support
7684       // it anyway and provide a fixit to add the 'constexpr'.
7685       if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) {
7686         Diag(VDecl->getLocation(),
7687              diag::ext_in_class_initializer_float_type_cxx11)
7688             << DclT << Init->getSourceRange();
7689         Diag(VDecl->getLocStart(),
7690              diag::note_in_class_initializer_float_type_cxx11)
7691             << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(VDecl->getLocStart(), "constexpr ");
7692       } else {
7693         Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::ext_in_class_initializer_float_type)
7694           << DclT << Init->getSourceRange();
7695 
7696         if (!Init->isValueDependent() && !Init->isEvaluatable(Context)) {
7697           Diag(Init->getExprLoc(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_constant)
7698             << Init->getSourceRange();
7699           VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
7700         }
7701       }
7702 
7703     // Suggest adding 'constexpr' in C++11 for literal types.
7704     } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && DclT->isLiteralType(Context)) {
7705       Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_literal_type)
7706         << DclT << Init->getSourceRange()
7707         << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(VDecl->getLocStart(), "constexpr ");
7708       VDecl->setConstexpr(true);
7709 
7710     } else {
7711       Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_bad_type)
7712         << DclT << Init->getSourceRange();
7713       VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
7714     }
7715   } else if (VDecl->isFileVarDecl()) {
7716     if (VDecl->getStorageClass() == SC_Extern &&
7717         (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus ||
7718          !(Context.getBaseElementType(VDecl->getType()).isConstQualified() ||
7719            VDecl->isExternC())))
7720       Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::warn_extern_init);
7721 
7722     // C99 6.7.8p4. All file scoped initializers need to be constant.
7723     if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !VDecl->isInvalidDecl())
7724       CheckForConstantInitializer(Init, DclT);
7725     else if (VDecl->getTLSKind() == VarDecl::TLS_Static &&
7726              !VDecl->isInvalidDecl() && !DclT->isDependentType() &&
7727              !Init->isValueDependent() && !VDecl->isConstexpr() &&
7728              !Init->isConstantInitializer(
7729                  Context, VDecl->getType()->isReferenceType())) {
7730       // GNU C++98 edits for __thread, [basic.start.init]p4:
7731       //   An object of thread storage duration shall not require dynamic
7732       //   initialization.
7733       // FIXME: Need strict checking here.
7734       Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_thread_dynamic_init);
7735       if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11)
7736         Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_use_thread_local);
7737     }
7738   }
7739 
7740   // We will represent direct-initialization similarly to copy-initialization:
7741   //    int x(1);  -as-> int x = 1;
7742   //    ClassType x(a,b,c); -as-> ClassType x = ClassType(a,b,c);
7743   //
7744   // Clients that want to distinguish between the two forms, can check for
7745   // direct initializer using VarDecl::getInitStyle().
7746   // A major benefit is that clients that don't particularly care about which
7747   // exactly form was it (like the CodeGen) can handle both cases without
7748   // special case code.
7749 
7750   // C++ 8.5p11:
7751   // The form of initialization (using parentheses or '=') is generally
7752   // insignificant, but does matter when the entity being initialized has a
7753   // class type.
7754   if (CXXDirectInit) {
7755     assert(DirectInit && "Call-style initializer must be direct init.");
7756     VDecl->setInitStyle(VarDecl::CallInit);
7757   } else if (DirectInit) {
7758     // This must be list-initialization. No other way is direct-initialization.
7759     VDecl->setInitStyle(VarDecl::ListInit);
7760   }
7761 
7762   CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(VDecl);
7763 }
7764 
7765 /// ActOnInitializerError - Given that there was an error parsing an
7766 /// initializer for the given declaration, try to return to some form
7767 /// of sanity.
7768 void Sema::ActOnInitializerError(Decl *D) {
7769   // Our main concern here is re-establishing invariants like "a
7770   // variable's type is either dependent or complete".
7771   if (!D || D->isInvalidDecl()) return;
7772 
7773   VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D);
7774   if (!VD) return;
7775 
7776   // Auto types are meaningless if we can't make sense of the initializer.
7777   if (ParsingInitForAutoVars.count(D)) {
7778     D->setInvalidDecl();
7779     return;
7780   }
7781 
7782   QualType Ty = VD->getType();
7783   if (Ty->isDependentType()) return;
7784 
7785   // Require a complete type.
7786   if (RequireCompleteType(VD->getLocation(),
7787                           Context.getBaseElementType(Ty),
7788                           diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) {
7789     VD->setInvalidDecl();
7790     return;
7791   }
7792 
7793   // Require an abstract type.
7794   if (RequireNonAbstractType(VD->getLocation(), Ty,
7795                              diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl,
7796                              AbstractVariableType)) {
7797     VD->setInvalidDecl();
7798     return;
7799   }
7800 
7801   // Don't bother complaining about constructors or destructors,
7802   // though.
7803 }
7804 
7805 void Sema::ActOnUninitializedDecl(Decl *RealDecl,
7806                                   bool TypeMayContainAuto) {
7807   // If there is no declaration, there was an error parsing it. Just ignore it.
7808   if (RealDecl == 0)
7809     return;
7810 
7811   if (VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(RealDecl)) {
7812     QualType Type = Var->getType();
7813 
7814     // C++11 [dcl.spec.auto]p3
7815     if (TypeMayContainAuto && Type->getContainedAutoType()) {
7816       Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_auto_var_requires_init)
7817         << Var->getDeclName() << Type;
7818       Var->setInvalidDecl();
7819       return;
7820     }
7821 
7822     // C++11 [class.static.data]p3: A static data member can be declared with
7823     // the constexpr specifier; if so, its declaration shall specify
7824     // a brace-or-equal-initializer.
7825     // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p1: The constexpr specifier shall be applied only to
7826     // the definition of a variable [...] or the declaration of a static data
7827     // member.
7828     if (Var->isConstexpr() && !Var->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) {
7829       if (Var->isStaticDataMember())
7830         Diag(Var->getLocation(),
7831              diag::err_constexpr_static_mem_var_requires_init)
7832           << Var->getDeclName();
7833       else
7834         Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_invalid_constexpr_var_decl);
7835       Var->setInvalidDecl();
7836       return;
7837     }
7838 
7839     switch (Var->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) {
7840     case VarDecl::Definition:
7841       if (!Var->isStaticDataMember() || !Var->getAnyInitializer())
7842         break;
7843 
7844       // We have an out-of-line definition of a static data member
7845       // that has an in-class initializer, so we type-check this like
7846       // a declaration.
7847       //
7848       // Fall through
7849 
7850     case VarDecl::DeclarationOnly:
7851       // It's only a declaration.
7852 
7853       // Block scope. C99 6.7p7: If an identifier for an object is
7854       // declared with no linkage (C99 6.2.2p6), the type for the
7855       // object shall be complete.
7856       if (!Type->isDependentType() && Var->isLocalVarDecl() &&
7857           !Var->hasLinkage() && !Var->isInvalidDecl() &&
7858           RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), Type,
7859                               diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type))
7860         Var->setInvalidDecl();
7861 
7862       // Make sure that the type is not abstract.
7863       if (!Type->isDependentType() && !Var->isInvalidDecl() &&
7864           RequireNonAbstractType(Var->getLocation(), Type,
7865                                  diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl,
7866                                  AbstractVariableType))
7867         Var->setInvalidDecl();
7868       if (!Type->isDependentType() && !Var->isInvalidDecl() &&
7869           Var->getStorageClass() == SC_PrivateExtern) {
7870         Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::warn_private_extern);
7871         Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::note_private_extern);
7872       }
7873 
7874       return;
7875 
7876     case VarDecl::TentativeDefinition:
7877       // File scope. C99 6.9.2p2: A declaration of an identifier for an
7878       // object that has file scope without an initializer, and without a
7879       // storage-class specifier or with the storage-class specifier "static",
7880       // constitutes a tentative definition. Note: A tentative definition with
7881       // external linkage is valid (C99 6.2.2p5).
7882       if (!Var->isInvalidDecl()) {
7883         if (const IncompleteArrayType *ArrayT
7884                                     = Context.getAsIncompleteArrayType(Type)) {
7885           if (RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(),
7886                                   ArrayT->getElementType(),
7887                                   diag::err_illegal_decl_array_incomplete_type))
7888             Var->setInvalidDecl();
7889         } else if (Var->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) {
7890           // C99 6.9.2p3: If the declaration of an identifier for an object is
7891           // a tentative definition and has internal linkage (C99 6.2.2p3), the
7892           // declared type shall not be an incomplete type.
7893           // NOTE: code such as the following
7894           //     static struct s;
7895           //     struct s { int a; };
7896           // is accepted by gcc. Hence here we issue a warning instead of
7897           // an error and we do not invalidate the static declaration.
7898           // NOTE: to avoid multiple warnings, only check the first declaration.
7899           if (Var->getPreviousDecl() == 0)
7900             RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), Type,
7901                                 diag::ext_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type);
7902         }
7903       }
7904 
7905       // Record the tentative definition; we're done.
7906       if (!Var->isInvalidDecl())
7907         TentativeDefinitions.push_back(Var);
7908       return;
7909     }
7910 
7911     // Provide a specific diagnostic for uninitialized variable
7912     // definitions with incomplete array type.
7913     if (Type->isIncompleteArrayType()) {
7914       Diag(Var->getLocation(),
7915            diag::err_typecheck_incomplete_array_needs_initializer);
7916       Var->setInvalidDecl();
7917       return;
7918     }
7919 
7920     // Provide a specific diagnostic for uninitialized variable
7921     // definitions with reference type.
7922     if (Type->isReferenceType()) {
7923       Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_reference_var_requires_init)
7924         << Var->getDeclName()
7925         << SourceRange(Var->getLocation(), Var->getLocation());
7926       Var->setInvalidDecl();
7927       return;
7928     }
7929 
7930     // Do not attempt to type-check the default initializer for a
7931     // variable with dependent type.
7932     if (Type->isDependentType())
7933       return;
7934 
7935     if (Var->isInvalidDecl())
7936       return;
7937 
7938     if (RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(),
7939                             Context.getBaseElementType(Type),
7940                             diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) {
7941       Var->setInvalidDecl();
7942       return;
7943     }
7944 
7945     // The variable can not have an abstract class type.
7946     if (RequireNonAbstractType(Var->getLocation(), Type,
7947                                diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl,
7948                                AbstractVariableType)) {
7949       Var->setInvalidDecl();
7950       return;
7951     }
7952 
7953     // Check for jumps past the implicit initializer.  C++0x
7954     // clarifies that this applies to a "variable with automatic
7955     // storage duration", not a "local variable".
7956     // C++11 [stmt.dcl]p3
7957     //   A program that jumps from a point where a variable with automatic
7958     //   storage duration is not in scope to a point where it is in scope is
7959     //   ill-formed unless the variable has scalar type, class type with a
7960     //   trivial default constructor and a trivial destructor, a cv-qualified
7961     //   version of one of these types, or an array of one of the preceding
7962     //   types and is declared without an initializer.
7963     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && Var->hasLocalStorage()) {
7964       if (const RecordType *Record
7965             = Context.getBaseElementType(Type)->getAs<RecordType>()) {
7966         CXXRecordDecl *CXXRecord = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record->getDecl());
7967         // Mark the function for further checking even if the looser rules of
7968         // C++11 do not require such checks, so that we can diagnose
7969         // incompatibilities with C++98.
7970         if (!CXXRecord->isPOD())
7971           getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope();
7972       }
7973     }
7974 
7975     // C++03 [dcl.init]p9:
7976     //   If no initializer is specified for an object, and the
7977     //   object is of (possibly cv-qualified) non-POD class type (or
7978     //   array thereof), the object shall be default-initialized; if
7979     //   the object is of const-qualified type, the underlying class
7980     //   type shall have a user-declared default
7981     //   constructor. Otherwise, if no initializer is specified for
7982     //   a non- static object, the object and its subobjects, if
7983     //   any, have an indeterminate initial value); if the object
7984     //   or any of its subobjects are of const-qualified type, the
7985     //   program is ill-formed.
7986     // C++0x [dcl.init]p11:
7987     //   If no initializer is specified for an object, the object is
7988     //   default-initialized; [...].
7989     InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeVariable(Var);
7990     InitializationKind Kind
7991       = InitializationKind::CreateDefault(Var->getLocation());
7992 
7993     InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, None);
7994     ExprResult Init = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind, None);
7995     if (Init.isInvalid())
7996       Var->setInvalidDecl();
7997     else if (Init.get()) {
7998       Var->setInit(MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(Init.get()));
7999       // This is important for template substitution.
8000       Var->setInitStyle(VarDecl::CallInit);
8001     }
8002 
8003     CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(Var);
8004   }
8005 }
8006 
8007 void Sema::ActOnCXXForRangeDecl(Decl *D) {
8008   VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D);
8009   if (!VD) {
8010     Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::err_for_range_decl_must_be_var);
8011     D->setInvalidDecl();
8012     return;
8013   }
8014 
8015   VD->setCXXForRangeDecl(true);
8016 
8017   // for-range-declaration cannot be given a storage class specifier.
8018   int Error = -1;
8019   switch (VD->getStorageClass()) {
8020   case SC_None:
8021     break;
8022   case SC_Extern:
8023     Error = 0;
8024     break;
8025   case SC_Static:
8026     Error = 1;
8027     break;
8028   case SC_PrivateExtern:
8029     Error = 2;
8030     break;
8031   case SC_Auto:
8032     Error = 3;
8033     break;
8034   case SC_Register:
8035     Error = 4;
8036     break;
8037   case SC_OpenCLWorkGroupLocal:
8038     llvm_unreachable("Unexpected storage class");
8039   }
8040   if (VD->isConstexpr())
8041     Error = 5;
8042   if (Error != -1) {
8043     Diag(VD->getOuterLocStart(), diag::err_for_range_storage_class)
8044       << VD->getDeclName() << Error;
8045     D->setInvalidDecl();
8046   }
8047 }
8048 
8049 void Sema::CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *var) {
8050   if (var->isInvalidDecl()) return;
8051 
8052   // In ARC, don't allow jumps past the implicit initialization of a
8053   // local retaining variable.
8054   if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount &&
8055       var->hasLocalStorage()) {
8056     switch (var->getType().getObjCLifetime()) {
8057     case Qualifiers::OCL_None:
8058     case Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone:
8059     case Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing:
8060       break;
8061 
8062     case Qualifiers::OCL_Weak:
8063     case Qualifiers::OCL_Strong:
8064       getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope();
8065       break;
8066     }
8067   }
8068 
8069   if (var->isThisDeclarationADefinition() &&
8070       var->isExternallyVisible() &&
8071       getDiagnostics().getDiagnosticLevel(
8072                        diag::warn_missing_variable_declarations,
8073                        var->getLocation())) {
8074     // Find a previous declaration that's not a definition.
8075     VarDecl *prev = var->getPreviousDecl();
8076     while (prev && prev->isThisDeclarationADefinition())
8077       prev = prev->getPreviousDecl();
8078 
8079     if (!prev)
8080       Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::warn_missing_variable_declarations) << var;
8081   }
8082 
8083   if (var->getTLSKind() == VarDecl::TLS_Static &&
8084       var->getType().isDestructedType()) {
8085     // GNU C++98 edits for __thread, [basic.start.term]p3:
8086     //   The type of an object with thread storage duration shall not
8087     //   have a non-trivial destructor.
8088     Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::err_thread_nontrivial_dtor);
8089     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11)
8090       Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::note_use_thread_local);
8091   }
8092 
8093   // All the following checks are C++ only.
8094   if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) return;
8095 
8096   QualType type = var->getType();
8097   if (type->isDependentType()) return;
8098 
8099   // __block variables might require us to capture a copy-initializer.
8100   if (var->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) {
8101     // It's currently invalid to ever have a __block variable with an
8102     // array type; should we diagnose that here?
8103 
8104     // Regardless, we don't want to ignore array nesting when
8105     // constructing this copy.
8106     if (type->isStructureOrClassType()) {
8107       EnterExpressionEvaluationContext scope(*this, PotentiallyEvaluated);
8108       SourceLocation poi = var->getLocation();
8109       Expr *varRef =new (Context) DeclRefExpr(var, false, type, VK_LValue, poi);
8110       ExprResult result
8111         = PerformMoveOrCopyInitialization(
8112             InitializedEntity::InitializeBlock(poi, type, false),
8113             var, var->getType(), varRef, /*AllowNRVO=*/true);
8114       if (!result.isInvalid()) {
8115         result = MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(result);
8116         Expr *init = result.takeAs<Expr>();
8117         Context.setBlockVarCopyInits(var, init);
8118       }
8119     }
8120   }
8121 
8122   Expr *Init = var->getInit();
8123   bool IsGlobal = var->hasGlobalStorage() && !var->isStaticLocal();
8124   QualType baseType = Context.getBaseElementType(type);
8125 
8126   if (!var->getDeclContext()->isDependentContext() &&
8127       Init && !Init->isValueDependent()) {
8128     if (IsGlobal && !var->isConstexpr() &&
8129         getDiagnostics().getDiagnosticLevel(diag::warn_global_constructor,
8130                                             var->getLocation())
8131           != DiagnosticsEngine::Ignored &&
8132         !Init->isConstantInitializer(Context, baseType->isReferenceType()))
8133       Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::warn_global_constructor)
8134         << Init->getSourceRange();
8135 
8136     if (var->isConstexpr()) {
8137       SmallVector<PartialDiagnosticAt, 8> Notes;
8138       if (!var->evaluateValue(Notes) || !var->isInitICE()) {
8139         SourceLocation DiagLoc = var->getLocation();
8140         // If the note doesn't add any useful information other than a source
8141         // location, fold it into the primary diagnostic.
8142         if (Notes.size() == 1 && Notes[0].second.getDiagID() ==
8143               diag::note_invalid_subexpr_in_const_expr) {
8144           DiagLoc = Notes[0].first;
8145           Notes.clear();
8146         }
8147         Diag(DiagLoc, diag::err_constexpr_var_requires_const_init)
8148           << var << Init->getSourceRange();
8149         for (unsigned I = 0, N = Notes.size(); I != N; ++I)
8150           Diag(Notes[I].first, Notes[I].second);
8151       }
8152     } else if (var->isUsableInConstantExpressions(Context)) {
8153       // Check whether the initializer of a const variable of integral or
8154       // enumeration type is an ICE now, since we can't tell whether it was
8155       // initialized by a constant expression if we check later.
8156       var->checkInitIsICE();
8157     }
8158   }
8159 
8160   // Require the destructor.
8161   if (const RecordType *recordType = baseType->getAs<RecordType>())
8162     FinalizeVarWithDestructor(var, recordType);
8163 }
8164 
8165 /// FinalizeDeclaration - called by ParseDeclarationAfterDeclarator to perform
8166 /// any semantic actions necessary after any initializer has been attached.
8167 void
8168 Sema::FinalizeDeclaration(Decl *ThisDecl) {
8169   // Note that we are no longer parsing the initializer for this declaration.
8170   ParsingInitForAutoVars.erase(ThisDecl);
8171 
8172   VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast_or_null<VarDecl>(ThisDecl);
8173   if (!VD)
8174     return;
8175 
8176   const DeclContext *DC = VD->getDeclContext();
8177   // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, and this isn't a class
8178   // member, set the visibility of this variable.
8179   if (!DC->isRecord() && VD->isExternallyVisible())
8180     AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(VD);
8181 
8182   if (VD->isFileVarDecl())
8183     MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(VD);
8184 
8185   // Now we have parsed the initializer and can update the table of magic
8186   // tag values.
8187   if (!VD->hasAttr<TypeTagForDatatypeAttr>() ||
8188       !VD->getType()->isIntegralOrEnumerationType())
8189     return;
8190 
8191   for (specific_attr_iterator<TypeTagForDatatypeAttr>
8192          I = ThisDecl->specific_attr_begin<TypeTagForDatatypeAttr>(),
8193          E = ThisDecl->specific_attr_end<TypeTagForDatatypeAttr>();
8194        I != E; ++I) {
8195     const Expr *MagicValueExpr = VD->getInit();
8196     if (!MagicValueExpr) {
8197       continue;
8198     }
8199     llvm::APSInt MagicValueInt;
8200     if (!MagicValueExpr->isIntegerConstantExpr(MagicValueInt, Context)) {
8201       Diag(I->getRange().getBegin(),
8202            diag::err_type_tag_for_datatype_not_ice)
8203         << LangOpts.CPlusPlus << MagicValueExpr->getSourceRange();
8204       continue;
8205     }
8206     if (MagicValueInt.getActiveBits() > 64) {
8207       Diag(I->getRange().getBegin(),
8208            diag::err_type_tag_for_datatype_too_large)
8209         << LangOpts.CPlusPlus << MagicValueExpr->getSourceRange();
8210       continue;
8211     }
8212     uint64_t MagicValue = MagicValueInt.getZExtValue();
8213     RegisterTypeTagForDatatype(I->getArgumentKind(),
8214                                MagicValue,
8215                                I->getMatchingCType(),
8216                                I->getLayoutCompatible(),
8217                                I->getMustBeNull());
8218   }
8219 }
8220 
8221 Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy
8222 Sema::FinalizeDeclaratorGroup(Scope *S, const DeclSpec &DS,
8223                               Decl **Group, unsigned NumDecls) {
8224   SmallVector<Decl*, 8> Decls;
8225 
8226   if (DS.isTypeSpecOwned())
8227     Decls.push_back(DS.getRepAsDecl());
8228 
8229   for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumDecls; ++i)
8230     if (Decl *D = Group[i])
8231       Decls.push_back(D);
8232 
8233   if (DeclSpec::isDeclRep(DS.getTypeSpecType()))
8234     if (const TagDecl *Tag = dyn_cast_or_null<TagDecl>(DS.getRepAsDecl()))
8235       getASTContext().addUnnamedTag(Tag);
8236 
8237   return BuildDeclaratorGroup(Decls.data(), Decls.size(),
8238                               DS.containsPlaceholderType());
8239 }
8240 
8241 /// BuildDeclaratorGroup - convert a list of declarations into a declaration
8242 /// group, performing any necessary semantic checking.
8243 Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy
8244 Sema::BuildDeclaratorGroup(Decl **Group, unsigned NumDecls,
8245                            bool TypeMayContainAuto) {
8246   // C++0x [dcl.spec.auto]p7:
8247   //   If the type deduced for the template parameter U is not the same in each
8248   //   deduction, the program is ill-formed.
8249   // FIXME: When initializer-list support is added, a distinction is needed
8250   // between the deduced type U and the deduced type which 'auto' stands for.
8251   //   auto a = 0, b = { 1, 2, 3 };
8252   // is legal because the deduced type U is 'int' in both cases.
8253   if (TypeMayContainAuto && NumDecls > 1) {
8254     QualType Deduced;
8255     CanQualType DeducedCanon;
8256     VarDecl *DeducedDecl = 0;
8257     for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumDecls; ++i) {
8258       if (VarDecl *D = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Group[i])) {
8259         AutoType *AT = D->getType()->getContainedAutoType();
8260         // Don't reissue diagnostics when instantiating a template.
8261         if (AT && D->isInvalidDecl())
8262           break;
8263         QualType U = AT ? AT->getDeducedType() : QualType();
8264         if (!U.isNull()) {
8265           CanQualType UCanon = Context.getCanonicalType(U);
8266           if (Deduced.isNull()) {
8267             Deduced = U;
8268             DeducedCanon = UCanon;
8269             DeducedDecl = D;
8270           } else if (DeducedCanon != UCanon) {
8271             Diag(D->getTypeSourceInfo()->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(),
8272                  diag::err_auto_different_deductions)
8273               << (AT->isDecltypeAuto() ? 1 : 0)
8274               << Deduced << DeducedDecl->getDeclName()
8275               << U << D->getDeclName()
8276               << DeducedDecl->getInit()->getSourceRange()
8277               << D->getInit()->getSourceRange();
8278             D->setInvalidDecl();
8279             break;
8280           }
8281         }
8282       }
8283     }
8284   }
8285 
8286   ActOnDocumentableDecls(Group, NumDecls);
8287 
8288   return DeclGroupPtrTy::make(DeclGroupRef::Create(Context, Group, NumDecls));
8289 }
8290 
8291 void Sema::ActOnDocumentableDecl(Decl *D) {
8292   ActOnDocumentableDecls(&D, 1);
8293 }
8294 
8295 void Sema::ActOnDocumentableDecls(Decl **Group, unsigned NumDecls) {
8296   // Don't parse the comment if Doxygen diagnostics are ignored.
8297   if (NumDecls == 0 || !Group[0])
8298    return;
8299 
8300   if (Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::warn_doc_param_not_found,
8301                                Group[0]->getLocation())
8302         == DiagnosticsEngine::Ignored)
8303     return;
8304 
8305   if (NumDecls >= 2) {
8306     // This is a decl group.  Normally it will contain only declarations
8307     // procuded from declarator list.  But in case we have any definitions or
8308     // additional declaration references:
8309     //   'typedef struct S {} S;'
8310     //   'typedef struct S *S;'
8311     //   'struct S *pS;'
8312     // FinalizeDeclaratorGroup adds these as separate declarations.
8313     Decl *MaybeTagDecl = Group[0];
8314     if (MaybeTagDecl && isa<TagDecl>(MaybeTagDecl)) {
8315       Group++;
8316       NumDecls--;
8317     }
8318   }
8319 
8320   // See if there are any new comments that are not attached to a decl.
8321   ArrayRef<RawComment *> Comments = Context.getRawCommentList().getComments();
8322   if (!Comments.empty() &&
8323       !Comments.back()->isAttached()) {
8324     // There is at least one comment that not attached to a decl.
8325     // Maybe it should be attached to one of these decls?
8326     //
8327     // Note that this way we pick up not only comments that precede the
8328     // declaration, but also comments that *follow* the declaration -- thanks to
8329     // the lookahead in the lexer: we've consumed the semicolon and looked
8330     // ahead through comments.
8331     for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumDecls; ++i)
8332       Context.getCommentForDecl(Group[i], &PP);
8333   }
8334 }
8335 
8336 /// ActOnParamDeclarator - Called from Parser::ParseFunctionDeclarator()
8337 /// to introduce parameters into function prototype scope.
8338 Decl *Sema::ActOnParamDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D) {
8339   const DeclSpec &DS = D.getDeclSpec();
8340 
8341   // Verify C99 6.7.5.3p2: The only SCS allowed is 'register'.
8342   // C++03 [dcl.stc]p2 also permits 'auto'.
8343   VarDecl::StorageClass StorageClass = SC_None;
8344   if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_register) {
8345     StorageClass = SC_Register;
8346   } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
8347              DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_auto) {
8348     StorageClass = SC_Auto;
8349   } else if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified) {
8350     Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
8351          diag::err_invalid_storage_class_in_func_decl);
8352     D.getMutableDeclSpec().ClearStorageClassSpecs();
8353   }
8354 
8355   if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = DS.getThreadStorageClassSpec())
8356     Diag(DS.getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_thread)
8357       << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS);
8358   if (DS.isConstexprSpecified())
8359     Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_constexpr)
8360       << 0;
8361 
8362   DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(DS);
8363 
8364   TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S);
8365   QualType parmDeclType = TInfo->getType();
8366 
8367   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
8368     // Check that there are no default arguments inside the type of this
8369     // parameter.
8370     CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D);
8371 
8372     // Parameter declarators cannot be qualified (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1).
8373     if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) {
8374       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_qualified_param_declarator)
8375         << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange();
8376       D.getCXXScopeSpec().clear();
8377     }
8378   }
8379 
8380   // Ensure we have a valid name
8381   IdentifierInfo *II = 0;
8382   if (D.hasName()) {
8383     II = D.getIdentifier();
8384     if (!II) {
8385       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_bad_parameter_name)
8386         << GetNameForDeclarator(D).getName().getAsString();
8387       D.setInvalidType(true);
8388     }
8389   }
8390 
8391   // Check for redeclaration of parameters, e.g. int foo(int x, int x);
8392   if (II) {
8393     LookupResult R(*this, II, D.getIdentifierLoc(), LookupOrdinaryName,
8394                    ForRedeclaration);
8395     LookupName(R, S);
8396     if (R.isSingleResult()) {
8397       NamedDecl *PrevDecl = R.getFoundDecl();
8398       if (PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) {
8399         // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter.
8400         DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(), PrevDecl);
8401         // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration.
8402         PrevDecl = 0;
8403       } else if (S->isDeclScope(PrevDecl)) {
8404         Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_param_redefinition) << II;
8405         Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
8406 
8407         // Recover by removing the name
8408         II = 0;
8409         D.SetIdentifier(0, D.getIdentifierLoc());
8410         D.setInvalidType(true);
8411       }
8412     }
8413   }
8414 
8415   // Temporarily put parameter variables in the translation unit, not
8416   // the enclosing context.  This prevents them from accidentally
8417   // looking like class members in C++.
8418   ParmVarDecl *New = CheckParameter(Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(),
8419                                     D.getLocStart(),
8420                                     D.getIdentifierLoc(), II,
8421                                     parmDeclType, TInfo,
8422                                     StorageClass);
8423 
8424   if (D.isInvalidType())
8425     New->setInvalidDecl();
8426 
8427   assert(S->isFunctionPrototypeScope());
8428   assert(S->getFunctionPrototypeDepth() >= 1);
8429   New->setScopeInfo(S->getFunctionPrototypeDepth() - 1,
8430                     S->getNextFunctionPrototypeIndex());
8431 
8432   // Add the parameter declaration into this scope.
8433   S->AddDecl(New);
8434   if (II)
8435     IdResolver.AddDecl(New);
8436 
8437   ProcessDeclAttributes(S, New, D);
8438 
8439   if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified())
8440     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_local)
8441       << 1 << New->getDeclName()
8442       << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc())
8443       << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc());
8444 
8445   if (New->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) {
8446     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_nonlocal);
8447   }
8448   return New;
8449 }
8450 
8451 /// \brief Synthesizes a variable for a parameter arising from a
8452 /// typedef.
8453 ParmVarDecl *Sema::BuildParmVarDeclForTypedef(DeclContext *DC,
8454                                               SourceLocation Loc,
8455                                               QualType T) {
8456   /* FIXME: setting StartLoc == Loc.
8457      Would it be worth to modify callers so as to provide proper source
8458      location for the unnamed parameters, embedding the parameter's type? */
8459   ParmVarDecl *Param = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, DC, Loc, Loc, 0,
8460                                 T, Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, Loc),
8461                                            SC_None, 0);
8462   Param->setImplicit();
8463   return Param;
8464 }
8465 
8466 void Sema::DiagnoseUnusedParameters(ParmVarDecl * const *Param,
8467                                     ParmVarDecl * const *ParamEnd) {
8468   // Don't diagnose unused-parameter errors in template instantiations; we
8469   // will already have done so in the template itself.
8470   if (!ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty())
8471     return;
8472 
8473   for (; Param != ParamEnd; ++Param) {
8474     if (!(*Param)->isReferenced() && (*Param)->getDeclName() &&
8475         !(*Param)->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) {
8476       Diag((*Param)->getLocation(), diag::warn_unused_parameter)
8477         << (*Param)->getDeclName();
8478     }
8479   }
8480 }
8481 
8482 void Sema::DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(ParmVarDecl * const *Param,
8483                                                   ParmVarDecl * const *ParamEnd,
8484                                                   QualType ReturnTy,
8485                                                   NamedDecl *D) {
8486   if (LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy == 0) // No check.
8487     return;
8488 
8489   // Warn if the return value is pass-by-value and larger than the specified
8490   // threshold.
8491   if (!ReturnTy->isDependentType() && ReturnTy.isPODType(Context)) {
8492     unsigned Size = Context.getTypeSizeInChars(ReturnTy).getQuantity();
8493     if (Size > LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy)
8494       Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::warn_return_value_size)
8495           << D->getDeclName() << Size;
8496   }
8497 
8498   // Warn if any parameter is pass-by-value and larger than the specified
8499   // threshold.
8500   for (; Param != ParamEnd; ++Param) {
8501     QualType T = (*Param)->getType();
8502     if (T->isDependentType() || !T.isPODType(Context))
8503       continue;
8504     unsigned Size = Context.getTypeSizeInChars(T).getQuantity();
8505     if (Size > LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy)
8506       Diag((*Param)->getLocation(), diag::warn_parameter_size)
8507           << (*Param)->getDeclName() << Size;
8508   }
8509 }
8510 
8511 ParmVarDecl *Sema::CheckParameter(DeclContext *DC, SourceLocation StartLoc,
8512                                   SourceLocation NameLoc, IdentifierInfo *Name,
8513                                   QualType T, TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo,
8514                                   VarDecl::StorageClass StorageClass) {
8515   // In ARC, infer a lifetime qualifier for appropriate parameter types.
8516   if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount &&
8517       T.getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_None &&
8518       T->isObjCLifetimeType()) {
8519 
8520     Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime lifetime;
8521 
8522     // Special cases for arrays:
8523     //   - if it's const, use __unsafe_unretained
8524     //   - otherwise, it's an error
8525     if (T->isArrayType()) {
8526       if (!T.isConstQualified()) {
8527         DelayedDiagnostics.add(
8528             sema::DelayedDiagnostic::makeForbiddenType(
8529             NameLoc, diag::err_arc_array_param_no_ownership, T, false));
8530       }
8531       lifetime = Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone;
8532     } else {
8533       lifetime = T->getObjCARCImplicitLifetime();
8534     }
8535     T = Context.getLifetimeQualifiedType(T, lifetime);
8536   }
8537 
8538   ParmVarDecl *New = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, DC, StartLoc, NameLoc, Name,
8539                                          Context.getAdjustedParameterType(T),
8540                                          TSInfo,
8541                                          StorageClass, 0);
8542 
8543   // Parameters can not be abstract class types.
8544   // For record types, this is done by the AbstractClassUsageDiagnoser once
8545   // the class has been completely parsed.
8546   if (!CurContext->isRecord() &&
8547       RequireNonAbstractType(NameLoc, T, diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl,
8548                              AbstractParamType))
8549     New->setInvalidDecl();
8550 
8551   // Parameter declarators cannot be interface types. All ObjC objects are
8552   // passed by reference.
8553   if (T->isObjCObjectType()) {
8554     SourceLocation TypeEndLoc = TSInfo->getTypeLoc().getLocEnd();
8555     Diag(NameLoc,
8556          diag::err_object_cannot_be_passed_returned_by_value) << 1 << T
8557       << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(TypeEndLoc, "*");
8558     T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(T);
8559     New->setType(T);
8560   }
8561 
8562   // ISO/IEC TR 18037 S6.7.3: "The type of an object with automatic storage
8563   // duration shall not be qualified by an address-space qualifier."
8564   // Since all parameters have automatic store duration, they can not have
8565   // an address space.
8566   if (T.getAddressSpace() != 0) {
8567     Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_arg_with_address_space);
8568     New->setInvalidDecl();
8569   }
8570 
8571   return New;
8572 }
8573 
8574 void Sema::ActOnFinishKNRParamDeclarations(Scope *S, Declarator &D,
8575                                            SourceLocation LocAfterDecls) {
8576   DeclaratorChunk::FunctionTypeInfo &FTI = D.getFunctionTypeInfo();
8577 
8578   // Verify 6.9.1p6: 'every identifier in the identifier list shall be declared'
8579   // for a K&R function.
8580   if (!FTI.hasPrototype) {
8581     for (int i = FTI.NumArgs; i != 0; /* decrement in loop */) {
8582       --i;
8583       if (FTI.ArgInfo[i].Param == 0) {
8584         SmallString<256> Code;
8585         llvm::raw_svector_ostream(Code) << "  int "
8586                                         << FTI.ArgInfo[i].Ident->getName()
8587                                         << ";\n";
8588         Diag(FTI.ArgInfo[i].IdentLoc, diag::ext_param_not_declared)
8589           << FTI.ArgInfo[i].Ident
8590           << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(LocAfterDecls, Code.str());
8591 
8592         // Implicitly declare the argument as type 'int' for lack of a better
8593         // type.
8594         AttributeFactory attrs;
8595         DeclSpec DS(attrs);
8596         const char* PrevSpec; // unused
8597         unsigned DiagID; // unused
8598         DS.SetTypeSpecType(DeclSpec::TST_int, FTI.ArgInfo[i].IdentLoc,
8599                            PrevSpec, DiagID);
8600         // Use the identifier location for the type source range.
8601         DS.SetRangeStart(FTI.ArgInfo[i].IdentLoc);
8602         DS.SetRangeEnd(FTI.ArgInfo[i].IdentLoc);
8603         Declarator ParamD(DS, Declarator::KNRTypeListContext);
8604         ParamD.SetIdentifier(FTI.ArgInfo[i].Ident, FTI.ArgInfo[i].IdentLoc);
8605         FTI.ArgInfo[i].Param = ActOnParamDeclarator(S, ParamD);
8606       }
8607     }
8608   }
8609 }
8610 
8611 Decl *Sema::ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *FnBodyScope, Declarator &D) {
8612   assert(getCurFunctionDecl() == 0 && "Function parsing confused");
8613   assert(D.isFunctionDeclarator() && "Not a function declarator!");
8614   Scope *ParentScope = FnBodyScope->getParent();
8615 
8616   D.setFunctionDefinitionKind(FDK_Definition);
8617   Decl *DP = HandleDeclarator(ParentScope, D, MultiTemplateParamsArg());
8618   return ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(FnBodyScope, DP);
8619 }
8620 
8621 static bool ShouldWarnAboutMissingPrototype(const FunctionDecl *FD,
8622                              const FunctionDecl*& PossibleZeroParamPrototype) {
8623   // Don't warn about invalid declarations.
8624   if (FD->isInvalidDecl())
8625     return false;
8626 
8627   // Or declarations that aren't global.
8628   if (!FD->isGlobal())
8629     return false;
8630 
8631   // Don't warn about C++ member functions.
8632   if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(FD))
8633     return false;
8634 
8635   // Don't warn about 'main'.
8636   if (FD->isMain())
8637     return false;
8638 
8639   // Don't warn about inline functions.
8640   if (FD->isInlined())
8641     return false;
8642 
8643   // Don't warn about function templates.
8644   if (FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate())
8645     return false;
8646 
8647   // Don't warn about function template specializations.
8648   if (FD->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization())
8649     return false;
8650 
8651   // Don't warn for OpenCL kernels.
8652   if (FD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>())
8653     return false;
8654 
8655   bool MissingPrototype = true;
8656   for (const FunctionDecl *Prev = FD->getPreviousDecl();
8657        Prev; Prev = Prev->getPreviousDecl()) {
8658     // Ignore any declarations that occur in function or method
8659     // scope, because they aren't visible from the header.
8660     if (Prev->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod())
8661       continue;
8662 
8663     MissingPrototype = !Prev->getType()->isFunctionProtoType();
8664     if (FD->getNumParams() == 0)
8665       PossibleZeroParamPrototype = Prev;
8666     break;
8667   }
8668 
8669   return MissingPrototype;
8670 }
8671 
8672 void Sema::CheckForFunctionRedefinition(FunctionDecl *FD) {
8673   // Don't complain if we're in GNU89 mode and the previous definition
8674   // was an extern inline function.
8675   const FunctionDecl *Definition;
8676   if (FD->isDefined(Definition) &&
8677       !canRedefineFunction(Definition, getLangOpts())) {
8678     if (getLangOpts().GNUMode && Definition->isInlineSpecified() &&
8679         Definition->getStorageClass() == SC_Extern)
8680       Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_extern_inline)
8681         << FD->getDeclName() << getLangOpts().CPlusPlus;
8682     else
8683       Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << FD->getDeclName();
8684     Diag(Definition->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
8685     FD->setInvalidDecl();
8686   }
8687 }
8688 
8689 Decl *Sema::ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *FnBodyScope, Decl *D) {
8690   // Clear the last template instantiation error context.
8691   LastTemplateInstantiationErrorContext = ActiveTemplateInstantiation();
8692 
8693   if (!D)
8694     return D;
8695   FunctionDecl *FD = 0;
8696 
8697   if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FunTmpl = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D))
8698     FD = FunTmpl->getTemplatedDecl();
8699   else
8700     FD = cast<FunctionDecl>(D);
8701 
8702   // Enter a new function scope
8703   PushFunctionScope();
8704 
8705   // See if this is a redefinition.
8706   if (!FD->isLateTemplateParsed())
8707     CheckForFunctionRedefinition(FD);
8708 
8709   // Builtin functions cannot be defined.
8710   if (unsigned BuiltinID = FD->getBuiltinID()) {
8711     if (!Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BuiltinID) &&
8712         !Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedRuntimeFunction(BuiltinID)) {
8713       Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_builtin_definition) << FD;
8714       FD->setInvalidDecl();
8715     }
8716   }
8717 
8718   // The return type of a function definition must be complete
8719   // (C99 6.9.1p3, C++ [dcl.fct]p6).
8720   QualType ResultType = FD->getResultType();
8721   if (!ResultType->isDependentType() && !ResultType->isVoidType() &&
8722       !FD->isInvalidDecl() &&
8723       RequireCompleteType(FD->getLocation(), ResultType,
8724                           diag::err_func_def_incomplete_result))
8725     FD->setInvalidDecl();
8726 
8727   // GNU warning -Wmissing-prototypes:
8728   //   Warn if a global function is defined without a previous
8729   //   prototype declaration. This warning is issued even if the
8730   //   definition itself provides a prototype. The aim is to detect
8731   //   global functions that fail to be declared in header files.
8732   const FunctionDecl *PossibleZeroParamPrototype = 0;
8733   if (ShouldWarnAboutMissingPrototype(FD, PossibleZeroParamPrototype)) {
8734     Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_missing_prototype) << FD;
8735 
8736     if (PossibleZeroParamPrototype) {
8737       // We found a declaration that is not a prototype,
8738       // but that could be a zero-parameter prototype
8739       TypeSourceInfo* TI = PossibleZeroParamPrototype->getTypeSourceInfo();
8740       TypeLoc TL = TI->getTypeLoc();
8741       if (FunctionNoProtoTypeLoc FTL = TL.getAs<FunctionNoProtoTypeLoc>())
8742         Diag(PossibleZeroParamPrototype->getLocation(),
8743              diag::note_declaration_not_a_prototype)
8744           << PossibleZeroParamPrototype
8745           << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(FTL.getRParenLoc(), "void");
8746     }
8747   }
8748 
8749   if (FnBodyScope)
8750     PushDeclContext(FnBodyScope, FD);
8751 
8752   // Check the validity of our function parameters
8753   CheckParmsForFunctionDef(FD->param_begin(), FD->param_end(),
8754                            /*CheckParameterNames=*/true);
8755 
8756   // Introduce our parameters into the function scope
8757   for (unsigned p = 0, NumParams = FD->getNumParams(); p < NumParams; ++p) {
8758     ParmVarDecl *Param = FD->getParamDecl(p);
8759     Param->setOwningFunction(FD);
8760 
8761     // If this has an identifier, add it to the scope stack.
8762     if (Param->getIdentifier() && FnBodyScope) {
8763       CheckShadow(FnBodyScope, Param);
8764 
8765       PushOnScopeChains(Param, FnBodyScope);
8766     }
8767   }
8768 
8769   // If we had any tags defined in the function prototype,
8770   // introduce them into the function scope.
8771   if (FnBodyScope) {
8772     for (llvm::ArrayRef<NamedDecl*>::iterator I = FD->getDeclsInPrototypeScope().begin(),
8773            E = FD->getDeclsInPrototypeScope().end(); I != E; ++I) {
8774       NamedDecl *D = *I;
8775 
8776       // Some of these decls (like enums) may have been pinned to the translation unit
8777       // for lack of a real context earlier. If so, remove from the translation unit
8778       // and reattach to the current context.
8779       if (D->getLexicalDeclContext() == Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()) {
8780         // Is the decl actually in the context?
8781         for (DeclContext::decl_iterator DI = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->decls_begin(),
8782                DE = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->decls_end(); DI != DE; ++DI) {
8783           if (*DI == D) {
8784             Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->removeDecl(D);
8785             break;
8786           }
8787         }
8788         // Either way, reassign the lexical decl context to our FunctionDecl.
8789         D->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext);
8790       }
8791 
8792       // If the decl has a non-null name, make accessible in the current scope.
8793       if (!D->getName().empty())
8794         PushOnScopeChains(D, FnBodyScope, /*AddToContext=*/false);
8795 
8796       // Similarly, dive into enums and fish their constants out, making them
8797       // accessible in this scope.
8798       if (EnumDecl *ED = dyn_cast<EnumDecl>(D)) {
8799         for (EnumDecl::enumerator_iterator EI = ED->enumerator_begin(),
8800                EE = ED->enumerator_end(); EI != EE; ++EI)
8801           PushOnScopeChains(*EI, FnBodyScope, /*AddToContext=*/false);
8802       }
8803     }
8804   }
8805 
8806   // Ensure that the function's exception specification is instantiated.
8807   if (const FunctionProtoType *FPT = FD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>())
8808     ResolveExceptionSpec(D->getLocation(), FPT);
8809 
8810   // Checking attributes of current function definition
8811   // dllimport attribute.
8812   DLLImportAttr *DA = FD->getAttr<DLLImportAttr>();
8813   if (DA && (!FD->getAttr<DLLExportAttr>())) {
8814     // dllimport attribute cannot be directly applied to definition.
8815     // Microsoft accepts dllimport for functions defined within class scope.
8816     if (!DA->isInherited() &&
8817         !(LangOpts.MicrosoftExt && FD->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord())) {
8818       Diag(FD->getLocation(),
8819            diag::err_attribute_can_be_applied_only_to_symbol_declaration)
8820         << "dllimport";
8821       FD->setInvalidDecl();
8822       return D;
8823     }
8824 
8825     // Visual C++ appears to not think this is an issue, so only issue
8826     // a warning when Microsoft extensions are disabled.
8827     if (!LangOpts.MicrosoftExt) {
8828       // If a symbol previously declared dllimport is later defined, the
8829       // attribute is ignored in subsequent references, and a warning is
8830       // emitted.
8831       Diag(FD->getLocation(),
8832            diag::warn_redeclaration_without_attribute_prev_attribute_ignored)
8833         << FD->getName() << "dllimport";
8834     }
8835   }
8836   // We want to attach documentation to original Decl (which might be
8837   // a function template).
8838   ActOnDocumentableDecl(D);
8839   return D;
8840 }
8841 
8842 /// \brief Given the set of return statements within a function body,
8843 /// compute the variables that are subject to the named return value
8844 /// optimization.
8845 ///
8846 /// Each of the variables that is subject to the named return value
8847 /// optimization will be marked as NRVO variables in the AST, and any
8848 /// return statement that has a marked NRVO variable as its NRVO candidate can
8849 /// use the named return value optimization.
8850 ///
8851 /// This function applies a very simplistic algorithm for NRVO: if every return
8852 /// statement in the function has the same NRVO candidate, that candidate is
8853 /// the NRVO variable.
8854 ///
8855 /// FIXME: Employ a smarter algorithm that accounts for multiple return
8856 /// statements and the lifetimes of the NRVO candidates. We should be able to
8857 /// find a maximal set of NRVO variables.
8858 void Sema::computeNRVO(Stmt *Body, FunctionScopeInfo *Scope) {
8859   ReturnStmt **Returns = Scope->Returns.data();
8860 
8861   const VarDecl *NRVOCandidate = 0;
8862   for (unsigned I = 0, E = Scope->Returns.size(); I != E; ++I) {
8863     if (!Returns[I]->getNRVOCandidate())
8864       return;
8865 
8866     if (!NRVOCandidate)
8867       NRVOCandidate = Returns[I]->getNRVOCandidate();
8868     else if (NRVOCandidate != Returns[I]->getNRVOCandidate())
8869       return;
8870   }
8871 
8872   if (NRVOCandidate)
8873     const_cast<VarDecl*>(NRVOCandidate)->setNRVOVariable(true);
8874 }
8875 
8876 bool Sema::canSkipFunctionBody(Decl *D) {
8877   if (!Consumer.shouldSkipFunctionBody(D))
8878     return false;
8879 
8880   if (isa<ObjCMethodDecl>(D))
8881     return true;
8882 
8883   FunctionDecl *FD = 0;
8884   if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FTD = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D))
8885     FD = FTD->getTemplatedDecl();
8886   else
8887     FD = cast<FunctionDecl>(D);
8888 
8889   // We cannot skip the body of a function (or function template) which is
8890   // constexpr, since we may need to evaluate its body in order to parse the
8891   // rest of the file.
8892   // We cannot skip the body of a function with an undeduced return type,
8893   // because any callers of that function need to know the type.
8894   return !FD->isConstexpr() && !FD->getResultType()->isUndeducedType();
8895 }
8896 
8897 Decl *Sema::ActOnSkippedFunctionBody(Decl *Decl) {
8898   if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(Decl))
8899     FD->setHasSkippedBody();
8900   else if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCMethodDecl>(Decl))
8901     MD->setHasSkippedBody();
8902   return ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl, 0);
8903 }
8904 
8905 Decl *Sema::ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *D, Stmt *BodyArg) {
8906   return ActOnFinishFunctionBody(D, BodyArg, false);
8907 }
8908 
8909 Decl *Sema::ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *dcl, Stmt *Body,
8910                                     bool IsInstantiation) {
8911   FunctionDecl *FD = 0;
8912   FunctionTemplateDecl *FunTmpl = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionTemplateDecl>(dcl);
8913   if (FunTmpl)
8914     FD = FunTmpl->getTemplatedDecl();
8915   else
8916     FD = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(dcl);
8917 
8918   sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings::Policy WP = AnalysisWarnings.getDefaultPolicy();
8919   sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings::Policy *ActivePolicy = 0;
8920 
8921   if (FD) {
8922     FD->setBody(Body);
8923 
8924     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus1y && !FD->isInvalidDecl() && Body &&
8925         !FD->isDependentContext() && FD->getResultType()->isUndeducedType()) {
8926       // If the function has a deduced result type but contains no 'return'
8927       // statements, the result type as written must be exactly 'auto', and
8928       // the deduced result type is 'void'.
8929       if (!FD->getResultType()->getAs<AutoType>()) {
8930         Diag(dcl->getLocation(), diag::err_auto_fn_no_return_but_not_auto)
8931           << FD->getResultType();
8932         FD->setInvalidDecl();
8933       } else {
8934         // Substitute 'void' for the 'auto' in the type.
8935         TypeLoc ResultType = FD->getTypeSourceInfo()->getTypeLoc().
8936             IgnoreParens().castAs<FunctionProtoTypeLoc>().getResultLoc();
8937         Context.adjustDeducedFunctionResultType(
8938             FD, SubstAutoType(ResultType.getType(), Context.VoidTy));
8939       }
8940     }
8941 
8942     // The only way to be included in UndefinedButUsed is if there is an
8943     // ODR use before the definition. Avoid the expensive map lookup if this
8944     // is the first declaration.
8945     if (FD->getPreviousDecl() != 0 && FD->getPreviousDecl()->isUsed()) {
8946       if (!FD->isExternallyVisible())
8947         UndefinedButUsed.erase(FD);
8948       else if (FD->isInlined() &&
8949                (LangOpts.CPlusPlus || !LangOpts.GNUInline) &&
8950                (!FD->getPreviousDecl()->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>()))
8951         UndefinedButUsed.erase(FD);
8952     }
8953 
8954     // If the function implicitly returns zero (like 'main') or is naked,
8955     // don't complain about missing return statements.
8956     if (FD->hasImplicitReturnZero() || FD->hasAttr<NakedAttr>())
8957       WP.disableCheckFallThrough();
8958 
8959     // MSVC permits the use of pure specifier (=0) on function definition,
8960     // defined at class scope, warn about this non standard construct.
8961     if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt && FD->isPure())
8962       Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_pure_function_definition);
8963 
8964     if (!FD->isInvalidDecl()) {
8965       DiagnoseUnusedParameters(FD->param_begin(), FD->param_end());
8966       DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(FD->param_begin(), FD->param_end(),
8967                                              FD->getResultType(), FD);
8968 
8969       // If this is a constructor, we need a vtable.
8970       if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(FD))
8971         MarkVTableUsed(FD->getLocation(), Constructor->getParent());
8972 
8973       // Try to apply the named return value optimization. We have to check
8974       // if we can do this here because lambdas keep return statements around
8975       // to deduce an implicit return type.
8976       if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && FD->getResultType()->isRecordType() &&
8977           !FD->isDependentContext())
8978         computeNRVO(Body, getCurFunction());
8979     }
8980 
8981     assert((FD == getCurFunctionDecl() || getCurLambda()->CallOperator == FD) &&
8982            "Function parsing confused");
8983   } else if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCMethodDecl>(dcl)) {
8984     assert(MD == getCurMethodDecl() && "Method parsing confused");
8985     MD->setBody(Body);
8986     if (!MD->isInvalidDecl()) {
8987       DiagnoseUnusedParameters(MD->param_begin(), MD->param_end());
8988       DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(MD->param_begin(), MD->param_end(),
8989                                              MD->getResultType(), MD);
8990 
8991       if (Body)
8992         computeNRVO(Body, getCurFunction());
8993     }
8994     if (getCurFunction()->ObjCShouldCallSuper) {
8995       Diag(MD->getLocEnd(), diag::warn_objc_missing_super_call)
8996         << MD->getSelector().getAsString();
8997       getCurFunction()->ObjCShouldCallSuper = false;
8998     }
8999   } else {
9000     return 0;
9001   }
9002 
9003   assert(!getCurFunction()->ObjCShouldCallSuper &&
9004          "This should only be set for ObjC methods, which should have been "
9005          "handled in the block above.");
9006 
9007   // Verify and clean out per-function state.
9008   if (Body) {
9009     // C++ constructors that have function-try-blocks can't have return
9010     // statements in the handlers of that block. (C++ [except.handle]p14)
9011     // Verify this.
9012     if (FD && isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(FD) && isa<CXXTryStmt>(Body))
9013       DiagnoseReturnInConstructorExceptionHandler(cast<CXXTryStmt>(Body));
9014 
9015     // Verify that gotos and switch cases don't jump into scopes illegally.
9016     if (getCurFunction()->NeedsScopeChecking() &&
9017         !dcl->isInvalidDecl() &&
9018         !hasAnyUnrecoverableErrorsInThisFunction() &&
9019         !PP.isCodeCompletionEnabled())
9020       DiagnoseInvalidJumps(Body);
9021 
9022     if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(dcl)) {
9023       if (!Destructor->getParent()->isDependentType())
9024         CheckDestructor(Destructor);
9025 
9026       MarkBaseAndMemberDestructorsReferenced(Destructor->getLocation(),
9027                                              Destructor->getParent());
9028     }
9029 
9030     // If any errors have occurred, clear out any temporaries that may have
9031     // been leftover. This ensures that these temporaries won't be picked up for
9032     // deletion in some later function.
9033     if (PP.getDiagnostics().hasErrorOccurred() ||
9034         PP.getDiagnostics().getSuppressAllDiagnostics()) {
9035       DiscardCleanupsInEvaluationContext();
9036     }
9037     if (!PP.getDiagnostics().hasUncompilableErrorOccurred() &&
9038         !isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(dcl)) {
9039       // Since the body is valid, issue any analysis-based warnings that are
9040       // enabled.
9041       ActivePolicy = &WP;
9042     }
9043 
9044     if (!IsInstantiation && FD && FD->isConstexpr() && !FD->isInvalidDecl() &&
9045         (!CheckConstexprFunctionDecl(FD) ||
9046          !CheckConstexprFunctionBody(FD, Body)))
9047       FD->setInvalidDecl();
9048 
9049     assert(ExprCleanupObjects.empty() && "Leftover temporaries in function");
9050     assert(!ExprNeedsCleanups && "Unaccounted cleanups in function");
9051     assert(MaybeODRUseExprs.empty() &&
9052            "Leftover expressions for odr-use checking");
9053   }
9054 
9055   if (!IsInstantiation)
9056     PopDeclContext();
9057 
9058   PopFunctionScopeInfo(ActivePolicy, dcl);
9059 
9060   // If any errors have occurred, clear out any temporaries that may have
9061   // been leftover. This ensures that these temporaries won't be picked up for
9062   // deletion in some later function.
9063   if (getDiagnostics().hasErrorOccurred()) {
9064     DiscardCleanupsInEvaluationContext();
9065   }
9066 
9067   return dcl;
9068 }
9069 
9070 
9071 /// When we finish delayed parsing of an attribute, we must attach it to the
9072 /// relevant Decl.
9073 void Sema::ActOnFinishDelayedAttribute(Scope *S, Decl *D,
9074                                        ParsedAttributes &Attrs) {
9075   // Always attach attributes to the underlying decl.
9076   if (TemplateDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TemplateDecl>(D))
9077     D = TD->getTemplatedDecl();
9078   ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, D, Attrs.getList());
9079 
9080   if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXMethodDecl>(D))
9081     if (Method->isStatic())
9082       checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionAttributes(Method);
9083 }
9084 
9085 
9086 /// ImplicitlyDefineFunction - An undeclared identifier was used in a function
9087 /// call, forming a call to an implicitly defined function (per C99 6.5.1p2).
9088 NamedDecl *Sema::ImplicitlyDefineFunction(SourceLocation Loc,
9089                                           IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S) {
9090   // Before we produce a declaration for an implicitly defined
9091   // function, see whether there was a locally-scoped declaration of
9092   // this name as a function or variable. If so, use that
9093   // (non-visible) declaration, and complain about it.
9094   if (NamedDecl *ExternCPrev = findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(&II)) {
9095     Diag(Loc, diag::warn_use_out_of_scope_declaration) << ExternCPrev;
9096     Diag(ExternCPrev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
9097     return ExternCPrev;
9098   }
9099 
9100   // Extension in C99.  Legal in C90, but warn about it.
9101   unsigned diag_id;
9102   if (II.getName().startswith("__builtin_"))
9103     diag_id = diag::warn_builtin_unknown;
9104   else if (getLangOpts().C99)
9105     diag_id = diag::ext_implicit_function_decl;
9106   else
9107     diag_id = diag::warn_implicit_function_decl;
9108   Diag(Loc, diag_id) << &II;
9109 
9110   // Because typo correction is expensive, only do it if the implicit
9111   // function declaration is going to be treated as an error.
9112   if (Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag_id, Loc) >= DiagnosticsEngine::Error) {
9113     TypoCorrection Corrected;
9114     DeclFilterCCC<FunctionDecl> Validator;
9115     if (S && (Corrected = CorrectTypo(DeclarationNameInfo(&II, Loc),
9116                                       LookupOrdinaryName, S, 0, Validator))) {
9117       std::string CorrectedStr = Corrected.getAsString(getLangOpts());
9118       std::string CorrectedQuotedStr = Corrected.getQuoted(getLangOpts());
9119       FunctionDecl *Func = Corrected.getCorrectionDeclAs<FunctionDecl>();
9120 
9121       Diag(Loc, diag::note_function_suggestion) << CorrectedQuotedStr
9122           << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(Loc, CorrectedStr);
9123 
9124       if (Func->getLocation().isValid()
9125           && !II.getName().startswith("__builtin_"))
9126         Diag(Func->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl)
9127             << CorrectedQuotedStr;
9128     }
9129   }
9130 
9131   // Set a Declarator for the implicit definition: int foo();
9132   const char *Dummy;
9133   AttributeFactory attrFactory;
9134   DeclSpec DS(attrFactory);
9135   unsigned DiagID;
9136   bool Error = DS.SetTypeSpecType(DeclSpec::TST_int, Loc, Dummy, DiagID);
9137   (void)Error; // Silence warning.
9138   assert(!Error && "Error setting up implicit decl!");
9139   SourceLocation NoLoc;
9140   Declarator D(DS, Declarator::BlockContext);
9141   D.AddTypeInfo(DeclaratorChunk::getFunction(/*HasProto=*/false,
9142                                              /*IsAmbiguous=*/false,
9143                                              /*RParenLoc=*/NoLoc,
9144                                              /*ArgInfo=*/0,
9145                                              /*NumArgs=*/0,
9146                                              /*EllipsisLoc=*/NoLoc,
9147                                              /*RParenLoc=*/NoLoc,
9148                                              /*TypeQuals=*/0,
9149                                              /*RefQualifierIsLvalueRef=*/true,
9150                                              /*RefQualifierLoc=*/NoLoc,
9151                                              /*ConstQualifierLoc=*/NoLoc,
9152                                              /*VolatileQualifierLoc=*/NoLoc,
9153                                              /*MutableLoc=*/NoLoc,
9154                                              EST_None,
9155                                              /*ESpecLoc=*/NoLoc,
9156                                              /*Exceptions=*/0,
9157                                              /*ExceptionRanges=*/0,
9158                                              /*NumExceptions=*/0,
9159                                              /*NoexceptExpr=*/0,
9160                                              Loc, Loc, D),
9161                 DS.getAttributes(),
9162                 SourceLocation());
9163   D.SetIdentifier(&II, Loc);
9164 
9165   // Insert this function into translation-unit scope.
9166 
9167   DeclContext *PrevDC = CurContext;
9168   CurContext = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl();
9169 
9170   FunctionDecl *FD = cast<FunctionDecl>(ActOnDeclarator(TUScope, D));
9171   FD->setImplicit();
9172 
9173   CurContext = PrevDC;
9174 
9175   AddKnownFunctionAttributes(FD);
9176 
9177   return FD;
9178 }
9179 
9180 /// \brief Adds any function attributes that we know a priori based on
9181 /// the declaration of this function.
9182 ///
9183 /// These attributes can apply both to implicitly-declared builtins
9184 /// (like __builtin___printf_chk) or to library-declared functions
9185 /// like NSLog or printf.
9186 ///
9187 /// We need to check for duplicate attributes both here and where user-written
9188 /// attributes are applied to declarations.
9189 void Sema::AddKnownFunctionAttributes(FunctionDecl *FD) {
9190   if (FD->isInvalidDecl())
9191     return;
9192 
9193   // If this is a built-in function, map its builtin attributes to
9194   // actual attributes.
9195   if (unsigned BuiltinID = FD->getBuiltinID()) {
9196     // Handle printf-formatting attributes.
9197     unsigned FormatIdx;
9198     bool HasVAListArg;
9199     if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isPrintfLike(BuiltinID, FormatIdx, HasVAListArg)) {
9200       if (!FD->getAttr<FormatAttr>()) {
9201         const char *fmt = "printf";
9202         unsigned int NumParams = FD->getNumParams();
9203         if (FormatIdx < NumParams && // NumParams may be 0 (e.g. vfprintf)
9204             FD->getParamDecl(FormatIdx)->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType())
9205           fmt = "NSString";
9206         FD->addAttr(::new (Context) FormatAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context,
9207                                                fmt, FormatIdx+1,
9208                                                HasVAListArg ? 0 : FormatIdx+2));
9209       }
9210     }
9211     if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isScanfLike(BuiltinID, FormatIdx,
9212                                              HasVAListArg)) {
9213      if (!FD->getAttr<FormatAttr>())
9214        FD->addAttr(::new (Context) FormatAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context,
9215                                               "scanf", FormatIdx+1,
9216                                               HasVAListArg ? 0 : FormatIdx+2));
9217     }
9218 
9219     // Mark const if we don't care about errno and that is the only
9220     // thing preventing the function from being const. This allows
9221     // IRgen to use LLVM intrinsics for such functions.
9222     if (!getLangOpts().MathErrno &&
9223         Context.BuiltinInfo.isConstWithoutErrno(BuiltinID)) {
9224       if (!FD->getAttr<ConstAttr>())
9225         FD->addAttr(::new (Context) ConstAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context));
9226     }
9227 
9228     if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isReturnsTwice(BuiltinID) &&
9229         !FD->getAttr<ReturnsTwiceAttr>())
9230       FD->addAttr(::new (Context) ReturnsTwiceAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context));
9231     if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isNoThrow(BuiltinID) && !FD->getAttr<NoThrowAttr>())
9232       FD->addAttr(::new (Context) NoThrowAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context));
9233     if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isConst(BuiltinID) && !FD->getAttr<ConstAttr>())
9234       FD->addAttr(::new (Context) ConstAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context));
9235   }
9236 
9237   IdentifierInfo *Name = FD->getIdentifier();
9238   if (!Name)
9239     return;
9240   if ((!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
9241        FD->getDeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) ||
9242       (isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(FD->getDeclContext()) &&
9243        cast<LinkageSpecDecl>(FD->getDeclContext())->getLanguage() ==
9244        LinkageSpecDecl::lang_c)) {
9245     // Okay: this could be a libc/libm/Objective-C function we know
9246     // about.
9247   } else
9248     return;
9249 
9250   if (Name->isStr("asprintf") || Name->isStr("vasprintf")) {
9251     // FIXME: asprintf and vasprintf aren't C99 functions. Should they be
9252     // target-specific builtins, perhaps?
9253     if (!FD->getAttr<FormatAttr>())
9254       FD->addAttr(::new (Context) FormatAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context,
9255                                              "printf", 2,
9256                                              Name->isStr("vasprintf") ? 0 : 3));
9257   }
9258 
9259   if (Name->isStr("__CFStringMakeConstantString")) {
9260     // We already have a __builtin___CFStringMakeConstantString,
9261     // but builds that use -fno-constant-cfstrings don't go through that.
9262     if (!FD->getAttr<FormatArgAttr>())
9263       FD->addAttr(::new (Context) FormatArgAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context, 1));
9264   }
9265 }
9266 
9267 TypedefDecl *Sema::ParseTypedefDecl(Scope *S, Declarator &D, QualType T,
9268                                     TypeSourceInfo *TInfo) {
9269   assert(D.getIdentifier() && "Wrong callback for declspec without declarator");
9270   assert(!T.isNull() && "GetTypeForDeclarator() returned null type");
9271 
9272   if (!TInfo) {
9273     assert(D.isInvalidType() && "no declarator info for valid type");
9274     TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T);
9275   }
9276 
9277   // Scope manipulation handled by caller.
9278   TypedefDecl *NewTD = TypedefDecl::Create(Context, CurContext,
9279                                            D.getLocStart(),
9280                                            D.getIdentifierLoc(),
9281                                            D.getIdentifier(),
9282                                            TInfo);
9283 
9284   // Bail out immediately if we have an invalid declaration.
9285   if (D.isInvalidType()) {
9286     NewTD->setInvalidDecl();
9287     return NewTD;
9288   }
9289 
9290   if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) {
9291     if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod())
9292       Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_local)
9293         << 2 << NewTD->getDeclName()
9294         << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc())
9295         << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc());
9296     else
9297       NewTD->setModulePrivate();
9298   }
9299 
9300   // C++ [dcl.typedef]p8:
9301   //   If the typedef declaration defines an unnamed class (or
9302   //   enum), the first typedef-name declared by the declaration
9303   //   to be that class type (or enum type) is used to denote the
9304   //   class type (or enum type) for linkage purposes only.
9305   // We need to check whether the type was declared in the declaration.
9306   switch (D.getDeclSpec().getTypeSpecType()) {
9307   case TST_enum:
9308   case TST_struct:
9309   case TST_interface:
9310   case TST_union:
9311   case TST_class: {
9312     TagDecl *tagFromDeclSpec = cast<TagDecl>(D.getDeclSpec().getRepAsDecl());
9313 
9314     // Do nothing if the tag is not anonymous or already has an
9315     // associated typedef (from an earlier typedef in this decl group).
9316     if (tagFromDeclSpec->getIdentifier()) break;
9317     if (tagFromDeclSpec->getTypedefNameForAnonDecl()) break;
9318 
9319     // A well-formed anonymous tag must always be a TUK_Definition.
9320     assert(tagFromDeclSpec->isThisDeclarationADefinition());
9321 
9322     // The type must match the tag exactly;  no qualifiers allowed.
9323     if (!Context.hasSameType(T, Context.getTagDeclType(tagFromDeclSpec)))
9324       break;
9325 
9326     // Otherwise, set this is the anon-decl typedef for the tag.
9327     tagFromDeclSpec->setTypedefNameForAnonDecl(NewTD);
9328     break;
9329   }
9330 
9331   default:
9332     break;
9333   }
9334 
9335   return NewTD;
9336 }
9337 
9338 
9339 /// \brief Check that this is a valid underlying type for an enum declaration.
9340 bool Sema::CheckEnumUnderlyingType(TypeSourceInfo *TI) {
9341   SourceLocation UnderlyingLoc = TI->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc();
9342   QualType T = TI->getType();
9343 
9344   if (T->isDependentType())
9345     return false;
9346 
9347   if (const BuiltinType *BT = T->getAs<BuiltinType>())
9348     if (BT->isInteger())
9349       return false;
9350 
9351   Diag(UnderlyingLoc, diag::err_enum_invalid_underlying) << T;
9352   return true;
9353 }
9354 
9355 /// Check whether this is a valid redeclaration of a previous enumeration.
9356 /// \return true if the redeclaration was invalid.
9357 bool Sema::CheckEnumRedeclaration(SourceLocation EnumLoc, bool IsScoped,
9358                                   QualType EnumUnderlyingTy,
9359                                   const EnumDecl *Prev) {
9360   bool IsFixed = !EnumUnderlyingTy.isNull();
9361 
9362   if (IsScoped != Prev->isScoped()) {
9363     Diag(EnumLoc, diag::err_enum_redeclare_scoped_mismatch)
9364       << Prev->isScoped();
9365     Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use);
9366     return true;
9367   }
9368 
9369   if (IsFixed && Prev->isFixed()) {
9370     if (!EnumUnderlyingTy->isDependentType() &&
9371         !Prev->getIntegerType()->isDependentType() &&
9372         !Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(EnumUnderlyingTy,
9373                                         Prev->getIntegerType())) {
9374       Diag(EnumLoc, diag::err_enum_redeclare_type_mismatch)
9375         << EnumUnderlyingTy << Prev->getIntegerType();
9376       Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use);
9377       return true;
9378     }
9379   } else if (IsFixed != Prev->isFixed()) {
9380     Diag(EnumLoc, diag::err_enum_redeclare_fixed_mismatch)
9381       << Prev->isFixed();
9382     Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use);
9383     return true;
9384   }
9385 
9386   return false;
9387 }
9388 
9389 /// \brief Get diagnostic %select index for tag kind for
9390 /// redeclaration diagnostic message.
9391 /// WARNING: Indexes apply to particular diagnostics only!
9392 ///
9393 /// \returns diagnostic %select index.
9394 static unsigned getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(TagTypeKind Tag) {
9395   switch (Tag) {
9396   case TTK_Struct: return 0;
9397   case TTK_Interface: return 1;
9398   case TTK_Class:  return 2;
9399   default: llvm_unreachable("Invalid tag kind for redecl diagnostic!");
9400   }
9401 }
9402 
9403 /// \brief Determine if tag kind is a class-key compatible with
9404 /// class for redeclaration (class, struct, or __interface).
9405 ///
9406 /// \returns true iff the tag kind is compatible.
9407 static bool isClassCompatTagKind(TagTypeKind Tag)
9408 {
9409   return Tag == TTK_Struct || Tag == TTK_Class || Tag == TTK_Interface;
9410 }
9411 
9412 /// \brief Determine whether a tag with a given kind is acceptable
9413 /// as a redeclaration of the given tag declaration.
9414 ///
9415 /// \returns true if the new tag kind is acceptable, false otherwise.
9416 bool Sema::isAcceptableTagRedeclaration(const TagDecl *Previous,
9417                                         TagTypeKind NewTag, bool isDefinition,
9418                                         SourceLocation NewTagLoc,
9419                                         const IdentifierInfo &Name) {
9420   // C++ [dcl.type.elab]p3:
9421   //   The class-key or enum keyword present in the
9422   //   elaborated-type-specifier shall agree in kind with the
9423   //   declaration to which the name in the elaborated-type-specifier
9424   //   refers. This rule also applies to the form of
9425   //   elaborated-type-specifier that declares a class-name or
9426   //   friend class since it can be construed as referring to the
9427   //   definition of the class. Thus, in any
9428   //   elaborated-type-specifier, the enum keyword shall be used to
9429   //   refer to an enumeration (7.2), the union class-key shall be
9430   //   used to refer to a union (clause 9), and either the class or
9431   //   struct class-key shall be used to refer to a class (clause 9)
9432   //   declared using the class or struct class-key.
9433   TagTypeKind OldTag = Previous->getTagKind();
9434   if (!isDefinition || !isClassCompatTagKind(NewTag))
9435     if (OldTag == NewTag)
9436       return true;
9437 
9438   if (isClassCompatTagKind(OldTag) && isClassCompatTagKind(NewTag)) {
9439     // Warn about the struct/class tag mismatch.
9440     bool isTemplate = false;
9441     if (const CXXRecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Previous))
9442       isTemplate = Record->getDescribedClassTemplate();
9443 
9444     if (!ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) {
9445       // In a template instantiation, do not offer fix-its for tag mismatches
9446       // since they usually mess up the template instead of fixing the problem.
9447       Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::warn_struct_class_tag_mismatch)
9448         << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag) << isTemplate << &Name
9449         << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(OldTag);
9450       return true;
9451     }
9452 
9453     if (isDefinition) {
9454       // On definitions, check previous tags and issue a fix-it for each
9455       // one that doesn't match the current tag.
9456       if (Previous->getDefinition()) {
9457         // Don't suggest fix-its for redefinitions.
9458         return true;
9459       }
9460 
9461       bool previousMismatch = false;
9462       for (TagDecl::redecl_iterator I(Previous->redecls_begin()),
9463            E(Previous->redecls_end()); I != E; ++I) {
9464         if (I->getTagKind() != NewTag) {
9465           if (!previousMismatch) {
9466             previousMismatch = true;
9467             Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::warn_struct_class_previous_tag_mismatch)
9468               << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag) << isTemplate << &Name
9469               << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(I->getTagKind());
9470           }
9471           Diag(I->getInnerLocStart(), diag::note_struct_class_suggestion)
9472             << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag)
9473             << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(I->getInnerLocStart(),
9474                  TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindName(NewTag));
9475         }
9476       }
9477       return true;
9478     }
9479 
9480     // Check for a previous definition.  If current tag and definition
9481     // are same type, do nothing.  If no definition, but disagree with
9482     // with previous tag type, give a warning, but no fix-it.
9483     const TagDecl *Redecl = Previous->getDefinition() ?
9484                             Previous->getDefinition() : Previous;
9485     if (Redecl->getTagKind() == NewTag) {
9486       return true;
9487     }
9488 
9489     Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::warn_struct_class_tag_mismatch)
9490       << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag) << isTemplate << &Name
9491       << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(OldTag);
9492     Diag(Redecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use);
9493 
9494     // If there is a previous defintion, suggest a fix-it.
9495     if (Previous->getDefinition()) {
9496         Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::note_struct_class_suggestion)
9497           << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(Redecl->getTagKind())
9498           << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(NewTagLoc),
9499                TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindName(Redecl->getTagKind()));
9500     }
9501 
9502     return true;
9503   }
9504   return false;
9505 }
9506 
9507 /// ActOnTag - This is invoked when we see 'struct foo' or 'struct {'.  In the
9508 /// former case, Name will be non-null.  In the later case, Name will be null.
9509 /// TagSpec indicates what kind of tag this is. TUK indicates whether this is a
9510 /// reference/declaration/definition of a tag.
9511 Decl *Sema::ActOnTag(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec, TagUseKind TUK,
9512                      SourceLocation KWLoc, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
9513                      IdentifierInfo *Name, SourceLocation NameLoc,
9514                      AttributeList *Attr, AccessSpecifier AS,
9515                      SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc,
9516                      MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists,
9517                      bool &OwnedDecl, bool &IsDependent,
9518                      SourceLocation ScopedEnumKWLoc,
9519                      bool ScopedEnumUsesClassTag,
9520                      TypeResult UnderlyingType) {
9521   // If this is not a definition, it must have a name.
9522   IdentifierInfo *OrigName = Name;
9523   assert((Name != 0 || TUK == TUK_Definition) &&
9524          "Nameless record must be a definition!");
9525   assert(TemplateParameterLists.size() == 0 || TUK != TUK_Reference);
9526 
9527   OwnedDecl = false;
9528   TagTypeKind Kind = TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindForTypeSpec(TagSpec);
9529   bool ScopedEnum = ScopedEnumKWLoc.isValid();
9530 
9531   // FIXME: Check explicit specializations more carefully.
9532   bool isExplicitSpecialization = false;
9533   bool Invalid = false;
9534 
9535   // We only need to do this matching if we have template parameters
9536   // or a scope specifier, which also conveniently avoids this work
9537   // for non-C++ cases.
9538   if (TemplateParameterLists.size() > 0 ||
9539       (SS.isNotEmpty() && TUK != TUK_Reference)) {
9540     if (TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams
9541           = MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier(KWLoc, NameLoc, SS,
9542                                                 TemplateParameterLists.data(),
9543                                                 TemplateParameterLists.size(),
9544                                                     TUK == TUK_Friend,
9545                                                     isExplicitSpecialization,
9546                                                     Invalid)) {
9547       if (Kind == TTK_Enum) {
9548         Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_enum_template);
9549         return 0;
9550       }
9551 
9552       if (TemplateParams->size() > 0) {
9553         // This is a declaration or definition of a class template (which may
9554         // be a member of another template).
9555 
9556         if (Invalid)
9557           return 0;
9558 
9559         OwnedDecl = false;
9560         DeclResult Result = CheckClassTemplate(S, TagSpec, TUK, KWLoc,
9561                                                SS, Name, NameLoc, Attr,
9562                                                TemplateParams, AS,
9563                                                ModulePrivateLoc,
9564                                                TemplateParameterLists.size()-1,
9565                                                TemplateParameterLists.data());
9566         return Result.get();
9567       } else {
9568         // The "template<>" header is extraneous.
9569         Diag(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(), diag::err_template_tag_noparams)
9570           << TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindName(Kind) << Name;
9571         isExplicitSpecialization = true;
9572       }
9573     }
9574   }
9575 
9576   // Figure out the underlying type if this a enum declaration. We need to do
9577   // this early, because it's needed to detect if this is an incompatible
9578   // redeclaration.
9579   llvm::PointerUnion<const Type*, TypeSourceInfo*> EnumUnderlying;
9580 
9581   if (Kind == TTK_Enum) {
9582     if (UnderlyingType.isInvalid() || (!UnderlyingType.get() && ScopedEnum))
9583       // No underlying type explicitly specified, or we failed to parse the
9584       // type, default to int.
9585       EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr();
9586     else if (UnderlyingType.get()) {
9587       // C++0x 7.2p2: The type-specifier-seq of an enum-base shall name an
9588       // integral type; any cv-qualification is ignored.
9589       TypeSourceInfo *TI = 0;
9590       GetTypeFromParser(UnderlyingType.get(), &TI);
9591       EnumUnderlying = TI;
9592 
9593       if (CheckEnumUnderlyingType(TI))
9594         // Recover by falling back to int.
9595         EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr();
9596 
9597       if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(TI->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(), TI,
9598                                           UPPC_FixedUnderlyingType))
9599         EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr();
9600 
9601     } else if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftMode)
9602       // Microsoft enums are always of int type.
9603       EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr();
9604   }
9605 
9606   DeclContext *SearchDC = CurContext;
9607   DeclContext *DC = CurContext;
9608   bool isStdBadAlloc = false;
9609 
9610   RedeclarationKind Redecl = ForRedeclaration;
9611   if (TUK == TUK_Friend || TUK == TUK_Reference)
9612     Redecl = NotForRedeclaration;
9613 
9614   LookupResult Previous(*this, Name, NameLoc, LookupTagName, Redecl);
9615 
9616   if (Name && SS.isNotEmpty()) {
9617     // We have a nested-name tag ('struct foo::bar').
9618 
9619     // Check for invalid 'foo::'.
9620     if (SS.isInvalid()) {
9621       Name = 0;
9622       goto CreateNewDecl;
9623     }
9624 
9625     // If this is a friend or a reference to a class in a dependent
9626     // context, don't try to make a decl for it.
9627     if (TUK == TUK_Friend || TUK == TUK_Reference) {
9628       DC = computeDeclContext(SS, false);
9629       if (!DC) {
9630         IsDependent = true;
9631         return 0;
9632       }
9633     } else {
9634       DC = computeDeclContext(SS, true);
9635       if (!DC) {
9636         Diag(SS.getRange().getBegin(), diag::err_dependent_nested_name_spec)
9637           << SS.getRange();
9638         return 0;
9639       }
9640     }
9641 
9642     if (RequireCompleteDeclContext(SS, DC))
9643       return 0;
9644 
9645     SearchDC = DC;
9646     // Look-up name inside 'foo::'.
9647     LookupQualifiedName(Previous, DC);
9648 
9649     if (Previous.isAmbiguous())
9650       return 0;
9651 
9652     if (Previous.empty()) {
9653       // Name lookup did not find anything. However, if the
9654       // nested-name-specifier refers to the current instantiation,
9655       // and that current instantiation has any dependent base
9656       // classes, we might find something at instantiation time: treat
9657       // this as a dependent elaborated-type-specifier.
9658       // But this only makes any sense for reference-like lookups.
9659       if (Previous.wasNotFoundInCurrentInstantiation() &&
9660           (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend)) {
9661         IsDependent = true;
9662         return 0;
9663       }
9664 
9665       // A tag 'foo::bar' must already exist.
9666       Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_not_tag_in_scope)
9667         << Kind << Name << DC << SS.getRange();
9668       Name = 0;
9669       Invalid = true;
9670       goto CreateNewDecl;
9671     }
9672   } else if (Name) {
9673     // If this is a named struct, check to see if there was a previous forward
9674     // declaration or definition.
9675     // FIXME: We're looking into outer scopes here, even when we
9676     // shouldn't be. Doing so can result in ambiguities that we
9677     // shouldn't be diagnosing.
9678     LookupName(Previous, S);
9679 
9680     // When declaring or defining a tag, ignore ambiguities introduced
9681     // by types using'ed into this scope.
9682     if (Previous.isAmbiguous() &&
9683         (TUK == TUK_Definition || TUK == TUK_Declaration)) {
9684       LookupResult::Filter F = Previous.makeFilter();
9685       while (F.hasNext()) {
9686         NamedDecl *ND = F.next();
9687         if (ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext() != SearchDC)
9688           F.erase();
9689       }
9690       F.done();
9691     }
9692 
9693     // C++11 [namespace.memdef]p3:
9694     //   If the name in a friend declaration is neither qualified nor
9695     //   a template-id and the declaration is a function or an
9696     //   elaborated-type-specifier, the lookup to determine whether
9697     //   the entity has been previously declared shall not consider
9698     //   any scopes outside the innermost enclosing namespace.
9699     //
9700     // Does it matter that this should be by scope instead of by
9701     // semantic context?
9702     if (!Previous.empty() && TUK == TUK_Friend) {
9703       DeclContext *EnclosingNS = SearchDC->getEnclosingNamespaceContext();
9704       LookupResult::Filter F = Previous.makeFilter();
9705       while (F.hasNext()) {
9706         NamedDecl *ND = F.next();
9707         DeclContext *DC = ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext();
9708         if (DC->isFileContext() && !EnclosingNS->Encloses(ND->getDeclContext()))
9709           F.erase();
9710       }
9711       F.done();
9712     }
9713 
9714     // Note:  there used to be some attempt at recovery here.
9715     if (Previous.isAmbiguous())
9716       return 0;
9717 
9718     if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && TUK != TUK_Reference) {
9719       // FIXME: This makes sure that we ignore the contexts associated
9720       // with C structs, unions, and enums when looking for a matching
9721       // tag declaration or definition. See the similar lookup tweak
9722       // in Sema::LookupName; is there a better way to deal with this?
9723       while (isa<RecordDecl>(SearchDC) || isa<EnumDecl>(SearchDC))
9724         SearchDC = SearchDC->getParent();
9725     }
9726   } else if (S->isFunctionPrototypeScope()) {
9727     // If this is an enum declaration in function prototype scope, set its
9728     // initial context to the translation unit.
9729     // FIXME: [citation needed]
9730     SearchDC = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl();
9731   }
9732 
9733   if (Previous.isSingleResult() &&
9734       Previous.getFoundDecl()->isTemplateParameter()) {
9735     // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter.
9736     DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(NameLoc, Previous.getFoundDecl());
9737     // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration.
9738     Previous.clear();
9739   }
9740 
9741   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && Name && DC && StdNamespace &&
9742       DC->Equals(getStdNamespace()) && Name->isStr("bad_alloc")) {
9743     // This is a declaration of or a reference to "std::bad_alloc".
9744     isStdBadAlloc = true;
9745 
9746     if (Previous.empty() && StdBadAlloc) {
9747       // std::bad_alloc has been implicitly declared (but made invisible to
9748       // name lookup). Fill in this implicit declaration as the previous
9749       // declaration, so that the declarations get chained appropriately.
9750       Previous.addDecl(getStdBadAlloc());
9751     }
9752   }
9753 
9754   // If we didn't find a previous declaration, and this is a reference
9755   // (or friend reference), move to the correct scope.  In C++, we
9756   // also need to do a redeclaration lookup there, just in case
9757   // there's a shadow friend decl.
9758   if (Name && Previous.empty() &&
9759       (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend)) {
9760     if (Invalid) goto CreateNewDecl;
9761     assert(SS.isEmpty());
9762 
9763     if (TUK == TUK_Reference) {
9764       // C++ [basic.scope.pdecl]p5:
9765       //   -- for an elaborated-type-specifier of the form
9766       //
9767       //          class-key identifier
9768       //
9769       //      if the elaborated-type-specifier is used in the
9770       //      decl-specifier-seq or parameter-declaration-clause of a
9771       //      function defined in namespace scope, the identifier is
9772       //      declared as a class-name in the namespace that contains
9773       //      the declaration; otherwise, except as a friend
9774       //      declaration, the identifier is declared in the smallest
9775       //      non-class, non-function-prototype scope that contains the
9776       //      declaration.
9777       //
9778       // C99 6.7.2.3p8 has a similar (but not identical!) provision for
9779       // C structs and unions.
9780       //
9781       // It is an error in C++ to declare (rather than define) an enum
9782       // type, including via an elaborated type specifier.  We'll
9783       // diagnose that later; for now, declare the enum in the same
9784       // scope as we would have picked for any other tag type.
9785       //
9786       // GNU C also supports this behavior as part of its incomplete
9787       // enum types extension, while GNU C++ does not.
9788       //
9789       // Find the context where we'll be declaring the tag.
9790       // FIXME: We would like to maintain the current DeclContext as the
9791       // lexical context,
9792       while (!SearchDC->isFileContext() && !SearchDC->isFunctionOrMethod())
9793         SearchDC = SearchDC->getParent();
9794 
9795       // Find the scope where we'll be declaring the tag.
9796       while (S->isClassScope() ||
9797              (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
9798               S->isFunctionPrototypeScope()) ||
9799              ((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0) ||
9800              (S->getEntity() &&
9801               ((DeclContext *)S->getEntity())->isTransparentContext()))
9802         S = S->getParent();
9803     } else {
9804       assert(TUK == TUK_Friend);
9805       // C++ [namespace.memdef]p3:
9806       //   If a friend declaration in a non-local class first declares a
9807       //   class or function, the friend class or function is a member of
9808       //   the innermost enclosing namespace.
9809       SearchDC = SearchDC->getEnclosingNamespaceContext();
9810     }
9811 
9812     // In C++, we need to do a redeclaration lookup to properly
9813     // diagnose some problems.
9814     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
9815       Previous.setRedeclarationKind(ForRedeclaration);
9816       LookupQualifiedName(Previous, SearchDC);
9817     }
9818   }
9819 
9820   if (!Previous.empty()) {
9821     NamedDecl *PrevDecl = (*Previous.begin())->getUnderlyingDecl();
9822 
9823     // It's okay to have a tag decl in the same scope as a typedef
9824     // which hides a tag decl in the same scope.  Finding this
9825     // insanity with a redeclaration lookup can only actually happen
9826     // in C++.
9827     //
9828     // This is also okay for elaborated-type-specifiers, which is
9829     // technically forbidden by the current standard but which is
9830     // okay according to the likely resolution of an open issue;
9831     // see http://www.open-std.org/jtc1/sc22/wg21/docs/cwg_active.html#407
9832     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
9833       if (TypedefNameDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(PrevDecl)) {
9834         if (const TagType *TT = TD->getUnderlyingType()->getAs<TagType>()) {
9835           TagDecl *Tag = TT->getDecl();
9836           if (Tag->getDeclName() == Name &&
9837               Tag->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()
9838                           ->Equals(TD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext())) {
9839             PrevDecl = Tag;
9840             Previous.clear();
9841             Previous.addDecl(Tag);
9842             Previous.resolveKind();
9843           }
9844         }
9845       }
9846     }
9847 
9848     if (TagDecl *PrevTagDecl = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) {
9849       // If this is a use of a previous tag, or if the tag is already declared
9850       // in the same scope (so that the definition/declaration completes or
9851       // rementions the tag), reuse the decl.
9852       if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend ||
9853           isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, SearchDC, S, isExplicitSpecialization)) {
9854         // Make sure that this wasn't declared as an enum and now used as a
9855         // struct or something similar.
9856         if (!isAcceptableTagRedeclaration(PrevTagDecl, Kind,
9857                                           TUK == TUK_Definition, KWLoc,
9858                                           *Name)) {
9859           bool SafeToContinue
9860             = (PrevTagDecl->getTagKind() != TTK_Enum &&
9861                Kind != TTK_Enum);
9862           if (SafeToContinue)
9863             Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_use_with_wrong_tag)
9864               << Name
9865               << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(KWLoc),
9866                                               PrevTagDecl->getKindName());
9867           else
9868             Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_use_with_wrong_tag) << Name;
9869           Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use);
9870 
9871           if (SafeToContinue)
9872             Kind = PrevTagDecl->getTagKind();
9873           else {
9874             // Recover by making this an anonymous redefinition.
9875             Name = 0;
9876             Previous.clear();
9877             Invalid = true;
9878           }
9879         }
9880 
9881         if (Kind == TTK_Enum && PrevTagDecl->getTagKind() == TTK_Enum) {
9882           const EnumDecl *PrevEnum = cast<EnumDecl>(PrevTagDecl);
9883 
9884           // If this is an elaborated-type-specifier for a scoped enumeration,
9885           // the 'class' keyword is not necessary and not permitted.
9886           if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) {
9887             if (ScopedEnum)
9888               Diag(ScopedEnumKWLoc, diag::err_enum_class_reference)
9889                 << PrevEnum->isScoped()
9890                 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(ScopedEnumKWLoc);
9891             return PrevTagDecl;
9892           }
9893 
9894           QualType EnumUnderlyingTy;
9895           if (TypeSourceInfo *TI = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<TypeSourceInfo*>())
9896             EnumUnderlyingTy = TI->getType();
9897           else if (const Type *T = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<const Type*>())
9898             EnumUnderlyingTy = QualType(T, 0);
9899 
9900           // All conflicts with previous declarations are recovered by
9901           // returning the previous declaration, unless this is a definition,
9902           // in which case we want the caller to bail out.
9903           if (CheckEnumRedeclaration(NameLoc.isValid() ? NameLoc : KWLoc,
9904                                      ScopedEnum, EnumUnderlyingTy, PrevEnum))
9905             return TUK == TUK_Declaration ? PrevTagDecl : 0;
9906         }
9907 
9908         // C++11 [class.mem]p1:
9909         //   A member shall not be declared twice in the member-specification,
9910         //   except that a nested class or member class template can be declared
9911         //   and then later defined.
9912         if (TUK == TUK_Declaration && PrevDecl->isCXXClassMember() &&
9913             S->isDeclScope(PrevDecl)) {
9914           Diag(NameLoc, diag::ext_member_redeclared);
9915           Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
9916         }
9917 
9918         if (!Invalid) {
9919           // If this is a use, just return the declaration we found.
9920 
9921           // FIXME: In the future, return a variant or some other clue
9922           // for the consumer of this Decl to know it doesn't own it.
9923           // For our current ASTs this shouldn't be a problem, but will
9924           // need to be changed with DeclGroups.
9925           if ((TUK == TUK_Reference && (!PrevTagDecl->getFriendObjectKind() ||
9926                getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt)) || TUK == TUK_Friend)
9927             return PrevTagDecl;
9928 
9929           // Diagnose attempts to redefine a tag.
9930           if (TUK == TUK_Definition) {
9931             if (TagDecl *Def = PrevTagDecl->getDefinition()) {
9932               // If we're defining a specialization and the previous definition
9933               // is from an implicit instantiation, don't emit an error
9934               // here; we'll catch this in the general case below.
9935               bool IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation = false;
9936               if (isExplicitSpecialization) {
9937                 if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Def))
9938                   IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation =
9939                     RD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() !=
9940                     TSK_ExplicitSpecialization;
9941                 else if (EnumDecl *ED = dyn_cast<EnumDecl>(Def))
9942                   IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation =
9943                     ED->getTemplateSpecializationKind() !=
9944                     TSK_ExplicitSpecialization;
9945               }
9946 
9947               if (!IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation) {
9948                 // A redeclaration in function prototype scope in C isn't
9949                 // visible elsewhere, so merely issue a warning.
9950                 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && S->containedInPrototypeScope())
9951                   Diag(NameLoc, diag::warn_redefinition_in_param_list) << Name;
9952                 else
9953                   Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_redefinition) << Name;
9954                 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
9955                 // If this is a redefinition, recover by making this
9956                 // struct be anonymous, which will make any later
9957                 // references get the previous definition.
9958                 Name = 0;
9959                 Previous.clear();
9960                 Invalid = true;
9961               }
9962             } else {
9963               // If the type is currently being defined, complain
9964               // about a nested redefinition.
9965               const TagType *Tag
9966                 = cast<TagType>(Context.getTagDeclType(PrevTagDecl));
9967               if (Tag->isBeingDefined()) {
9968                 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_nested_redefinition) << Name;
9969                 Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(),
9970                      diag::note_previous_definition);
9971                 Name = 0;
9972                 Previous.clear();
9973                 Invalid = true;
9974               }
9975             }
9976 
9977             // Okay, this is definition of a previously declared or referenced
9978             // tag PrevDecl. We're going to create a new Decl for it.
9979           }
9980         }
9981         // If we get here we have (another) forward declaration or we
9982         // have a definition.  Just create a new decl.
9983 
9984       } else {
9985         // If we get here, this is a definition of a new tag type in a nested
9986         // scope, e.g. "struct foo; void bar() { struct foo; }", just create a
9987         // new decl/type.  We set PrevDecl to NULL so that the entities
9988         // have distinct types.
9989         Previous.clear();
9990       }
9991       // If we get here, we're going to create a new Decl. If PrevDecl
9992       // is non-NULL, it's a definition of the tag declared by
9993       // PrevDecl. If it's NULL, we have a new definition.
9994 
9995 
9996     // Otherwise, PrevDecl is not a tag, but was found with tag
9997     // lookup.  This is only actually possible in C++, where a few
9998     // things like templates still live in the tag namespace.
9999     } else {
10000       // Use a better diagnostic if an elaborated-type-specifier
10001       // found the wrong kind of type on the first
10002       // (non-redeclaration) lookup.
10003       if ((TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) &&
10004           !Previous.isForRedeclaration()) {
10005         unsigned Kind = 0;
10006         if (isa<TypedefDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 1;
10007         else if (isa<TypeAliasDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 2;
10008         else if (isa<ClassTemplateDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 3;
10009         Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_reference_non_tag) << Kind;
10010         Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_declared_at);
10011         Invalid = true;
10012 
10013       // Otherwise, only diagnose if the declaration is in scope.
10014       } else if (!isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, SearchDC, S,
10015                                 isExplicitSpecialization)) {
10016         // do nothing
10017 
10018       // Diagnose implicit declarations introduced by elaborated types.
10019       } else if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) {
10020         unsigned Kind = 0;
10021         if (isa<TypedefDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 1;
10022         else if (isa<TypeAliasDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 2;
10023         else if (isa<ClassTemplateDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 3;
10024         Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_reference_conflict) << Kind;
10025         Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) << PrevDecl;
10026         Invalid = true;
10027 
10028       // Otherwise it's a declaration.  Call out a particularly common
10029       // case here.
10030       } else if (TypedefNameDecl *TND = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(PrevDecl)) {
10031         unsigned Kind = 0;
10032         if (isa<TypeAliasDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 1;
10033         Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_definition_of_typedef)
10034           << Name << Kind << TND->getUnderlyingType();
10035         Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) << PrevDecl;
10036         Invalid = true;
10037 
10038       // Otherwise, diagnose.
10039       } else {
10040         // The tag name clashes with something else in the target scope,
10041         // issue an error and recover by making this tag be anonymous.
10042         Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) << Name;
10043         Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
10044         Name = 0;
10045         Invalid = true;
10046       }
10047 
10048       // The existing declaration isn't relevant to us; we're in a
10049       // new scope, so clear out the previous declaration.
10050       Previous.clear();
10051     }
10052   }
10053 
10054 CreateNewDecl:
10055 
10056   TagDecl *PrevDecl = 0;
10057   if (Previous.isSingleResult())
10058     PrevDecl = cast<TagDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl());
10059 
10060   // If there is an identifier, use the location of the identifier as the
10061   // location of the decl, otherwise use the location of the struct/union
10062   // keyword.
10063   SourceLocation Loc = NameLoc.isValid() ? NameLoc : KWLoc;
10064 
10065   // Otherwise, create a new declaration. If there is a previous
10066   // declaration of the same entity, the two will be linked via
10067   // PrevDecl.
10068   TagDecl *New;
10069 
10070   bool IsForwardReference = false;
10071   if (Kind == TTK_Enum) {
10072     // FIXME: Tag decls should be chained to any simultaneous vardecls, e.g.:
10073     // enum X { A, B, C } D;    D should chain to X.
10074     New = EnumDecl::Create(Context, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name,
10075                            cast_or_null<EnumDecl>(PrevDecl), ScopedEnum,
10076                            ScopedEnumUsesClassTag, !EnumUnderlying.isNull());
10077     // If this is an undefined enum, warn.
10078     if (TUK != TUK_Definition && !Invalid) {
10079       TagDecl *Def;
10080       if ((getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 || getLangOpts().ObjC2) &&
10081           cast<EnumDecl>(New)->isFixed()) {
10082         // C++0x: 7.2p2: opaque-enum-declaration.
10083         // Conflicts are diagnosed above. Do nothing.
10084       }
10085       else if (PrevDecl && (Def = cast<EnumDecl>(PrevDecl)->getDefinition())) {
10086         Diag(Loc, diag::ext_forward_ref_enum_def)
10087           << New;
10088         Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
10089       } else {
10090         unsigned DiagID = diag::ext_forward_ref_enum;
10091         if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftMode)
10092           DiagID = diag::ext_ms_forward_ref_enum;
10093         else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
10094           DiagID = diag::err_forward_ref_enum;
10095         Diag(Loc, DiagID);
10096 
10097         // If this is a forward-declared reference to an enumeration, make a
10098         // note of it; we won't actually be introducing the declaration into
10099         // the declaration context.
10100         if (TUK == TUK_Reference)
10101           IsForwardReference = true;
10102       }
10103     }
10104 
10105     if (EnumUnderlying) {
10106       EnumDecl *ED = cast<EnumDecl>(New);
10107       if (TypeSourceInfo *TI = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<TypeSourceInfo*>())
10108         ED->setIntegerTypeSourceInfo(TI);
10109       else
10110         ED->setIntegerType(QualType(EnumUnderlying.get<const Type*>(), 0));
10111       ED->setPromotionType(ED->getIntegerType());
10112     }
10113 
10114   } else {
10115     // struct/union/class
10116 
10117     // FIXME: Tag decls should be chained to any simultaneous vardecls, e.g.:
10118     // struct X { int A; } D;    D should chain to X.
10119     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
10120       // FIXME: Look for a way to use RecordDecl for simple structs.
10121       New = CXXRecordDecl::Create(Context, Kind, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name,
10122                                   cast_or_null<CXXRecordDecl>(PrevDecl));
10123 
10124       if (isStdBadAlloc && (!StdBadAlloc || getStdBadAlloc()->isImplicit()))
10125         StdBadAlloc = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(New);
10126     } else
10127       New = RecordDecl::Create(Context, Kind, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name,
10128                                cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(PrevDecl));
10129   }
10130 
10131   // Maybe add qualifier info.
10132   if (SS.isNotEmpty()) {
10133     if (SS.isSet()) {
10134       // If this is either a declaration or a definition, check the
10135       // nested-name-specifier against the current context. We don't do this
10136       // for explicit specializations, because they have similar checking
10137       // (with more specific diagnostics) in the call to
10138       // CheckMemberSpecialization, below.
10139       if (!isExplicitSpecialization &&
10140           (TUK == TUK_Definition || TUK == TUK_Declaration) &&
10141           diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration(SS, DC, OrigName, NameLoc))
10142         Invalid = true;
10143 
10144       New->setQualifierInfo(SS.getWithLocInContext(Context));
10145       if (TemplateParameterLists.size() > 0) {
10146         New->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context,
10147                                            TemplateParameterLists.size(),
10148                                            TemplateParameterLists.data());
10149       }
10150     }
10151     else
10152       Invalid = true;
10153   }
10154 
10155   if (RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(New)) {
10156     // Add alignment attributes if necessary; these attributes are checked when
10157     // the ASTContext lays out the structure.
10158     //
10159     // It is important for implementing the correct semantics that this
10160     // happen here (in act on tag decl). The #pragma pack stack is
10161     // maintained as a result of parser callbacks which can occur at
10162     // many points during the parsing of a struct declaration (because
10163     // the #pragma tokens are effectively skipped over during the
10164     // parsing of the struct).
10165     if (TUK == TUK_Definition) {
10166       AddAlignmentAttributesForRecord(RD);
10167       AddMsStructLayoutForRecord(RD);
10168     }
10169   }
10170 
10171   if (ModulePrivateLoc.isValid()) {
10172     if (isExplicitSpecialization)
10173       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_specialization)
10174         << 2
10175         << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(ModulePrivateLoc);
10176     // __module_private__ does not apply to local classes. However, we only
10177     // diagnose this as an error when the declaration specifiers are
10178     // freestanding. Here, we just ignore the __module_private__.
10179     else if (!SearchDC->isFunctionOrMethod())
10180       New->setModulePrivate();
10181   }
10182 
10183   // If this is a specialization of a member class (of a class template),
10184   // check the specialization.
10185   if (isExplicitSpecialization && CheckMemberSpecialization(New, Previous))
10186     Invalid = true;
10187 
10188   if (Invalid)
10189     New->setInvalidDecl();
10190 
10191   if (Attr)
10192     ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, New, Attr);
10193 
10194   // If we're declaring or defining a tag in function prototype scope
10195   // in C, note that this type can only be used within the function.
10196   if (Name && S->isFunctionPrototypeScope() && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
10197     Diag(Loc, diag::warn_decl_in_param_list) << Context.getTagDeclType(New);
10198 
10199   // Set the lexical context. If the tag has a C++ scope specifier, the
10200   // lexical context will be different from the semantic context.
10201   New->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext);
10202 
10203   // Mark this as a friend decl if applicable.
10204   // In Microsoft mode, a friend declaration also acts as a forward
10205   // declaration so we always pass true to setObjectOfFriendDecl to make
10206   // the tag name visible.
10207   if (TUK == TUK_Friend)
10208     New->setObjectOfFriendDecl(/* PreviouslyDeclared = */ !Previous.empty() ||
10209                                getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt);
10210 
10211   // Set the access specifier.
10212   if (!Invalid && SearchDC->isRecord())
10213     SetMemberAccessSpecifier(New, PrevDecl, AS);
10214 
10215   if (TUK == TUK_Definition)
10216     New->startDefinition();
10217 
10218   // If this has an identifier, add it to the scope stack.
10219   if (TUK == TUK_Friend) {
10220     // We might be replacing an existing declaration in the lookup tables;
10221     // if so, borrow its access specifier.
10222     if (PrevDecl)
10223       New->setAccess(PrevDecl->getAccess());
10224 
10225     DeclContext *DC = New->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext();
10226     DC->makeDeclVisibleInContext(New);
10227     if (Name) // can be null along some error paths
10228       if (Scope *EnclosingScope = getScopeForDeclContext(S, DC))
10229         PushOnScopeChains(New, EnclosingScope, /* AddToContext = */ false);
10230   } else if (Name) {
10231     S = getNonFieldDeclScope(S);
10232     PushOnScopeChains(New, S, !IsForwardReference);
10233     if (IsForwardReference)
10234       SearchDC->makeDeclVisibleInContext(New);
10235 
10236   } else {
10237     CurContext->addDecl(New);
10238   }
10239 
10240   // If this is the C FILE type, notify the AST context.
10241   if (IdentifierInfo *II = New->getIdentifier())
10242     if (!New->isInvalidDecl() &&
10243         New->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit() &&
10244         II->isStr("FILE"))
10245       Context.setFILEDecl(New);
10246 
10247   // If we were in function prototype scope (and not in C++ mode), add this
10248   // tag to the list of decls to inject into the function definition scope.
10249   if (S->isFunctionPrototypeScope() && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
10250       InFunctionDeclarator && Name)
10251     DeclsInPrototypeScope.push_back(New);
10252 
10253   if (PrevDecl)
10254     mergeDeclAttributes(New, PrevDecl);
10255 
10256   // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, set the visibility of this
10257   // record.
10258   AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(New);
10259 
10260   OwnedDecl = true;
10261   // In C++, don't return an invalid declaration. We can't recover well from
10262   // the cases where we make the type anonymous.
10263   return (Invalid && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) ? 0 : New;
10264 }
10265 
10266 void Sema::ActOnTagStartDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagD) {
10267   AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD);
10268   TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD);
10269 
10270   // Enter the tag context.
10271   PushDeclContext(S, Tag);
10272 
10273   ActOnDocumentableDecl(TagD);
10274 
10275   // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, set the visibility of this
10276   // record.
10277   AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(Tag);
10278 }
10279 
10280 Decl *Sema::ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition(Decl *IDecl) {
10281   assert(isa<ObjCContainerDecl>(IDecl) &&
10282          "ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition - Not ObjCContainerDecl");
10283   DeclContext *OCD = cast<DeclContext>(IDecl);
10284   assert(getContainingDC(OCD) == CurContext &&
10285       "The next DeclContext should be lexically contained in the current one.");
10286   CurContext = OCD;
10287   return IDecl;
10288 }
10289 
10290 void Sema::ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations(Scope *S, Decl *TagD,
10291                                            SourceLocation FinalLoc,
10292                                            SourceLocation LBraceLoc) {
10293   AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD);
10294   CXXRecordDecl *Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(TagD);
10295 
10296   FieldCollector->StartClass();
10297 
10298   if (!Record->getIdentifier())
10299     return;
10300 
10301   if (FinalLoc.isValid())
10302     Record->addAttr(new (Context) FinalAttr(FinalLoc, Context));
10303 
10304   // C++ [class]p2:
10305   //   [...] The class-name is also inserted into the scope of the
10306   //   class itself; this is known as the injected-class-name. For
10307   //   purposes of access checking, the injected-class-name is treated
10308   //   as if it were a public member name.
10309   CXXRecordDecl *InjectedClassName
10310     = CXXRecordDecl::Create(Context, Record->getTagKind(), CurContext,
10311                             Record->getLocStart(), Record->getLocation(),
10312                             Record->getIdentifier(),
10313                             /*PrevDecl=*/0,
10314                             /*DelayTypeCreation=*/true);
10315   Context.getTypeDeclType(InjectedClassName, Record);
10316   InjectedClassName->setImplicit();
10317   InjectedClassName->setAccess(AS_public);
10318   if (ClassTemplateDecl *Template = Record->getDescribedClassTemplate())
10319       InjectedClassName->setDescribedClassTemplate(Template);
10320   PushOnScopeChains(InjectedClassName, S);
10321   assert(InjectedClassName->isInjectedClassName() &&
10322          "Broken injected-class-name");
10323 }
10324 
10325 void Sema::ActOnTagFinishDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagD,
10326                                     SourceLocation RBraceLoc) {
10327   AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD);
10328   TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD);
10329   Tag->setRBraceLoc(RBraceLoc);
10330 
10331   // Make sure we "complete" the definition even it is invalid.
10332   if (Tag->isBeingDefined()) {
10333     assert(Tag->isInvalidDecl() && "We should already have completed it");
10334     if (RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Tag))
10335       RD->completeDefinition();
10336   }
10337 
10338   if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(Tag))
10339     FieldCollector->FinishClass();
10340 
10341   // Exit this scope of this tag's definition.
10342   PopDeclContext();
10343 
10344   if (getCurLexicalContext()->isObjCContainer() &&
10345       Tag->getDeclContext()->isFileContext())
10346     Tag->setTopLevelDeclInObjCContainer();
10347 
10348   // Notify the consumer that we've defined a tag.
10349   Consumer.HandleTagDeclDefinition(Tag);
10350 }
10351 
10352 void Sema::ActOnObjCContainerFinishDefinition() {
10353   // Exit this scope of this interface definition.
10354   PopDeclContext();
10355 }
10356 
10357 void Sema::ActOnObjCTemporaryExitContainerContext(DeclContext *DC) {
10358   assert(DC == CurContext && "Mismatch of container contexts");
10359   OriginalLexicalContext = DC;
10360   ActOnObjCContainerFinishDefinition();
10361 }
10362 
10363 void Sema::ActOnObjCReenterContainerContext(DeclContext *DC) {
10364   ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition(cast<Decl>(DC));
10365   OriginalLexicalContext = 0;
10366 }
10367 
10368 void Sema::ActOnTagDefinitionError(Scope *S, Decl *TagD) {
10369   AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD);
10370   TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD);
10371   Tag->setInvalidDecl();
10372 
10373   // Make sure we "complete" the definition even it is invalid.
10374   if (Tag->isBeingDefined()) {
10375     if (RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Tag))
10376       RD->completeDefinition();
10377   }
10378 
10379   // We're undoing ActOnTagStartDefinition here, not
10380   // ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations, so we don't have to mess with
10381   // the FieldCollector.
10382 
10383   PopDeclContext();
10384 }
10385 
10386 // Note that FieldName may be null for anonymous bitfields.
10387 ExprResult Sema::VerifyBitField(SourceLocation FieldLoc,
10388                                 IdentifierInfo *FieldName,
10389                                 QualType FieldTy, Expr *BitWidth,
10390                                 bool *ZeroWidth) {
10391   // Default to true; that shouldn't confuse checks for emptiness
10392   if (ZeroWidth)
10393     *ZeroWidth = true;
10394 
10395   // C99 6.7.2.1p4 - verify the field type.
10396   // C++ 9.6p3: A bit-field shall have integral or enumeration type.
10397   if (!FieldTy->isDependentType() && !FieldTy->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) {
10398     // Handle incomplete types with specific error.
10399     if (RequireCompleteType(FieldLoc, FieldTy, diag::err_field_incomplete))
10400       return ExprError();
10401     if (FieldName)
10402       return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_not_integral_type_bitfield)
10403         << FieldName << FieldTy << BitWidth->getSourceRange();
10404     return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_not_integral_type_anon_bitfield)
10405       << FieldTy << BitWidth->getSourceRange();
10406   } else if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(const_cast<Expr *>(BitWidth),
10407                                              UPPC_BitFieldWidth))
10408     return ExprError();
10409 
10410   // If the bit-width is type- or value-dependent, don't try to check
10411   // it now.
10412   if (BitWidth->isValueDependent() || BitWidth->isTypeDependent())
10413     return Owned(BitWidth);
10414 
10415   llvm::APSInt Value;
10416   ExprResult ICE = VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(BitWidth, &Value);
10417   if (ICE.isInvalid())
10418     return ICE;
10419   BitWidth = ICE.take();
10420 
10421   if (Value != 0 && ZeroWidth)
10422     *ZeroWidth = false;
10423 
10424   // Zero-width bitfield is ok for anonymous field.
10425   if (Value == 0 && FieldName)
10426     return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_has_zero_width) << FieldName;
10427 
10428   if (Value.isSigned() && Value.isNegative()) {
10429     if (FieldName)
10430       return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_has_negative_width)
10431                << FieldName << Value.toString(10);
10432     return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_anon_bitfield_has_negative_width)
10433       << Value.toString(10);
10434   }
10435 
10436   if (!FieldTy->isDependentType()) {
10437     uint64_t TypeSize = Context.getTypeSize(FieldTy);
10438     if (Value.getZExtValue() > TypeSize) {
10439       if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
10440         if (FieldName)
10441           return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_size)
10442             << FieldName << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue()
10443             << (unsigned)TypeSize;
10444 
10445         return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_anon_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_size)
10446           << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() << (unsigned)TypeSize;
10447       }
10448 
10449       if (FieldName)
10450         Diag(FieldLoc, diag::warn_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_size)
10451           << FieldName << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue()
10452           << (unsigned)TypeSize;
10453       else
10454         Diag(FieldLoc, diag::warn_anon_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_size)
10455           << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() << (unsigned)TypeSize;
10456     }
10457   }
10458 
10459   return Owned(BitWidth);
10460 }
10461 
10462 /// ActOnField - Each field of a C struct/union is passed into this in order
10463 /// to create a FieldDecl object for it.
10464 Decl *Sema::ActOnField(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, SourceLocation DeclStart,
10465                        Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth) {
10466   FieldDecl *Res = HandleField(S, cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(TagD),
10467                                DeclStart, D, static_cast<Expr*>(BitfieldWidth),
10468                                /*InitStyle=*/ICIS_NoInit, AS_public);
10469   return Res;
10470 }
10471 
10472 /// HandleField - Analyze a field of a C struct or a C++ data member.
10473 ///
10474 FieldDecl *Sema::HandleField(Scope *S, RecordDecl *Record,
10475                              SourceLocation DeclStart,
10476                              Declarator &D, Expr *BitWidth,
10477                              InClassInitStyle InitStyle,
10478                              AccessSpecifier AS) {
10479   IdentifierInfo *II = D.getIdentifier();
10480   SourceLocation Loc = DeclStart;
10481   if (II) Loc = D.getIdentifierLoc();
10482 
10483   TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S);
10484   QualType T = TInfo->getType();
10485   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
10486     CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D);
10487 
10488     if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getIdentifierLoc(), TInfo,
10489                                         UPPC_DataMemberType)) {
10490       D.setInvalidType();
10491       T = Context.IntTy;
10492       TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, Loc);
10493     }
10494   }
10495 
10496   // TR 18037 does not allow fields to be declared with address spaces.
10497   if (T.getQualifiers().hasAddressSpace()) {
10498     Diag(Loc, diag::err_field_with_address_space);
10499     D.setInvalidType();
10500   }
10501 
10502   // OpenCL 1.2 spec, s6.9 r:
10503   // The event type cannot be used to declare a structure or union field.
10504   if (LangOpts.OpenCL && T->isEventT()) {
10505     Diag(Loc, diag::err_event_t_struct_field);
10506     D.setInvalidType();
10507   }
10508 
10509   DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D.getDeclSpec());
10510 
10511   if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpec())
10512     Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(),
10513          diag::err_invalid_thread)
10514       << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS);
10515 
10516   // Check to see if this name was declared as a member previously
10517   NamedDecl *PrevDecl = 0;
10518   LookupResult Previous(*this, II, Loc, LookupMemberName, ForRedeclaration);
10519   LookupName(Previous, S);
10520   switch (Previous.getResultKind()) {
10521     case LookupResult::Found:
10522     case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue:
10523       PrevDecl = Previous.getAsSingle<NamedDecl>();
10524       break;
10525 
10526     case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded:
10527       PrevDecl = Previous.getRepresentativeDecl();
10528       break;
10529 
10530     case LookupResult::NotFound:
10531     case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation:
10532     case LookupResult::Ambiguous:
10533       break;
10534   }
10535   Previous.suppressDiagnostics();
10536 
10537   if (PrevDecl && PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) {
10538     // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter.
10539     DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(), PrevDecl);
10540     // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration.
10541     PrevDecl = 0;
10542   }
10543 
10544   if (PrevDecl && !isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, Record, S))
10545     PrevDecl = 0;
10546 
10547   bool Mutable
10548     = (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable);
10549   SourceLocation TSSL = D.getLocStart();
10550   FieldDecl *NewFD
10551     = CheckFieldDecl(II, T, TInfo, Record, Loc, Mutable, BitWidth, InitStyle,
10552                      TSSL, AS, PrevDecl, &D);
10553 
10554   if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl())
10555     Record->setInvalidDecl();
10556 
10557   if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified())
10558     NewFD->setModulePrivate();
10559 
10560   if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && PrevDecl) {
10561     // Don't introduce NewFD into scope; there's already something
10562     // with the same name in the same scope.
10563   } else if (II) {
10564     PushOnScopeChains(NewFD, S);
10565   } else
10566     Record->addDecl(NewFD);
10567 
10568   return NewFD;
10569 }
10570 
10571 /// \brief Build a new FieldDecl and check its well-formedness.
10572 ///
10573 /// This routine builds a new FieldDecl given the fields name, type,
10574 /// record, etc. \p PrevDecl should refer to any previous declaration
10575 /// with the same name and in the same scope as the field to be
10576 /// created.
10577 ///
10578 /// \returns a new FieldDecl.
10579 ///
10580 /// \todo The Declarator argument is a hack. It will be removed once
10581 FieldDecl *Sema::CheckFieldDecl(DeclarationName Name, QualType T,
10582                                 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
10583                                 RecordDecl *Record, SourceLocation Loc,
10584                                 bool Mutable, Expr *BitWidth,
10585                                 InClassInitStyle InitStyle,
10586                                 SourceLocation TSSL,
10587                                 AccessSpecifier AS, NamedDecl *PrevDecl,
10588                                 Declarator *D) {
10589   IdentifierInfo *II = Name.getAsIdentifierInfo();
10590   bool InvalidDecl = false;
10591   if (D) InvalidDecl = D->isInvalidType();
10592 
10593   // If we receive a broken type, recover by assuming 'int' and
10594   // marking this declaration as invalid.
10595   if (T.isNull()) {
10596     InvalidDecl = true;
10597     T = Context.IntTy;
10598   }
10599 
10600   QualType EltTy = Context.getBaseElementType(T);
10601   if (!EltTy->isDependentType()) {
10602     if (RequireCompleteType(Loc, EltTy, diag::err_field_incomplete)) {
10603       // Fields of incomplete type force their record to be invalid.
10604       Record->setInvalidDecl();
10605       InvalidDecl = true;
10606     } else {
10607       NamedDecl *Def;
10608       EltTy->isIncompleteType(&Def);
10609       if (Def && Def->isInvalidDecl()) {
10610         Record->setInvalidDecl();
10611         InvalidDecl = true;
10612       }
10613     }
10614   }
10615 
10616   // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.c: bitfields are not supported.
10617   if (BitWidth && getLangOpts().OpenCL) {
10618     Diag(Loc, diag::err_opencl_bitfields);
10619     InvalidDecl = true;
10620   }
10621 
10622   // C99 6.7.2.1p8: A member of a structure or union may have any type other
10623   // than a variably modified type.
10624   if (!InvalidDecl && T->isVariablyModifiedType()) {
10625     bool SizeIsNegative;
10626     llvm::APSInt Oversized;
10627 
10628     TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo =
10629       TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TInfo, Context,
10630                                                     SizeIsNegative,
10631                                                     Oversized);
10632     if (FixedTInfo) {
10633       Diag(Loc, diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size);
10634       TInfo = FixedTInfo;
10635       T = FixedTInfo->getType();
10636     } else {
10637       if (SizeIsNegative)
10638         Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_negative_array_size);
10639       else if (Oversized.getBoolValue())
10640         Diag(Loc, diag::err_array_too_large)
10641           << Oversized.toString(10);
10642       else
10643         Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_field_variable_size);
10644       InvalidDecl = true;
10645     }
10646   }
10647 
10648   // Fields can not have abstract class types
10649   if (!InvalidDecl && RequireNonAbstractType(Loc, T,
10650                                              diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl,
10651                                              AbstractFieldType))
10652     InvalidDecl = true;
10653 
10654   bool ZeroWidth = false;
10655   // If this is declared as a bit-field, check the bit-field.
10656   if (!InvalidDecl && BitWidth) {
10657     BitWidth = VerifyBitField(Loc, II, T, BitWidth, &ZeroWidth).take();
10658     if (!BitWidth) {
10659       InvalidDecl = true;
10660       BitWidth = 0;
10661       ZeroWidth = false;
10662     }
10663   }
10664 
10665   // Check that 'mutable' is consistent with the type of the declaration.
10666   if (!InvalidDecl && Mutable) {
10667     unsigned DiagID = 0;
10668     if (T->isReferenceType())
10669       DiagID = diag::err_mutable_reference;
10670     else if (T.isConstQualified())
10671       DiagID = diag::err_mutable_const;
10672 
10673     if (DiagID) {
10674       SourceLocation ErrLoc = Loc;
10675       if (D && D->getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc().isValid())
10676         ErrLoc = D->getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc();
10677       Diag(ErrLoc, DiagID);
10678       Mutable = false;
10679       InvalidDecl = true;
10680     }
10681   }
10682 
10683   FieldDecl *NewFD = FieldDecl::Create(Context, Record, TSSL, Loc, II, T, TInfo,
10684                                        BitWidth, Mutable, InitStyle);
10685   if (InvalidDecl)
10686     NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
10687 
10688   if (PrevDecl && !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) {
10689     Diag(Loc, diag::err_duplicate_member) << II;
10690     Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
10691     NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
10692   }
10693 
10694   if (!InvalidDecl && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
10695     if (Record->isUnion()) {
10696       if (const RecordType *RT = EltTy->getAs<RecordType>()) {
10697         CXXRecordDecl* RDecl = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl());
10698         if (RDecl->getDefinition()) {
10699           // C++ [class.union]p1: An object of a class with a non-trivial
10700           // constructor, a non-trivial copy constructor, a non-trivial
10701           // destructor, or a non-trivial copy assignment operator
10702           // cannot be a member of a union, nor can an array of such
10703           // objects.
10704           if (CheckNontrivialField(NewFD))
10705             NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
10706         }
10707       }
10708 
10709       // C++ [class.union]p1: If a union contains a member of reference type,
10710       // the program is ill-formed, except when compiling with MSVC extensions
10711       // enabled.
10712       if (EltTy->isReferenceType()) {
10713         Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt ?
10714                                     diag::ext_union_member_of_reference_type :
10715                                     diag::err_union_member_of_reference_type)
10716           << NewFD->getDeclName() << EltTy;
10717         if (!getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt)
10718           NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
10719       }
10720     }
10721   }
10722 
10723   // FIXME: We need to pass in the attributes given an AST
10724   // representation, not a parser representation.
10725   if (D) {
10726     // FIXME: The current scope is almost... but not entirely... correct here.
10727     ProcessDeclAttributes(getCurScope(), NewFD, *D);
10728 
10729     if (NewFD->hasAttrs())
10730       CheckAlignasUnderalignment(NewFD);
10731   }
10732 
10733   // In auto-retain/release, infer strong retension for fields of
10734   // retainable type.
10735   if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(NewFD))
10736     NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
10737 
10738   if (T.isObjCGCWeak())
10739     Diag(Loc, diag::warn_attribute_weak_on_field);
10740 
10741   NewFD->setAccess(AS);
10742   return NewFD;
10743 }
10744 
10745 bool Sema::CheckNontrivialField(FieldDecl *FD) {
10746   assert(FD);
10747   assert(getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && "valid check only for C++");
10748 
10749   if (FD->isInvalidDecl())
10750     return true;
10751 
10752   QualType EltTy = Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType());
10753   if (const RecordType *RT = EltTy->getAs<RecordType>()) {
10754     CXXRecordDecl *RDecl = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl());
10755     if (RDecl->getDefinition()) {
10756       // We check for copy constructors before constructors
10757       // because otherwise we'll never get complaints about
10758       // copy constructors.
10759 
10760       CXXSpecialMember member = CXXInvalid;
10761       // We're required to check for any non-trivial constructors. Since the
10762       // implicit default constructor is suppressed if there are any
10763       // user-declared constructors, we just need to check that there is a
10764       // trivial default constructor and a trivial copy constructor. (We don't
10765       // worry about move constructors here, since this is a C++98 check.)
10766       if (RDecl->hasNonTrivialCopyConstructor())
10767         member = CXXCopyConstructor;
10768       else if (!RDecl->hasTrivialDefaultConstructor())
10769         member = CXXDefaultConstructor;
10770       else if (RDecl->hasNonTrivialCopyAssignment())
10771         member = CXXCopyAssignment;
10772       else if (RDecl->hasNonTrivialDestructor())
10773         member = CXXDestructor;
10774 
10775       if (member != CXXInvalid) {
10776         if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 &&
10777             getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && RDecl->hasObjectMember()) {
10778           // Objective-C++ ARC: it is an error to have a non-trivial field of
10779           // a union. However, system headers in Objective-C programs
10780           // occasionally have Objective-C lifetime objects within unions,
10781           // and rather than cause the program to fail, we make those
10782           // members unavailable.
10783           SourceLocation Loc = FD->getLocation();
10784           if (getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(Loc)) {
10785             if (!FD->hasAttr<UnavailableAttr>())
10786               FD->addAttr(new (Context) UnavailableAttr(Loc, Context,
10787                                   "this system field has retaining ownership"));
10788             return false;
10789           }
10790         }
10791 
10792         Diag(FD->getLocation(), getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 ?
10793                diag::warn_cxx98_compat_nontrivial_union_or_anon_struct_member :
10794                diag::err_illegal_union_or_anon_struct_member)
10795           << (int)FD->getParent()->isUnion() << FD->getDeclName() << member;
10796         DiagnoseNontrivial(RDecl, member);
10797         return !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11;
10798       }
10799     }
10800   }
10801 
10802   return false;
10803 }
10804 
10805 /// TranslateIvarVisibility - Translate visibility from a token ID to an
10806 ///  AST enum value.
10807 static ObjCIvarDecl::AccessControl
10808 TranslateIvarVisibility(tok::ObjCKeywordKind ivarVisibility) {
10809   switch (ivarVisibility) {
10810   default: llvm_unreachable("Unknown visitibility kind");
10811   case tok::objc_private: return ObjCIvarDecl::Private;
10812   case tok::objc_public: return ObjCIvarDecl::Public;
10813   case tok::objc_protected: return ObjCIvarDecl::Protected;
10814   case tok::objc_package: return ObjCIvarDecl::Package;
10815   }
10816 }
10817 
10818 /// ActOnIvar - Each ivar field of an objective-c class is passed into this
10819 /// in order to create an IvarDecl object for it.
10820 Decl *Sema::ActOnIvar(Scope *S,
10821                                 SourceLocation DeclStart,
10822                                 Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth,
10823                                 tok::ObjCKeywordKind Visibility) {
10824 
10825   IdentifierInfo *II = D.getIdentifier();
10826   Expr *BitWidth = (Expr*)BitfieldWidth;
10827   SourceLocation Loc = DeclStart;
10828   if (II) Loc = D.getIdentifierLoc();
10829 
10830   // FIXME: Unnamed fields can be handled in various different ways, for
10831   // example, unnamed unions inject all members into the struct namespace!
10832 
10833   TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S);
10834   QualType T = TInfo->getType();
10835 
10836   if (BitWidth) {
10837     // 6.7.2.1p3, 6.7.2.1p4
10838     BitWidth = VerifyBitField(Loc, II, T, BitWidth).take();
10839     if (!BitWidth)
10840       D.setInvalidType();
10841   } else {
10842     // Not a bitfield.
10843 
10844     // validate II.
10845 
10846   }
10847   if (T->isReferenceType()) {
10848     Diag(Loc, diag::err_ivar_reference_type);
10849     D.setInvalidType();
10850   }
10851   // C99 6.7.2.1p8: A member of a structure or union may have any type other
10852   // than a variably modified type.
10853   else if (T->isVariablyModifiedType()) {
10854     Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_ivar_variable_size);
10855     D.setInvalidType();
10856   }
10857 
10858   // Get the visibility (access control) for this ivar.
10859   ObjCIvarDecl::AccessControl ac =
10860     Visibility != tok::objc_not_keyword ? TranslateIvarVisibility(Visibility)
10861                                         : ObjCIvarDecl::None;
10862   // Must set ivar's DeclContext to its enclosing interface.
10863   ObjCContainerDecl *EnclosingDecl = cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(CurContext);
10864   if (!EnclosingDecl || EnclosingDecl->isInvalidDecl())
10865     return 0;
10866   ObjCContainerDecl *EnclosingContext;
10867   if (ObjCImplementationDecl *IMPDecl =
10868       dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) {
10869     if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isFragile()) {
10870     // Case of ivar declared in an implementation. Context is that of its class.
10871       EnclosingContext = IMPDecl->getClassInterface();
10872       assert(EnclosingContext && "Implementation has no class interface!");
10873     }
10874     else
10875       EnclosingContext = EnclosingDecl;
10876   } else {
10877     if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CDecl =
10878         dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) {
10879       if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isFragile() || !CDecl->IsClassExtension()) {
10880         Diag(Loc, diag::err_misplaced_ivar) << CDecl->IsClassExtension();
10881         return 0;
10882       }
10883     }
10884     EnclosingContext = EnclosingDecl;
10885   }
10886 
10887   // Construct the decl.
10888   ObjCIvarDecl *NewID = ObjCIvarDecl::Create(Context, EnclosingContext,
10889                                              DeclStart, Loc, II, T,
10890                                              TInfo, ac, (Expr *)BitfieldWidth);
10891 
10892   if (II) {
10893     NamedDecl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(S, II, Loc, LookupMemberName,
10894                                            ForRedeclaration);
10895     if (PrevDecl && isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, EnclosingContext, S)
10896         && !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) {
10897       Diag(Loc, diag::err_duplicate_member) << II;
10898       Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
10899       NewID->setInvalidDecl();
10900     }
10901   }
10902 
10903   // Process attributes attached to the ivar.
10904   ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewID, D);
10905 
10906   if (D.isInvalidType())
10907     NewID->setInvalidDecl();
10908 
10909   // In ARC, infer 'retaining' for ivars of retainable type.
10910   if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(NewID))
10911     NewID->setInvalidDecl();
10912 
10913   if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified())
10914     NewID->setModulePrivate();
10915 
10916   if (II) {
10917     // FIXME: When interfaces are DeclContexts, we'll need to add
10918     // these to the interface.
10919     S->AddDecl(NewID);
10920     IdResolver.AddDecl(NewID);
10921   }
10922 
10923   if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isNonFragile() &&
10924       !NewID->isInvalidDecl() && isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(EnclosingDecl))
10925     Diag(Loc, diag::warn_ivars_in_interface);
10926 
10927   return NewID;
10928 }
10929 
10930 /// ActOnLastBitfield - This routine handles synthesized bitfields rules for
10931 /// class and class extensions. For every class \@interface and class
10932 /// extension \@interface, if the last ivar is a bitfield of any type,
10933 /// then add an implicit `char :0` ivar to the end of that interface.
10934 void Sema::ActOnLastBitfield(SourceLocation DeclLoc,
10935                              SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &AllIvarDecls) {
10936   if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isFragile() || AllIvarDecls.empty())
10937     return;
10938 
10939   Decl *ivarDecl = AllIvarDecls[AllIvarDecls.size()-1];
10940   ObjCIvarDecl *Ivar = cast<ObjCIvarDecl>(ivarDecl);
10941 
10942   if (!Ivar->isBitField() || Ivar->getBitWidthValue(Context) == 0)
10943     return;
10944   ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(CurContext);
10945   if (!ID) {
10946     if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CD = dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(CurContext)) {
10947       if (!CD->IsClassExtension())
10948         return;
10949     }
10950     // No need to add this to end of @implementation.
10951     else
10952       return;
10953   }
10954   // All conditions are met. Add a new bitfield to the tail end of ivars.
10955   llvm::APInt Zero(Context.getTypeSize(Context.IntTy), 0);
10956   Expr * BW = IntegerLiteral::Create(Context, Zero, Context.IntTy, DeclLoc);
10957 
10958   Ivar = ObjCIvarDecl::Create(Context, cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(CurContext),
10959                               DeclLoc, DeclLoc, 0,
10960                               Context.CharTy,
10961                               Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(Context.CharTy,
10962                                                                DeclLoc),
10963                               ObjCIvarDecl::Private, BW,
10964                               true);
10965   AllIvarDecls.push_back(Ivar);
10966 }
10967 
10968 void Sema::ActOnFields(Scope* S,
10969                        SourceLocation RecLoc, Decl *EnclosingDecl,
10970                        llvm::ArrayRef<Decl *> Fields,
10971                        SourceLocation LBrac, SourceLocation RBrac,
10972                        AttributeList *Attr) {
10973   assert(EnclosingDecl && "missing record or interface decl");
10974 
10975   // If this is an Objective-C @implementation or category and we have
10976   // new fields here we should reset the layout of the interface since
10977   // it will now change.
10978   if (!Fields.empty() && isa<ObjCContainerDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) {
10979     ObjCContainerDecl *DC = cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(EnclosingDecl);
10980     switch (DC->getKind()) {
10981     default: break;
10982     case Decl::ObjCCategory:
10983       Context.ResetObjCLayout(cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(DC)->getClassInterface());
10984       break;
10985     case Decl::ObjCImplementation:
10986       Context.
10987         ResetObjCLayout(cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(DC)->getClassInterface());
10988       break;
10989     }
10990   }
10991 
10992   RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(EnclosingDecl);
10993 
10994   // Start counting up the number of named members; make sure to include
10995   // members of anonymous structs and unions in the total.
10996   unsigned NumNamedMembers = 0;
10997   if (Record) {
10998     for (RecordDecl::decl_iterator i = Record->decls_begin(),
10999                                    e = Record->decls_end(); i != e; i++) {
11000       if (IndirectFieldDecl *IFD = dyn_cast<IndirectFieldDecl>(*i))
11001         if (IFD->getDeclName())
11002           ++NumNamedMembers;
11003     }
11004   }
11005 
11006   // Verify that all the fields are okay.
11007   SmallVector<FieldDecl*, 32> RecFields;
11008 
11009   bool ARCErrReported = false;
11010   for (llvm::ArrayRef<Decl *>::iterator i = Fields.begin(), end = Fields.end();
11011        i != end; ++i) {
11012     FieldDecl *FD = cast<FieldDecl>(*i);
11013 
11014     // Get the type for the field.
11015     const Type *FDTy = FD->getType().getTypePtr();
11016 
11017     if (!FD->isAnonymousStructOrUnion()) {
11018       // Remember all fields written by the user.
11019       RecFields.push_back(FD);
11020     }
11021 
11022     // If the field is already invalid for some reason, don't emit more
11023     // diagnostics about it.
11024     if (FD->isInvalidDecl()) {
11025       EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl();
11026       continue;
11027     }
11028 
11029     // C99 6.7.2.1p2:
11030     //   A structure or union shall not contain a member with
11031     //   incomplete or function type (hence, a structure shall not
11032     //   contain an instance of itself, but may contain a pointer to
11033     //   an instance of itself), except that the last member of a
11034     //   structure with more than one named member may have incomplete
11035     //   array type; such a structure (and any union containing,
11036     //   possibly recursively, a member that is such a structure)
11037     //   shall not be a member of a structure or an element of an
11038     //   array.
11039     if (FDTy->isFunctionType()) {
11040       // Field declared as a function.
11041       Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_field_declared_as_function)
11042         << FD->getDeclName();
11043       FD->setInvalidDecl();
11044       EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl();
11045       continue;
11046     } else if (FDTy->isIncompleteArrayType() && Record &&
11047                ((i + 1 == Fields.end() && !Record->isUnion()) ||
11048                 ((getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt ||
11049                   getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) &&
11050                  (i + 1 == Fields.end() || Record->isUnion())))) {
11051       // Flexible array member.
11052       // Microsoft and g++ is more permissive regarding flexible array.
11053       // It will accept flexible array in union and also
11054       // as the sole element of a struct/class.
11055       if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) {
11056         if (Record->isUnion())
11057           Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_flexible_array_union_ms)
11058             << FD->getDeclName();
11059         else if (Fields.size() == 1)
11060           Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_flexible_array_empty_aggregate_ms)
11061             << FD->getDeclName() << Record->getTagKind();
11062       } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
11063         if (Record->isUnion())
11064           Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_flexible_array_union_gnu)
11065             << FD->getDeclName();
11066         else if (Fields.size() == 1)
11067           Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_flexible_array_empty_aggregate_gnu)
11068             << FD->getDeclName() << Record->getTagKind();
11069       } else if (!getLangOpts().C99) {
11070       if (Record->isUnion())
11071         Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_flexible_array_union_gnu)
11072           << FD->getDeclName();
11073       else
11074         Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_c99_flexible_array_member)
11075           << FD->getDeclName() << Record->getTagKind();
11076       } else if (NumNamedMembers < 1) {
11077         Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_flexible_array_empty_struct)
11078           << FD->getDeclName();
11079         FD->setInvalidDecl();
11080         EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl();
11081         continue;
11082       }
11083       if (!FD->getType()->isDependentType() &&
11084           !Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType()).isPODType(Context)) {
11085         Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_flexible_array_has_nonpod_type)
11086           << FD->getDeclName() << FD->getType();
11087         FD->setInvalidDecl();
11088         EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl();
11089         continue;
11090       }
11091       // Okay, we have a legal flexible array member at the end of the struct.
11092       if (Record)
11093         Record->setHasFlexibleArrayMember(true);
11094     } else if (!FDTy->isDependentType() &&
11095                RequireCompleteType(FD->getLocation(), FD->getType(),
11096                                    diag::err_field_incomplete)) {
11097       // Incomplete type
11098       FD->setInvalidDecl();
11099       EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl();
11100       continue;
11101     } else if (const RecordType *FDTTy = FDTy->getAs<RecordType>()) {
11102       if (FDTTy->getDecl()->hasFlexibleArrayMember()) {
11103         // If this is a member of a union, then entire union becomes "flexible".
11104         if (Record && Record->isUnion()) {
11105           Record->setHasFlexibleArrayMember(true);
11106         } else {
11107           // If this is a struct/class and this is not the last element, reject
11108           // it.  Note that GCC supports variable sized arrays in the middle of
11109           // structures.
11110           if (i + 1 != Fields.end())
11111             Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_variable_sized_type_in_struct)
11112               << FD->getDeclName() << FD->getType();
11113           else {
11114             // We support flexible arrays at the end of structs in
11115             // other structs as an extension.
11116             Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_flexible_array_in_struct)
11117               << FD->getDeclName();
11118             if (Record)
11119               Record->setHasFlexibleArrayMember(true);
11120           }
11121         }
11122       }
11123       if (isa<ObjCContainerDecl>(EnclosingDecl) &&
11124           RequireNonAbstractType(FD->getLocation(), FD->getType(),
11125                                  diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl,
11126                                  AbstractIvarType)) {
11127         // Ivars can not have abstract class types
11128         FD->setInvalidDecl();
11129       }
11130       if (Record && FDTTy->getDecl()->hasObjectMember())
11131         Record->setHasObjectMember(true);
11132       if (Record && FDTTy->getDecl()->hasVolatileMember())
11133         Record->setHasVolatileMember(true);
11134     } else if (FDTy->isObjCObjectType()) {
11135       /// A field cannot be an Objective-c object
11136       Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_statically_allocated_object)
11137         << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(FD->getLocation(), "*");
11138       QualType T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(FD->getType());
11139       FD->setType(T);
11140     } else if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && Record && !ARCErrReported &&
11141                (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || Record->isUnion())) {
11142       // It's an error in ARC if a field has lifetime.
11143       // We don't want to report this in a system header, though,
11144       // so we just make the field unavailable.
11145       // FIXME: that's really not sufficient; we need to make the type
11146       // itself invalid to, say, initialize or copy.
11147       QualType T = FD->getType();
11148       Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime lifetime = T.getObjCLifetime();
11149       if (lifetime && lifetime != Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone) {
11150         SourceLocation loc = FD->getLocation();
11151         if (getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(loc)) {
11152           if (!FD->hasAttr<UnavailableAttr>()) {
11153             FD->addAttr(new (Context) UnavailableAttr(loc, Context,
11154                               "this system field has retaining ownership"));
11155           }
11156         } else {
11157           Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_arc_objc_object_in_tag)
11158             << T->isBlockPointerType() << Record->getTagKind();
11159         }
11160         ARCErrReported = true;
11161       }
11162     } else if (getLangOpts().ObjC1 &&
11163                getLangOpts().getGC() != LangOptions::NonGC &&
11164                Record && !Record->hasObjectMember()) {
11165       if (FD->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType() ||
11166           FD->getType().isObjCGCStrong())
11167         Record->setHasObjectMember(true);
11168       else if (Context.getAsArrayType(FD->getType())) {
11169         QualType BaseType = Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType());
11170         if (BaseType->isRecordType() &&
11171             BaseType->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl()->hasObjectMember())
11172           Record->setHasObjectMember(true);
11173         else if (BaseType->isObjCObjectPointerType() ||
11174                  BaseType.isObjCGCStrong())
11175                Record->setHasObjectMember(true);
11176       }
11177     }
11178     if (Record && FD->getType().isVolatileQualified())
11179       Record->setHasVolatileMember(true);
11180     // Keep track of the number of named members.
11181     if (FD->getIdentifier())
11182       ++NumNamedMembers;
11183   }
11184 
11185   // Okay, we successfully defined 'Record'.
11186   if (Record) {
11187     bool Completed = false;
11188     if (CXXRecordDecl *CXXRecord = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record)) {
11189       if (!CXXRecord->isInvalidDecl()) {
11190         // Set access bits correctly on the directly-declared conversions.
11191         for (CXXRecordDecl::conversion_iterator
11192                I = CXXRecord->conversion_begin(),
11193                E = CXXRecord->conversion_end(); I != E; ++I)
11194           I.setAccess((*I)->getAccess());
11195 
11196         if (!CXXRecord->isDependentType()) {
11197           if (CXXRecord->hasUserDeclaredDestructor()) {
11198             // Adjust user-defined destructor exception spec.
11199             if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11)
11200               AdjustDestructorExceptionSpec(CXXRecord,
11201                                             CXXRecord->getDestructor());
11202 
11203             // The Microsoft ABI requires that we perform the destructor body
11204             // checks (i.e. operator delete() lookup) at every declaration, as
11205             // any translation unit may need to emit a deleting destructor.
11206             if (Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().isMicrosoft())
11207               CheckDestructor(CXXRecord->getDestructor());
11208           }
11209 
11210           // Add any implicitly-declared members to this class.
11211           AddImplicitlyDeclaredMembersToClass(CXXRecord);
11212 
11213           // If we have virtual base classes, we may end up finding multiple
11214           // final overriders for a given virtual function. Check for this
11215           // problem now.
11216           if (CXXRecord->getNumVBases()) {
11217             CXXFinalOverriderMap FinalOverriders;
11218             CXXRecord->getFinalOverriders(FinalOverriders);
11219 
11220             for (CXXFinalOverriderMap::iterator M = FinalOverriders.begin(),
11221                                              MEnd = FinalOverriders.end();
11222                  M != MEnd; ++M) {
11223               for (OverridingMethods::iterator SO = M->second.begin(),
11224                                             SOEnd = M->second.end();
11225                    SO != SOEnd; ++SO) {
11226                 assert(SO->second.size() > 0 &&
11227                        "Virtual function without overridding functions?");
11228                 if (SO->second.size() == 1)
11229                   continue;
11230 
11231                 // C++ [class.virtual]p2:
11232                 //   In a derived class, if a virtual member function of a base
11233                 //   class subobject has more than one final overrider the
11234                 //   program is ill-formed.
11235                 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_multiple_final_overriders)
11236                   << (const NamedDecl *)M->first << Record;
11237                 Diag(M->first->getLocation(),
11238                      diag::note_overridden_virtual_function);
11239                 for (OverridingMethods::overriding_iterator
11240                           OM = SO->second.begin(),
11241                        OMEnd = SO->second.end();
11242                      OM != OMEnd; ++OM)
11243                   Diag(OM->Method->getLocation(), diag::note_final_overrider)
11244                     << (const NamedDecl *)M->first << OM->Method->getParent();
11245 
11246                 Record->setInvalidDecl();
11247               }
11248             }
11249             CXXRecord->completeDefinition(&FinalOverriders);
11250             Completed = true;
11251           }
11252         }
11253       }
11254     }
11255 
11256     if (!Completed)
11257       Record->completeDefinition();
11258 
11259     if (Record->hasAttrs())
11260       CheckAlignasUnderalignment(Record);
11261 
11262     // Check if the structure/union declaration is a language extension.
11263     if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
11264       bool ZeroSize = true;
11265       bool IsEmpty = true;
11266       unsigned NonBitFields = 0;
11267       for (RecordDecl::field_iterator I = Record->field_begin(),
11268                                       E = Record->field_end();
11269            (NonBitFields == 0 || ZeroSize) && I != E; ++I) {
11270         IsEmpty = false;
11271         if (I->isUnnamedBitfield()) {
11272           if (I->getBitWidthValue(Context) > 0)
11273             ZeroSize = false;
11274         } else {
11275           ++NonBitFields;
11276           QualType FieldType = I->getType();
11277           if (FieldType->isIncompleteType() ||
11278               !Context.getTypeSizeInChars(FieldType).isZero())
11279             ZeroSize = false;
11280         }
11281       }
11282 
11283       // Empty structs are an extension in C (C99 6.7.2.1p7), but are allowed in
11284       // C++.
11285       if (ZeroSize)
11286         Diag(RecLoc, diag::warn_zero_size_struct_union_compat) << IsEmpty
11287             << Record->isUnion() << (NonBitFields > 1);
11288 
11289       // Structs without named members are extension in C (C99 6.7.2.1p7), but
11290       // are accepted by GCC.
11291       if (NonBitFields == 0) {
11292         if (IsEmpty)
11293           Diag(RecLoc, diag::ext_empty_struct_union) << Record->isUnion();
11294         else
11295           Diag(RecLoc, diag::ext_no_named_members_in_struct_union) << Record->isUnion();
11296       }
11297     }
11298   } else {
11299     ObjCIvarDecl **ClsFields =
11300       reinterpret_cast<ObjCIvarDecl**>(RecFields.data());
11301     if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) {
11302       ID->setEndOfDefinitionLoc(RBrac);
11303       // Add ivar's to class's DeclContext.
11304       for (unsigned i = 0, e = RecFields.size(); i != e; ++i) {
11305         ClsFields[i]->setLexicalDeclContext(ID);
11306         ID->addDecl(ClsFields[i]);
11307       }
11308       // Must enforce the rule that ivars in the base classes may not be
11309       // duplicates.
11310       if (ID->getSuperClass())
11311         DiagnoseDuplicateIvars(ID, ID->getSuperClass());
11312     } else if (ObjCImplementationDecl *IMPDecl =
11313                   dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) {
11314       assert(IMPDecl && "ActOnFields - missing ObjCImplementationDecl");
11315       for (unsigned I = 0, N = RecFields.size(); I != N; ++I)
11316         // Ivar declared in @implementation never belongs to the implementation.
11317         // Only it is in implementation's lexical context.
11318         ClsFields[I]->setLexicalDeclContext(IMPDecl);
11319       CheckImplementationIvars(IMPDecl, ClsFields, RecFields.size(), RBrac);
11320       IMPDecl->setIvarLBraceLoc(LBrac);
11321       IMPDecl->setIvarRBraceLoc(RBrac);
11322     } else if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CDecl =
11323                 dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) {
11324       // case of ivars in class extension; all other cases have been
11325       // reported as errors elsewhere.
11326       // FIXME. Class extension does not have a LocEnd field.
11327       // CDecl->setLocEnd(RBrac);
11328       // Add ivar's to class extension's DeclContext.
11329       // Diagnose redeclaration of private ivars.
11330       ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl = CDecl->getClassInterface();
11331       for (unsigned i = 0, e = RecFields.size(); i != e; ++i) {
11332         if (IDecl) {
11333           if (const ObjCIvarDecl *ClsIvar =
11334               IDecl->getIvarDecl(ClsFields[i]->getIdentifier())) {
11335             Diag(ClsFields[i]->getLocation(),
11336                  diag::err_duplicate_ivar_declaration);
11337             Diag(ClsIvar->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
11338             continue;
11339           }
11340           for (ObjCInterfaceDecl::known_extensions_iterator
11341                  Ext = IDecl->known_extensions_begin(),
11342                  ExtEnd = IDecl->known_extensions_end();
11343                Ext != ExtEnd; ++Ext) {
11344             if (const ObjCIvarDecl *ClsExtIvar
11345                   = Ext->getIvarDecl(ClsFields[i]->getIdentifier())) {
11346               Diag(ClsFields[i]->getLocation(),
11347                    diag::err_duplicate_ivar_declaration);
11348               Diag(ClsExtIvar->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
11349               continue;
11350             }
11351           }
11352         }
11353         ClsFields[i]->setLexicalDeclContext(CDecl);
11354         CDecl->addDecl(ClsFields[i]);
11355       }
11356       CDecl->setIvarLBraceLoc(LBrac);
11357       CDecl->setIvarRBraceLoc(RBrac);
11358     }
11359   }
11360 
11361   if (Attr)
11362     ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, Record, Attr);
11363 }
11364 
11365 /// \brief Determine whether the given integral value is representable within
11366 /// the given type T.
11367 static bool isRepresentableIntegerValue(ASTContext &Context,
11368                                         llvm::APSInt &Value,
11369                                         QualType T) {
11370   assert(T->isIntegralType(Context) && "Integral type required!");
11371   unsigned BitWidth = Context.getIntWidth(T);
11372 
11373   if (Value.isUnsigned() || Value.isNonNegative()) {
11374     if (T->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType())
11375       --BitWidth;
11376     return Value.getActiveBits() <= BitWidth;
11377   }
11378   return Value.getMinSignedBits() <= BitWidth;
11379 }
11380 
11381 // \brief Given an integral type, return the next larger integral type
11382 // (or a NULL type of no such type exists).
11383 static QualType getNextLargerIntegralType(ASTContext &Context, QualType T) {
11384   // FIXME: Int128/UInt128 support, which also needs to be introduced into
11385   // enum checking below.
11386   assert(T->isIntegralType(Context) && "Integral type required!");
11387   const unsigned NumTypes = 4;
11388   QualType SignedIntegralTypes[NumTypes] = {
11389     Context.ShortTy, Context.IntTy, Context.LongTy, Context.LongLongTy
11390   };
11391   QualType UnsignedIntegralTypes[NumTypes] = {
11392     Context.UnsignedShortTy, Context.UnsignedIntTy, Context.UnsignedLongTy,
11393     Context.UnsignedLongLongTy
11394   };
11395 
11396   unsigned BitWidth = Context.getTypeSize(T);
11397   QualType *Types = T->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType()? SignedIntegralTypes
11398                                                         : UnsignedIntegralTypes;
11399   for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumTypes; ++I)
11400     if (Context.getTypeSize(Types[I]) > BitWidth)
11401       return Types[I];
11402 
11403   return QualType();
11404 }
11405 
11406 EnumConstantDecl *Sema::CheckEnumConstant(EnumDecl *Enum,
11407                                           EnumConstantDecl *LastEnumConst,
11408                                           SourceLocation IdLoc,
11409                                           IdentifierInfo *Id,
11410                                           Expr *Val) {
11411   unsigned IntWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getIntWidth();
11412   llvm::APSInt EnumVal(IntWidth);
11413   QualType EltTy;
11414 
11415   if (Val && DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(Val, UPPC_EnumeratorValue))
11416     Val = 0;
11417 
11418   if (Val)
11419     Val = DefaultLvalueConversion(Val).take();
11420 
11421   if (Val) {
11422     if (Enum->isDependentType() || Val->isTypeDependent())
11423       EltTy = Context.DependentTy;
11424     else {
11425       SourceLocation ExpLoc;
11426       if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && Enum->isFixed() &&
11427           !getLangOpts().MicrosoftMode) {
11428         // C++11 [dcl.enum]p5: If the underlying type is fixed, [...] the
11429         // constant-expression in the enumerator-definition shall be a converted
11430         // constant expression of the underlying type.
11431         EltTy = Enum->getIntegerType();
11432         ExprResult Converted =
11433           CheckConvertedConstantExpression(Val, EltTy, EnumVal,
11434                                            CCEK_Enumerator);
11435         if (Converted.isInvalid())
11436           Val = 0;
11437         else
11438           Val = Converted.take();
11439       } else if (!Val->isValueDependent() &&
11440                  !(Val = VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(Val,
11441                                                          &EnumVal).take())) {
11442         // C99 6.7.2.2p2: Make sure we have an integer constant expression.
11443       } else {
11444         if (Enum->isFixed()) {
11445           EltTy = Enum->getIntegerType();
11446 
11447           // In Obj-C and Microsoft mode, require the enumeration value to be
11448           // representable in the underlying type of the enumeration. In C++11,
11449           // we perform a non-narrowing conversion as part of converted constant
11450           // expression checking.
11451           if (!isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, EltTy)) {
11452             if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftMode) {
11453               Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enumerator_too_large) << EltTy;
11454               Val = ImpCastExprToType(Val, EltTy, CK_IntegralCast).take();
11455             } else
11456               Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_enumerator_too_large) << EltTy;
11457           } else
11458             Val = ImpCastExprToType(Val, EltTy, CK_IntegralCast).take();
11459         } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
11460           // C++11 [dcl.enum]p5:
11461           //   If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator
11462           //   is the type of its initializing value:
11463           //     - If an initializer is specified for an enumerator, the
11464           //       initializing value has the same type as the expression.
11465           EltTy = Val->getType();
11466         } else {
11467           // C99 6.7.2.2p2:
11468           //   The expression that defines the value of an enumeration constant
11469           //   shall be an integer constant expression that has a value
11470           //   representable as an int.
11471 
11472           // Complain if the value is not representable in an int.
11473           if (!isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, Context.IntTy))
11474             Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enum_value_not_int)
11475               << EnumVal.toString(10) << Val->getSourceRange()
11476               << (EnumVal.isUnsigned() || EnumVal.isNonNegative());
11477           else if (!Context.hasSameType(Val->getType(), Context.IntTy)) {
11478             // Force the type of the expression to 'int'.
11479             Val = ImpCastExprToType(Val, Context.IntTy, CK_IntegralCast).take();
11480           }
11481           EltTy = Val->getType();
11482         }
11483       }
11484     }
11485   }
11486 
11487   if (!Val) {
11488     if (Enum->isDependentType())
11489       EltTy = Context.DependentTy;
11490     else if (!LastEnumConst) {
11491       // C++0x [dcl.enum]p5:
11492       //   If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator
11493       //   is the type of its initializing value:
11494       //     - If no initializer is specified for the first enumerator, the
11495       //       initializing value has an unspecified integral type.
11496       //
11497       // GCC uses 'int' for its unspecified integral type, as does
11498       // C99 6.7.2.2p3.
11499       if (Enum->isFixed()) {
11500         EltTy = Enum->getIntegerType();
11501       }
11502       else {
11503         EltTy = Context.IntTy;
11504       }
11505     } else {
11506       // Assign the last value + 1.
11507       EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal();
11508       ++EnumVal;
11509       EltTy = LastEnumConst->getType();
11510 
11511       // Check for overflow on increment.
11512       if (EnumVal < LastEnumConst->getInitVal()) {
11513         // C++0x [dcl.enum]p5:
11514         //   If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator
11515         //   is the type of its initializing value:
11516         //
11517         //     - Otherwise the type of the initializing value is the same as
11518         //       the type of the initializing value of the preceding enumerator
11519         //       unless the incremented value is not representable in that type,
11520         //       in which case the type is an unspecified integral type
11521         //       sufficient to contain the incremented value. If no such type
11522         //       exists, the program is ill-formed.
11523         QualType T = getNextLargerIntegralType(Context, EltTy);
11524         if (T.isNull() || Enum->isFixed()) {
11525           // There is no integral type larger enough to represent this
11526           // value. Complain, then allow the value to wrap around.
11527           EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal();
11528           EnumVal = EnumVal.zext(EnumVal.getBitWidth() * 2);
11529           ++EnumVal;
11530           if (Enum->isFixed())
11531             // When the underlying type is fixed, this is ill-formed.
11532             Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_enumerator_wrapped)
11533               << EnumVal.toString(10)
11534               << EltTy;
11535           else
11536             Diag(IdLoc, diag::warn_enumerator_too_large)
11537               << EnumVal.toString(10);
11538         } else {
11539           EltTy = T;
11540         }
11541 
11542         // Retrieve the last enumerator's value, extent that type to the
11543         // type that is supposed to be large enough to represent the incremented
11544         // value, then increment.
11545         EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal();
11546         EnumVal.setIsSigned(EltTy->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType());
11547         EnumVal = EnumVal.zextOrTrunc(Context.getIntWidth(EltTy));
11548         ++EnumVal;
11549 
11550         // If we're not in C++, diagnose the overflow of enumerator values,
11551         // which in C99 means that the enumerator value is not representable in
11552         // an int (C99 6.7.2.2p2). However, we support GCC's extension that
11553         // permits enumerator values that are representable in some larger
11554         // integral type.
11555         if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !T.isNull())
11556           Diag(IdLoc, diag::warn_enum_value_overflow);
11557       } else if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
11558                  !isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, EltTy)) {
11559         // Enforce C99 6.7.2.2p2 even when we compute the next value.
11560         Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enum_value_not_int)
11561           << EnumVal.toString(10) << 1;
11562       }
11563     }
11564   }
11565 
11566   if (!EltTy->isDependentType()) {
11567     // Make the enumerator value match the signedness and size of the
11568     // enumerator's type.
11569     EnumVal = EnumVal.extOrTrunc(Context.getIntWidth(EltTy));
11570     EnumVal.setIsSigned(EltTy->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType());
11571   }
11572 
11573   return EnumConstantDecl::Create(Context, Enum, IdLoc, Id, EltTy,
11574                                   Val, EnumVal);
11575 }
11576 
11577 
11578 Decl *Sema::ActOnEnumConstant(Scope *S, Decl *theEnumDecl, Decl *lastEnumConst,
11579                               SourceLocation IdLoc, IdentifierInfo *Id,
11580                               AttributeList *Attr,
11581                               SourceLocation EqualLoc, Expr *Val) {
11582   EnumDecl *TheEnumDecl = cast<EnumDecl>(theEnumDecl);
11583   EnumConstantDecl *LastEnumConst =
11584     cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(lastEnumConst);
11585 
11586   // The scope passed in may not be a decl scope.  Zip up the scope tree until
11587   // we find one that is.
11588   S = getNonFieldDeclScope(S);
11589 
11590   // Verify that there isn't already something declared with this name in this
11591   // scope.
11592   NamedDecl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(S, Id, IdLoc, LookupOrdinaryName,
11593                                          ForRedeclaration);
11594   if (PrevDecl && PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) {
11595     // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter.
11596     DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(IdLoc, PrevDecl);
11597     // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration.
11598     PrevDecl = 0;
11599   }
11600 
11601   if (PrevDecl) {
11602     // When in C++, we may get a TagDecl with the same name; in this case the
11603     // enum constant will 'hide' the tag.
11604     assert((getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) &&
11605            "Received TagDecl when not in C++!");
11606     if (!isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl) && isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, CurContext, S)) {
11607       if (isa<EnumConstantDecl>(PrevDecl))
11608         Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_redefinition_of_enumerator) << Id;
11609       else
11610         Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_redefinition) << Id;
11611       Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
11612       return 0;
11613     }
11614   }
11615 
11616   // C++ [class.mem]p15:
11617   // If T is the name of a class, then each of the following shall have a name
11618   // different from T:
11619   // - every enumerator of every member of class T that is an unscoped
11620   // enumerated type
11621   if (CXXRecordDecl *Record
11622                       = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(
11623                              TheEnumDecl->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()))
11624     if (!TheEnumDecl->isScoped() &&
11625         Record->getIdentifier() && Record->getIdentifier() == Id)
11626       Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_member_name_of_class) << Id;
11627 
11628   EnumConstantDecl *New =
11629     CheckEnumConstant(TheEnumDecl, LastEnumConst, IdLoc, Id, Val);
11630 
11631   if (New) {
11632     // Process attributes.
11633     if (Attr) ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, New, Attr);
11634 
11635     // Register this decl in the current scope stack.
11636     New->setAccess(TheEnumDecl->getAccess());
11637     PushOnScopeChains(New, S);
11638   }
11639 
11640   ActOnDocumentableDecl(New);
11641 
11642   return New;
11643 }
11644 
11645 // Returns true when the enum initial expression does not trigger the
11646 // duplicate enum warning.  A few common cases are exempted as follows:
11647 // Element2 = Element1
11648 // Element2 = Element1 + 1
11649 // Element2 = Element1 - 1
11650 // Where Element2 and Element1 are from the same enum.
11651 static bool ValidDuplicateEnum(EnumConstantDecl *ECD, EnumDecl *Enum) {
11652   Expr *InitExpr = ECD->getInitExpr();
11653   if (!InitExpr)
11654     return true;
11655   InitExpr = InitExpr->IgnoreImpCasts();
11656 
11657   if (BinaryOperator *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(InitExpr)) {
11658     if (!BO->isAdditiveOp())
11659       return true;
11660     IntegerLiteral *IL = dyn_cast<IntegerLiteral>(BO->getRHS());
11661     if (!IL)
11662       return true;
11663     if (IL->getValue() != 1)
11664       return true;
11665 
11666     InitExpr = BO->getLHS();
11667   }
11668 
11669   // This checks if the elements are from the same enum.
11670   DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(InitExpr);
11671   if (!DRE)
11672     return true;
11673 
11674   EnumConstantDecl *EnumConstant = dyn_cast<EnumConstantDecl>(DRE->getDecl());
11675   if (!EnumConstant)
11676     return true;
11677 
11678   if (cast<EnumDecl>(TagDecl::castFromDeclContext(ECD->getDeclContext())) !=
11679       Enum)
11680     return true;
11681 
11682   return false;
11683 }
11684 
11685 struct DupKey {
11686   int64_t val;
11687   bool isTombstoneOrEmptyKey;
11688   DupKey(int64_t val, bool isTombstoneOrEmptyKey)
11689     : val(val), isTombstoneOrEmptyKey(isTombstoneOrEmptyKey) {}
11690 };
11691 
11692 static DupKey GetDupKey(const llvm::APSInt& Val) {
11693   return DupKey(Val.isSigned() ? Val.getSExtValue() : Val.getZExtValue(),
11694                 false);
11695 }
11696 
11697 struct DenseMapInfoDupKey {
11698   static DupKey getEmptyKey() { return DupKey(0, true); }
11699   static DupKey getTombstoneKey() { return DupKey(1, true); }
11700   static unsigned getHashValue(const DupKey Key) {
11701     return (unsigned)(Key.val * 37);
11702   }
11703   static bool isEqual(const DupKey& LHS, const DupKey& RHS) {
11704     return LHS.isTombstoneOrEmptyKey == RHS.isTombstoneOrEmptyKey &&
11705            LHS.val == RHS.val;
11706   }
11707 };
11708 
11709 // Emits a warning when an element is implicitly set a value that
11710 // a previous element has already been set to.
11711 static void CheckForDuplicateEnumValues(Sema &S, ArrayRef<Decl *> Elements,
11712                                         EnumDecl *Enum,
11713                                         QualType EnumType) {
11714   if (S.Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::warn_duplicate_enum_values,
11715                                  Enum->getLocation()) ==
11716       DiagnosticsEngine::Ignored)
11717     return;
11718   // Avoid anonymous enums
11719   if (!Enum->getIdentifier())
11720     return;
11721 
11722   // Only check for small enums.
11723   if (Enum->getNumPositiveBits() > 63 || Enum->getNumNegativeBits() > 64)
11724     return;
11725 
11726   typedef SmallVector<EnumConstantDecl *, 3> ECDVector;
11727   typedef SmallVector<ECDVector *, 3> DuplicatesVector;
11728 
11729   typedef llvm::PointerUnion<EnumConstantDecl*, ECDVector*> DeclOrVector;
11730   typedef llvm::DenseMap<DupKey, DeclOrVector, DenseMapInfoDupKey>
11731           ValueToVectorMap;
11732 
11733   DuplicatesVector DupVector;
11734   ValueToVectorMap EnumMap;
11735 
11736   // Populate the EnumMap with all values represented by enum constants without
11737   // an initialier.
11738   for (unsigned i = 0, e = Elements.size(); i != e; ++i) {
11739     EnumConstantDecl *ECD = cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]);
11740 
11741     // Null EnumConstantDecl means a previous diagnostic has been emitted for
11742     // this constant.  Skip this enum since it may be ill-formed.
11743     if (!ECD) {
11744       return;
11745     }
11746 
11747     if (ECD->getInitExpr())
11748       continue;
11749 
11750     DupKey Key = GetDupKey(ECD->getInitVal());
11751     DeclOrVector &Entry = EnumMap[Key];
11752 
11753     // First time encountering this value.
11754     if (Entry.isNull())
11755       Entry = ECD;
11756   }
11757 
11758   // Create vectors for any values that has duplicates.
11759   for (unsigned i = 0, e = Elements.size(); i != e; ++i) {
11760     EnumConstantDecl *ECD = cast<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]);
11761     if (!ValidDuplicateEnum(ECD, Enum))
11762       continue;
11763 
11764     DupKey Key = GetDupKey(ECD->getInitVal());
11765 
11766     DeclOrVector& Entry = EnumMap[Key];
11767     if (Entry.isNull())
11768       continue;
11769 
11770     if (EnumConstantDecl *D = Entry.dyn_cast<EnumConstantDecl*>()) {
11771       // Ensure constants are different.
11772       if (D == ECD)
11773         continue;
11774 
11775       // Create new vector and push values onto it.
11776       ECDVector *Vec = new ECDVector();
11777       Vec->push_back(D);
11778       Vec->push_back(ECD);
11779 
11780       // Update entry to point to the duplicates vector.
11781       Entry = Vec;
11782 
11783       // Store the vector somewhere we can consult later for quick emission of
11784       // diagnostics.
11785       DupVector.push_back(Vec);
11786       continue;
11787     }
11788 
11789     ECDVector *Vec = Entry.get<ECDVector*>();
11790     // Make sure constants are not added more than once.
11791     if (*Vec->begin() == ECD)
11792       continue;
11793 
11794     Vec->push_back(ECD);
11795   }
11796 
11797   // Emit diagnostics.
11798   for (DuplicatesVector::iterator DupVectorIter = DupVector.begin(),
11799                                   DupVectorEnd = DupVector.end();
11800        DupVectorIter != DupVectorEnd; ++DupVectorIter) {
11801     ECDVector *Vec = *DupVectorIter;
11802     assert(Vec->size() > 1 && "ECDVector should have at least 2 elements.");
11803 
11804     // Emit warning for one enum constant.
11805     ECDVector::iterator I = Vec->begin();
11806     S.Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::warn_duplicate_enum_values)
11807       << (*I)->getName() << (*I)->getInitVal().toString(10)
11808       << (*I)->getSourceRange();
11809     ++I;
11810 
11811     // Emit one note for each of the remaining enum constants with
11812     // the same value.
11813     for (ECDVector::iterator E = Vec->end(); I != E; ++I)
11814       S.Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::note_duplicate_element)
11815         << (*I)->getName() << (*I)->getInitVal().toString(10)
11816         << (*I)->getSourceRange();
11817     delete Vec;
11818   }
11819 }
11820 
11821 void Sema::ActOnEnumBody(SourceLocation EnumLoc, SourceLocation LBraceLoc,
11822                          SourceLocation RBraceLoc, Decl *EnumDeclX,
11823                          ArrayRef<Decl *> Elements,
11824                          Scope *S, AttributeList *Attr) {
11825   EnumDecl *Enum = cast<EnumDecl>(EnumDeclX);
11826   QualType EnumType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Enum);
11827 
11828   if (Attr)
11829     ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, Enum, Attr);
11830 
11831   if (Enum->isDependentType()) {
11832     for (unsigned i = 0, e = Elements.size(); i != e; ++i) {
11833       EnumConstantDecl *ECD =
11834         cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]);
11835       if (!ECD) continue;
11836 
11837       ECD->setType(EnumType);
11838     }
11839 
11840     Enum->completeDefinition(Context.DependentTy, Context.DependentTy, 0, 0);
11841     return;
11842   }
11843 
11844   // TODO: If the result value doesn't fit in an int, it must be a long or long
11845   // long value.  ISO C does not support this, but GCC does as an extension,
11846   // emit a warning.
11847   unsigned IntWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getIntWidth();
11848   unsigned CharWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getCharWidth();
11849   unsigned ShortWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getShortWidth();
11850 
11851   // Verify that all the values are okay, compute the size of the values, and
11852   // reverse the list.
11853   unsigned NumNegativeBits = 0;
11854   unsigned NumPositiveBits = 0;
11855 
11856   // Keep track of whether all elements have type int.
11857   bool AllElementsInt = true;
11858 
11859   for (unsigned i = 0, e = Elements.size(); i != e; ++i) {
11860     EnumConstantDecl *ECD =
11861       cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]);
11862     if (!ECD) continue;  // Already issued a diagnostic.
11863 
11864     const llvm::APSInt &InitVal = ECD->getInitVal();
11865 
11866     // Keep track of the size of positive and negative values.
11867     if (InitVal.isUnsigned() || InitVal.isNonNegative())
11868       NumPositiveBits = std::max(NumPositiveBits,
11869                                  (unsigned)InitVal.getActiveBits());
11870     else
11871       NumNegativeBits = std::max(NumNegativeBits,
11872                                  (unsigned)InitVal.getMinSignedBits());
11873 
11874     // Keep track of whether every enum element has type int (very commmon).
11875     if (AllElementsInt)
11876       AllElementsInt = ECD->getType() == Context.IntTy;
11877   }
11878 
11879   // Figure out the type that should be used for this enum.
11880   QualType BestType;
11881   unsigned BestWidth;
11882 
11883   // C++0x N3000 [conv.prom]p3:
11884   //   An rvalue of an unscoped enumeration type whose underlying
11885   //   type is not fixed can be converted to an rvalue of the first
11886   //   of the following types that can represent all the values of
11887   //   the enumeration: int, unsigned int, long int, unsigned long
11888   //   int, long long int, or unsigned long long int.
11889   // C99 6.4.4.3p2:
11890   //   An identifier declared as an enumeration constant has type int.
11891   // The C99 rule is modified by a gcc extension
11892   QualType BestPromotionType;
11893 
11894   bool Packed = Enum->getAttr<PackedAttr>() ? true : false;
11895   // -fshort-enums is the equivalent to specifying the packed attribute on all
11896   // enum definitions.
11897   if (LangOpts.ShortEnums)
11898     Packed = true;
11899 
11900   if (Enum->isFixed()) {
11901     BestType = Enum->getIntegerType();
11902     if (BestType->isPromotableIntegerType())
11903       BestPromotionType = Context.getPromotedIntegerType(BestType);
11904     else
11905       BestPromotionType = BestType;
11906     // We don't need to set BestWidth, because BestType is going to be the type
11907     // of the enumerators, but we do anyway because otherwise some compilers
11908     // warn that it might be used uninitialized.
11909     BestWidth = CharWidth;
11910   }
11911   else if (NumNegativeBits) {
11912     // If there is a negative value, figure out the smallest integer type (of
11913     // int/long/longlong) that fits.
11914     // If it's packed, check also if it fits a char or a short.
11915     if (Packed && NumNegativeBits <= CharWidth && NumPositiveBits < CharWidth) {
11916       BestType = Context.SignedCharTy;
11917       BestWidth = CharWidth;
11918     } else if (Packed && NumNegativeBits <= ShortWidth &&
11919                NumPositiveBits < ShortWidth) {
11920       BestType = Context.ShortTy;
11921       BestWidth = ShortWidth;
11922     } else if (NumNegativeBits <= IntWidth && NumPositiveBits < IntWidth) {
11923       BestType = Context.IntTy;
11924       BestWidth = IntWidth;
11925     } else {
11926       BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongWidth();
11927 
11928       if (NumNegativeBits <= BestWidth && NumPositiveBits < BestWidth) {
11929         BestType = Context.LongTy;
11930       } else {
11931         BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongLongWidth();
11932 
11933         if (NumNegativeBits > BestWidth || NumPositiveBits >= BestWidth)
11934           Diag(Enum->getLocation(), diag::warn_enum_too_large);
11935         BestType = Context.LongLongTy;
11936       }
11937     }
11938     BestPromotionType = (BestWidth <= IntWidth ? Context.IntTy : BestType);
11939   } else {
11940     // If there is no negative value, figure out the smallest type that fits
11941     // all of the enumerator values.
11942     // If it's packed, check also if it fits a char or a short.
11943     if (Packed && NumPositiveBits <= CharWidth) {
11944       BestType = Context.UnsignedCharTy;
11945       BestPromotionType = Context.IntTy;
11946       BestWidth = CharWidth;
11947     } else if (Packed && NumPositiveBits <= ShortWidth) {
11948       BestType = Context.UnsignedShortTy;
11949       BestPromotionType = Context.IntTy;
11950       BestWidth = ShortWidth;
11951     } else if (NumPositiveBits <= IntWidth) {
11952       BestType = Context.UnsignedIntTy;
11953       BestWidth = IntWidth;
11954       BestPromotionType
11955         = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
11956                            ? Context.UnsignedIntTy : Context.IntTy;
11957     } else if (NumPositiveBits <=
11958                (BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongWidth())) {
11959       BestType = Context.UnsignedLongTy;
11960       BestPromotionType
11961         = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
11962                            ? Context.UnsignedLongTy : Context.LongTy;
11963     } else {
11964       BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongLongWidth();
11965       assert(NumPositiveBits <= BestWidth &&
11966              "How could an initializer get larger than ULL?");
11967       BestType = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy;
11968       BestPromotionType
11969         = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
11970                            ? Context.UnsignedLongLongTy : Context.LongLongTy;
11971     }
11972   }
11973 
11974   // Loop over all of the enumerator constants, changing their types to match
11975   // the type of the enum if needed.
11976   for (unsigned i = 0, e = Elements.size(); i != e; ++i) {
11977     EnumConstantDecl *ECD = cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]);
11978     if (!ECD) continue;  // Already issued a diagnostic.
11979 
11980     // Standard C says the enumerators have int type, but we allow, as an
11981     // extension, the enumerators to be larger than int size.  If each
11982     // enumerator value fits in an int, type it as an int, otherwise type it the
11983     // same as the enumerator decl itself.  This means that in "enum { X = 1U }"
11984     // that X has type 'int', not 'unsigned'.
11985 
11986     // Determine whether the value fits into an int.
11987     llvm::APSInt InitVal = ECD->getInitVal();
11988 
11989     // If it fits into an integer type, force it.  Otherwise force it to match
11990     // the enum decl type.
11991     QualType NewTy;
11992     unsigned NewWidth;
11993     bool NewSign;
11994     if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
11995         !Enum->isFixed() &&
11996         isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, InitVal, Context.IntTy)) {
11997       NewTy = Context.IntTy;
11998       NewWidth = IntWidth;
11999       NewSign = true;
12000     } else if (ECD->getType() == BestType) {
12001       // Already the right type!
12002       if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
12003         // C++ [dcl.enum]p4: Following the closing brace of an
12004         // enum-specifier, each enumerator has the type of its
12005         // enumeration.
12006         ECD->setType(EnumType);
12007       continue;
12008     } else {
12009       NewTy = BestType;
12010       NewWidth = BestWidth;
12011       NewSign = BestType->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType();
12012     }
12013 
12014     // Adjust the APSInt value.
12015     InitVal = InitVal.extOrTrunc(NewWidth);
12016     InitVal.setIsSigned(NewSign);
12017     ECD->setInitVal(InitVal);
12018 
12019     // Adjust the Expr initializer and type.
12020     if (ECD->getInitExpr() &&
12021         !Context.hasSameType(NewTy, ECD->getInitExpr()->getType()))
12022       ECD->setInitExpr(ImplicitCastExpr::Create(Context, NewTy,
12023                                                 CK_IntegralCast,
12024                                                 ECD->getInitExpr(),
12025                                                 /*base paths*/ 0,
12026                                                 VK_RValue));
12027     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
12028       // C++ [dcl.enum]p4: Following the closing brace of an
12029       // enum-specifier, each enumerator has the type of its
12030       // enumeration.
12031       ECD->setType(EnumType);
12032     else
12033       ECD->setType(NewTy);
12034   }
12035 
12036   Enum->completeDefinition(BestType, BestPromotionType,
12037                            NumPositiveBits, NumNegativeBits);
12038 
12039   // If we're declaring a function, ensure this decl isn't forgotten about -
12040   // it needs to go into the function scope.
12041   if (InFunctionDeclarator)
12042     DeclsInPrototypeScope.push_back(Enum);
12043 
12044   CheckForDuplicateEnumValues(*this, Elements, Enum, EnumType);
12045 
12046   // Now that the enum type is defined, ensure it's not been underaligned.
12047   if (Enum->hasAttrs())
12048     CheckAlignasUnderalignment(Enum);
12049 }
12050 
12051 Decl *Sema::ActOnFileScopeAsmDecl(Expr *expr,
12052                                   SourceLocation StartLoc,
12053                                   SourceLocation EndLoc) {
12054   StringLiteral *AsmString = cast<StringLiteral>(expr);
12055 
12056   FileScopeAsmDecl *New = FileScopeAsmDecl::Create(Context, CurContext,
12057                                                    AsmString, StartLoc,
12058                                                    EndLoc);
12059   CurContext->addDecl(New);
12060   return New;
12061 }
12062 
12063 DeclResult Sema::ActOnModuleImport(SourceLocation AtLoc,
12064                                    SourceLocation ImportLoc,
12065                                    ModuleIdPath Path) {
12066   Module *Mod = PP.getModuleLoader().loadModule(ImportLoc, Path,
12067                                                 Module::AllVisible,
12068                                                 /*IsIncludeDirective=*/false);
12069   if (!Mod)
12070     return true;
12071 
12072   SmallVector<SourceLocation, 2> IdentifierLocs;
12073   Module *ModCheck = Mod;
12074   for (unsigned I = 0, N = Path.size(); I != N; ++I) {
12075     // If we've run out of module parents, just drop the remaining identifiers.
12076     // We need the length to be consistent.
12077     if (!ModCheck)
12078       break;
12079     ModCheck = ModCheck->Parent;
12080 
12081     IdentifierLocs.push_back(Path[I].second);
12082   }
12083 
12084   ImportDecl *Import = ImportDecl::Create(Context,
12085                                           Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(),
12086                                           AtLoc.isValid()? AtLoc : ImportLoc,
12087                                           Mod, IdentifierLocs);
12088   Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->addDecl(Import);
12089   return Import;
12090 }
12091 
12092 void Sema::createImplicitModuleImport(SourceLocation Loc, Module *Mod) {
12093   // Create the implicit import declaration.
12094   TranslationUnitDecl *TU = getASTContext().getTranslationUnitDecl();
12095   ImportDecl *ImportD = ImportDecl::CreateImplicit(getASTContext(), TU,
12096                                                    Loc, Mod, Loc);
12097   TU->addDecl(ImportD);
12098   Consumer.HandleImplicitImportDecl(ImportD);
12099 
12100   // Make the module visible.
12101   PP.getModuleLoader().makeModuleVisible(Mod, Module::AllVisible, Loc,
12102                                          /*Complain=*/false);
12103 }
12104 
12105 void Sema::ActOnPragmaRedefineExtname(IdentifierInfo* Name,
12106                                       IdentifierInfo* AliasName,
12107                                       SourceLocation PragmaLoc,
12108                                       SourceLocation NameLoc,
12109                                       SourceLocation AliasNameLoc) {
12110   Decl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, Name, NameLoc,
12111                                     LookupOrdinaryName);
12112   AsmLabelAttr *Attr =
12113      ::new (Context) AsmLabelAttr(AliasNameLoc, Context, AliasName->getName());
12114 
12115   if (PrevDecl)
12116     PrevDecl->addAttr(Attr);
12117   else
12118     (void)ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.insert(
12119       std::pair<IdentifierInfo*,AsmLabelAttr*>(Name, Attr));
12120 }
12121 
12122 void Sema::ActOnPragmaWeakID(IdentifierInfo* Name,
12123                              SourceLocation PragmaLoc,
12124                              SourceLocation NameLoc) {
12125   Decl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, Name, NameLoc, LookupOrdinaryName);
12126 
12127   if (PrevDecl) {
12128     PrevDecl->addAttr(::new (Context) WeakAttr(PragmaLoc, Context));
12129   } else {
12130     (void)WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers.insert(
12131       std::pair<IdentifierInfo*,WeakInfo>
12132         (Name, WeakInfo((IdentifierInfo*)0, NameLoc)));
12133   }
12134 }
12135 
12136 void Sema::ActOnPragmaWeakAlias(IdentifierInfo* Name,
12137                                 IdentifierInfo* AliasName,
12138                                 SourceLocation PragmaLoc,
12139                                 SourceLocation NameLoc,
12140                                 SourceLocation AliasNameLoc) {
12141   Decl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, AliasName, AliasNameLoc,
12142                                     LookupOrdinaryName);
12143   WeakInfo W = WeakInfo(Name, NameLoc);
12144 
12145   if (PrevDecl) {
12146     if (!PrevDecl->hasAttr<AliasAttr>())
12147       if (NamedDecl *ND = dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(PrevDecl))
12148         DeclApplyPragmaWeak(TUScope, ND, W);
12149   } else {
12150     (void)WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers.insert(
12151       std::pair<IdentifierInfo*,WeakInfo>(AliasName, W));
12152   }
12153 }
12154 
12155 Decl *Sema::getObjCDeclContext() const {
12156   return (dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCContainerDecl>(CurContext));
12157 }
12158 
12159 AvailabilityResult Sema::getCurContextAvailability() const {
12160   const Decl *D = cast<Decl>(getCurObjCLexicalContext());
12161   return D->getAvailability();
12162 }
12163